See in Reader
2793 lines
527 KiB
Plaintext
2793 lines
527 KiB
Plaintext
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||
ACT front intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>#### Outline of the Book of Acts<br><br>1. The beginning of the church and its mission (1:1–2:41)<br>1. The early church in Jerusalem (2:42–6:7)<br>1. Increasing opposition and the martyrdom of Steven (6:8–7:60)<br>1. The persecution of the church and Philip's ministry (8:1–40)<br>1. Paul becomes an apostle (9:1–31)<br>1. The ministry of Peter and the first Gentile converts (9:32–12:24)<br>1. Paul, the apostle to Gentiles, the Jewish law, and council of church leaders at Jerusalem (12:25–16:5)<br>1. The expansion of the church into the middle Mediterranean area and Asia Minor (16:6–19:20)<br>1. Paul travels to Jerusalem and becomes a prisoner in Rome (19:21–28:31)<br><br>#### What is the Book of Acts about?<br><br>The Book of Acts tells the story of the early church as more and more people became believers. It shows the power of the the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book began when Jesus went back to heaven and ended about thirty years later.<br><br>#### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, "The Acts of the Apostles." Or translators may choose a title that may be clearer, for example, "The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles."<br><br>#### Who wrote the Book of Acts?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, it is addressed to Theophilus, the same person to whom the Gospel of Luke is addressed. Also, in parts of the book, the author uses the word "we." This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought Luke is the author of the Book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.<br><br>Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He saw many of the events described in the Book of Acts.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>#### What is the Church?<br><br>The Church is the group of people who believe in Christ. The Church includes both Jew and Gentile believers. The events in this book show God helping the Church. He empowered believers to live righteous lives through his Holy Spirit.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>#### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Acts?<br><br>These are the most significant textual issues in Acts:<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible, but they are not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Some modern versions put the verses in square brackets ([]). The ULT and UST put them in a footnote.<br><br>* "Philip said, 'If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.' The Ethiopian answered, 'I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God'" (Acts 8:37).<br>* "But it seemed good to Silas to remain there." (Acts 15:34)<br>* "And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you." (Acts 24:6b-8a)<br>* "When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves." (Acts 28:29)<br><br>In the following verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. Translators will need to choose which reading to translate. The ULT has the first readings but include the second readings in footnotes.<br>* "They returned from Jerusalem" (Acts 12:25). Some versions read, "They returned to Jerusalem (or to there)."<br>* "he put up with them" (Acts 13:18). Some versions read, "he cared for them."<br>* "This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times." (Acts 15:17-18). Some older versions read, "This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times."<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br>
|
||
ACT 01 intro vyg9 0 # Acts 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records an event, commonly known as the "Ascension," when Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. He will not come back until he returns at his "second coming." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]])<br><br>The UST has set the words "Dear Theophilus" apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You might want to start this book the way people start letters in your culture.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the two quotes from Psalms in 1:20.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Baptize<br><br>The word "baptize" has two meanings in this chapter. It refers to the water baptism of John and to the baptism of the Holy Spirit ([Acts 1:5](../../act/01/05.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])<br><br>##### "He spoke about the kingdom of God"<br><br>Some scholars believe that when Jesus "spoke about the kingdom of God," he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God did not come before he died. Others believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was alive and that here Jesus was explaining that it was beginning in a new form.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>##### Akeldama<br><br>This is a phrase in Hebrew or Aramaic. Luke used Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told what it means. You should probably spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br>
|
||
ACT 01 01 q9ep 0 The former book I wrote The former book is the Gospel of Luke.
|
||
ACT 01 01 ryj5 translate-names 0 Theophilus Luke wrote this book to a man named Theophilus. Some translations follow their own culture's way of addressing a letter and write "Dear Theophilus" at the beginning of the sentence. Theophilus means "friend of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 01 02 n435 figs-activepassive 0 until the day that he was taken up This refers to Jesus' ascension into heaven. Alternate translation: "until the day on which God took him up to heaven" or "until the day that he ascended into heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 01 02 a394 0 commands through the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit led Jesus to instruct his apostles on certain things.
|
||
ACT 01 03 dup3 0 After his suffering This refers to Jesus' suffering and death on the cross.
|
||
ACT 01 03 yc16 0 he presented himself alive to them Jesus appeared to his apostles and to many other disciples.
|
||
ACT 01 04 d3kr figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Jesus. Except where otherwise noted, the word "you" in the book of Acts is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
ACT 01 04 lw3e 0 Connecting Statement: This event happened during the 40 days that Jesus appeared to his followers after he had risen from the dead.
|
||
ACT 01 04 vb7g 0 When he was meeting together with them "When Jesus was meeting together with his apostles"
|
||
ACT 01 04 sg4h figs-metonymy 0 the promise of the Father This is a reference to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit, whom the Father promised to send" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 01 04 tj6r 0 about which, he said If you translated the previous phrase to include the words "Holy Spirit," you can change the word "which" to "whom." Alternate translation: "about whom Jesus said"
|
||
ACT 01 05 uu4k 0 John indeed baptized with water ... baptized in the Holy Spirit Jesus contrasts how John baptized people in water with how God would baptize believers in the Holy Spirit.
|
||
ACT 01 05 fnq5 0 John indeed baptized with water "John indeed baptized people with water"
|
||
ACT 01 05 dzj1 figs-activepassive 0 you shall be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will baptize you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 01 06 n9wt 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the apostles.
|
||
ACT 01 06 f7uj 0 is this the time you will restore the kingdom to Israel "will you now make Israel a great kingdom again"
|
||
ACT 01 07 y1fu figs-doublet 0 the times or the seasons Possible meanings are 1) the words "times" and "seasons" refer to different kinds of time. Alternate translation: "the general period of time or the specific date" or 2) the two words are basically synonymous. Alternate translation: "the exact time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
ACT 01 08 ld4k 0 you will receive power ... and you will be my witnesses The apostles will receive power that will enable them to be witnesses for Jesus. Alternate translation: "God will empower you ... to be my witnesses"
|
||
ACT 01 08 vb4m figs-idiom 0 to the ends of the earth Possible meanings are 1) "all over the world" or 2) "to the places on earth that are farthest away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 01 09 e1q1 figs-explicit 0 as they were looking up "as they watched." The apostles "were looking up" at Jesus because Jesus rose into the sky. Alternate translation: "as they were looking up at the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 01 09 l1cq figs-activepassive 0 he was raised up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he rose up into the sky" or "God took him up into the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 01 09 ug58 0 a cloud hid him from their eyes "a cloud blocked their view so that they could no longer see him"
|
||
ACT 01 10 enu1 0 looking intensely to heaven "staring at the sky" or "gazing at the sky"
|
||
ACT 01 11 gpg3 0 You men of Galilee The angels address the apostles as men who are from Galilee.
|
||
ACT 01 11 cue7 0 will return in the same manner Jesus will return in the sky, just as clouds covered him when he arose into heaven.
|
||
ACT 01 12 x2nk 0 Then they returned "The apostles returned"
|
||
ACT 01 12 p19g figs-explicit 0 a Sabbath day's journey This refers to the distance which, according to Rabbinical tradition, a person was allowed to walk on a Sabbath day. Alternate translation: "about one kilometer away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 01 13 vis2 0 When they arrived "When they reached their destination." Verse 12 says they were returning to Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 01 13 zt12 0 the upper chamber "the room on the upper level of the house"
|
||
ACT 01 14 z6cf 0 They were all united as one This means that the apostles and believers there all shared a common commitment and purpose, and there was no strife among them.
|
||
ACT 01 14 u4pr 0 as they diligently continued in prayer This means that the disciples prayed together regularly and frequently.
|
||
ACT 01 15 cup2 0 Connecting Statement: This event happened during the time that Peter and the other believers were staying together in the upper room.
|
||
ACT 01 15 il8w writing-newevent 0 In those days These words mark the beginning of a new part of the story. They refer to the period of time after Jesus ascended while the disciples were meeting in the upper chamber. Alternate translation: "During that time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
ACT 01 15 tl5m translate-numbers 0 120 people "one hundred and twenty people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
ACT 01 15 liz1 0 in the midst of the brothers Here the word "brothers" refers to fellow believers and includes both men and women.
|
||
ACT 01 16 i8tl figs-activepassive 0 it was necessary that the scripture should be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that we read about in scripture had to take place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 01 16 f3um figs-metonymy 0 by the mouth of David The word "mouth" refers to the words that David wrote. Alternate translation: "through the words of David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 01 17 tmv1 writing-background 0 General Information: In verses 18-19 the author tells the reader background information about how Judas died and what people called the field where he died. This is not part of Peter's speech. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 01 17 tmv1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Although Peter is addressing the entire group of people, here the word "us" refers only to the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 01 17 q73y 0 Connecting Statement: In verse 17 Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||
ACT 01 18 dd58 0 Now this man The words "this man" refers to Judas Iscariot.
|
||
ACT 01 18 w83j figs-explicit 0 the earnings he received for his wickedness "the money that he earned from the evil thing that he did." The words "his wickedness" refer to Judas Iscariot's betraying Jesus to the people who killed him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 01 18 kg3q figs-explicit 0 there he fell headfirst, and his body burst open, and all his intestines poured out This suggests that Judas fell from a high place, rather than just falling down. The fall was severe enough to cause his body to burst open. Other passages of scripture mention that he hanged himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 01 19 mxf3 0 Field of Blood When the people living in Jerusalem heard of the way in which Judas died, they renamed the field.
|
||
ACT 01 20 d7pk 0 General Information: Based on the situation with Judas that Peter just recounted, he recalls two Psalms of David that relate to the incident. The quote ends at the end of this verse.
|
||
ACT 01 20 mz13 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||
ACT 01 20 ip5w figs-activepassive 0 For it is written in the Book of Psalms This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For David wrote in the Book of Psalms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 01 20 mc45 figs-parallelism 0 Let his field be made desolate, and do not let even one person live there These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
ACT 01 20 chq4 figs-metaphor 0 Let his field be made desolate Possible meanings are 1) that the word "field" refers to the field where Judas died or 2) that the word "field" refers to Judas's dwelling place and is a metaphor for his family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 01 20 lsm2 0 be made desolate "become empty"
|
||
ACT 01 21 xz69 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to the apostles and does not include the audience to whom Peter is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 01 21 t916 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||
ACT 01 21 c5k2 0 It is necessary, therefore Based on the scriptures that he quoted and on what Judas had done, Peter tells the group what they must do.
|
||
ACT 01 21 zuf7 figs-idiom 0 the Lord Jesus went in and out among us Going in and out among a group of people is a metaphor for openly being part of that group. Alternate translation: "the Lord Jesus lived among us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 01 22 mrx7 0 beginning from the baptism of John ... become a witness with us of his resurrection The qualification for the new apostle that began with the words "It is necessary ... that one of the men who accompanied us" in verse 21 ends here. The subject of the verb "must be" is thus "one of the men." Here is a reduced form of the sentence: "It is necessary ... that one of the men who accompanied us ... beginning from the baptism of John ... must be a witness with us."
|
||
ACT 01 22 qb8j figs-abstractnouns 0 beginning from the baptism of John The noun "baptism" can be translated as a verb. Possible meanings: 1) "beginning from when John baptized Jesus" or 2) "beginning from when John baptized people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 01 22 yi3a figs-activepassive 0 to the day that he was taken up from us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "until the day when Jesus left us and rose up to heaven" or "until the day that God took him up from us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 01 22 g3n9 0 become a witness with us of his resurrection "must begin to testify with us about his resurrection"
|
||
ACT 01 23 lz7y figs-explicit 0 They put forward two men Here the word "They" refers to all of the believers who were present. Alternate translation: "They proposed two men who fulfilled the requirements that Peter listed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 01 23 s1ff figs-activepassive 0 Joseph called Barsabbas, who was also named Justus This can be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: "Joseph, whom people also called Barsabbas and Justus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 01 24 zd1f figs-explicit 0 They prayed and said Here the word "They" refers to all of the believers, but it was probably one of the apostles who spoke these words. Alternate translation: "The believers prayed together and one of the apostles said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 01 24 se6m figs-metonymy 0 You, Lord, know the hearts of all people Here the word "hearts" refers to the thoughts and motives. Alternate translation: "You, Lord, know the thoughts and motives of everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 01 25 mg47 figs-doublet 0 to take the place in this ministry and apostleship Here the word "apostleship" defines what kind of "ministry" this is. Alternate translation: "to take Judas' place in this apostolic ministry" or "to take Judas' place in serving as an apostle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
ACT 01 25 ryv6 0 from which Judas turned away Here the expression "turned away" means that Judas stopped performing this ministry. Alternate translation: "which Judas stopped fulfilling"
|
||
ACT 01 25 tx6n figs-euphemism 0 to go to his own place This phrase refers to Judas' death and likely to his judgment after death. Alternate translation: "to go where he belongs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
ACT 01 26 r84c 0 They cast lots for them The apostles cast lots to decide between Joseph and Matthias.
|
||
ACT 01 26 w4ph 0 the lot fell to Matthias The lot indicated that Matthias was the one to replace Judas.
|
||
ACT 01 26 fk4x figs-activepassive 0 he was numbered with the eleven apostles This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the believers considered him to be an apostle with the other eleven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 02 intro x8fr 0 # Acts 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:17-21, 25-28, and 34-35.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 2:31.<br><br>The events described in this chapter are commonly called "Pentecost." Many people believe that the church began to exist when the Holy Spirit came to live inside believers in this chapter.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Tongues<br><br>The word "tongues" has two meanings in this chapter. Luke describes what came down from heaven ([Acts 2:3](../../act/02/03.md)) as tongues that looked like fire. This is different from "a tongue of flame," which is a fire that looks like a tongue. Luke also uses the word "tongues" to describe the languages that the people spoke after the Holy Spirit filled them ([Acts 2:4](../02/04.md)).<br><br>##### Last days<br><br>No one knows for sure when the "last days" ([Acts 2:17](../../act/02/17.md)) began. Your translation should not say more than the ULT does about this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br><br>##### Baptize<br><br>The word "baptize" in this chapter refers to Christian baptism ([Acts 2:38-41](../02/38.md)). Though the event described in [Acts 2:1-11](./01.md) is the baptism of the Holy Spirit that Jesus promised in [Acts 1:5](../../act/01/05.md), the word "baptize" here does not refer to that event. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])<br><br>##### The prophecy of Joel<br><br>Many of the things that Joel said would happen did happen on the day of Pentecost ([Acts 2:17-18](../02/17.md)), but some things Joel spoke of did not happen ([Acts 2:19-20](../02/19.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>##### Wonders and signs<br><br>These words refer to things that only God could do that showed that Jesus is who the disciples said he is.<br>
|
||
ACT 02 01 i4sa 0 General Information: This is a new event; it is now the Day of Pentecost, 50 days after Passover.
|
||
ACT 02 01 i4sa 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the apostles and the other 120 believers that Luke mentions in [Acts 1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||
ACT 02 02 jc1w 0 Suddenly This word refers to an event that happens unexpectedly.
|
||
ACT 02 02 qjc3 0 there came from heaven a sound Possible meanings are 1) "heaven" refers to the place where God lives. Alternate translation: "a sound came from heaven" or 2) "heaven" refers to the sky. Alternate translation: "a sound came from the sky"
|
||
ACT 02 02 jec5 0 a sound like the rush of a violent wind "a noise that sounded like a very strong wind blowing"
|
||
ACT 02 02 t4y4 0 the whole house This may have been a house or a larger building.
|
||
ACT 02 03 re3t figs-simile 0 There appeared to them tongues like fire These might not be actual tongues or fire, but something that looked like them. Possible meanings are 1) tongues that looked like they were made of fire or 2) small flames of fire that looked like tongues. When fire burns in a small space, such as on a lamp, the flame can be shaped like a tongue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
ACT 02 03 xtk4 0 that were distributed, and they sat upon each one of them This means that the "tongues like fire" spread out so that there was one on each person.
|
||
ACT 02 04 v7hi figs-activepassive 0 They were all filled with the Holy Spirit and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled all of those who were there and they" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 02 04 nr9f 0 speak in other tongues They were speaking in languages that they did not already know.
|
||
ACT 02 05 dz1l writing-background 0 General Information: Here the word "them" refers to the believers; the word "his" refers to each person in the multitude. Verse 5 gives background information about the large number of Jews who were living in Jerusalem, many of whom were present during this event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 02 05 yft2 0 godly men Here "godly men" refers to people who were devout in their worship of God and tried to obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||
ACT 02 05 stq9 figs-hyperbole 0 every nation under heaven "every nation in the world." The word "every" is an exaggeration that emphasizes that the people came from many different nations. Alternate translation: "many different nations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 02 06 bpj7 figs-activepassive 0 When this sound was heard This refers to the sound that was similar to a strong wind. Alternate translation: "When they heard this sound" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 02 06 u9hc 0 the multitude "the large crowd of people"
|
||
ACT 02 07 m8kd figs-doublet 0 They were amazed and marveled These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize the intensity of amazement. Alternate translation: "They were greatly amazed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
ACT 02 07 wnk2 figs-rquestion 0 Really, are not all these who are speaking Galileans? The people ask this question to express their amazement. The question could be changed to an exclamation. Alternate translation: "All of these Galileans could not possibly know our languages!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||
ACT 02 08 hzm8 figs-rquestion 0 Why is it that we are hearing them, each in our own language in which we were born? Possible meanings are 1) this is a rhetorical question that expresses how amazed they were or 2) this is a real question for which the people wanted an answer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 02 08 wb5t 0 in our own language in which we were born "in our own languages that we have learned from birth"
|
||
ACT 02 09 f1ve translate-names 0 Parthians ... Medes ... Elamites These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 02 09 dm23 translate-names 0 Mesopotamia ... Judea ... Cappadocia ... Pontus ... Asia These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 02 10 tmb4 translate-names 0 Phrygia ... Pamphylia ... Egypt ... Libya ... Cyrene These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 02 11 jnp7 translate-names 0 Cretans ... Arabians These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 02 11 w8jy 0 proselytes converts to the Jewish religion
|
||
ACT 02 12 el2f figs-doublet 0 amazed and perplexed These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that the people could not understand what was happening. Alternate translation: "surprised and confused" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
ACT 02 13 fg59 figs-idiom 0 They are full of new wine Some people accuse the believers of having drunk too much wine. Alternate translation: "They are drunk" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 02 13 jj1n 0 new wine This refers to wine that is in the process of fermentation.
|
||
ACT 02 14 k5hr 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins his speech to the Jews who were there on the Day of Pentecost.
|
||
ACT 02 14 c919 0 stood with the eleven All the apostles stood up in support of Peter's statement.
|
||
ACT 02 14 d9tb 0 raised his voice This is an idiom for "spoke loudly." (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||
ACT 02 14 ei5j figs-activepassive 0 let this be known to you This means that Peter is about to explain the meaning of what the people had witnessed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "know this" or "let me explain this to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 02 14 qp16 figs-metonymy 0 pay attention to my words Peter was referring to what he was saying. Alternate translation: "listen carefully to what I am saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 02 15 h28q figs-explicit 0 it is only the third hour of the day "It is only nine o'clock in the morning." Peter expected his audience to know that people do not get drunk that early in the day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 02 16 ktw9 0 General Information: Here Peter tells them a passage about which the prophet Joel wrote in the Old Testament that relates to what is happening with the languages in which the believers spoke. This is written in the form of poetry as well as being a quotation.
|
||
ACT 02 16 f9hz figs-activepassive 0 this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "this is what God told the prophet Joel to write" or "this is that which the prophet Joel spoke" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 02 17 ijl8 0 It will be "This is what will happen" or "This is what I will do"
|
||
ACT 02 17 u2d1 figs-idiom 0 I will pour out my Spirit on all people Here the words "pour out" mean to give generously and abundantly. Alternate translation: "I will give my Spirit abundantly to all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 02 18 uwd7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to quote the prophet Joel.
|
||
ACT 02 18 nd34 0 my servants and my female servants "both my male and my female servants." These words emphasize that God will pour out his Spirit on all of his servants, both men and women.
|
||
ACT 02 18 wz2i figs-idiom 0 I will pour out my Spirit Here the words "pour out" mean to give generously and abundantly. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: "I will give my Spirit abundantly to all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 02 19 p5zi 0 vapor of smoke "thick smoke" or "clouds of smoke"
|
||
ACT 02 20 ylv7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes quoting the prophet Joel.
|
||
ACT 02 20 a6yh figs-activepassive 0 The sun will be turned to darkness This means that the sun will appear to be dark instead of light. Alternate translation: "The sun will become dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 02 20 f34k figs-metaphor 0 the moon to blood This means that the moon will appear to be red like blood. Alternate translation: "the moon will appear to be red" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
ACT 02 20 swb2 figs-doublet 0 the great and remarkable day The words "great" and "remarkable" share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of greatness. Alternate translation: "the very great day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
ACT 02 20 lc4g 0 remarkable great and beautiful
|
||
ACT 02 21 vql5 figs-activepassive 0 everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Lord will save everyone who calls on him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 02 22 sa78 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||
ACT 02 22 g6vj 0 hear these words "listen to what I am about to say"
|
||
ACT 02 22 f2t1 0 accredited to you by God with the mighty deeds, and wonders, and signs This means that God proved that he had appointed Jesus for his mission, and proved who he was by his many miracles.
|
||
ACT 02 23 s38b figs-abstractnouns 0 by God's predetermined plan and foreknowledge The nouns "plan" and "foreknowledge" can be translated as verbs. This means that God planned out and knew beforehand what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: "because God planned out and knew beforehand everything that would happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 02 23 i6un figs-activepassive 0 This man was handed over Possible meanings: 1) "you handed Jesus over into the hands of his enemies" or 2) "Judas betrayed Jesus to you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 02 23 f5kn 0 you, by the hand of lawless men, put him to death by nailing him to a cross Although "lawless men" actually crucified Jesus, Peter accuses the crowd of having killed him because they demanded his death.
|
||
ACT 02 23 e38a figs-metonymy 0 by the hand of lawless men Here "hand" refers to the actions of the lawless men. Alternate translation: "through the actions of lawless men" or "by what lawless men did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 02 23 f6kd 0 lawless men Possible meanings are 1) the unbelieving Jews who accused Jesus of crimes or 2) the Roman soldiers who performed the execution of Jesus.
|
||
ACT 02 24 ei37 figs-idiom 0 But God raised him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "But God caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 02 24 s8j3 figs-metaphor 0 freeing him from the pains of death Peter speaks of dying as if death were a person who ties people up with painful ropes and holds them captive. He speaks of God ending Christ's death as if God broke the ropes that held Chist and set Christ free. Alternate translation: "ending the pains of death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
ACT 02 24 ykq4 figs-activepassive 0 for him to be held by it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for death to hold him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 02 24 vuf4 figs-personification 0 for him to be held by it Peter speaks of Christ remaining dead as if death were a person who held him captive. Alternate translation: "for him to remain dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
ACT 02 25 dd5a 0 General Information: Here Peter quotes a passage that David wrote in a Psalm which relates to Jesus' crucifixion and resurrection. Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words "I" and "my" refer to Jesus and the words "Lord" and "he" refer to God.
|
||
ACT 02 25 n2ls figs-synecdoche 0 before my face "in front of me." Alternate translation: "in my presence" or "with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 02 25 l6xp figs-synecdoche 0 beside my right hand To be at someone's "right hand" often means to be in a position to help and sustain. Alternate translation: "right beside me" or "with me to help me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 02 25 s4yp figs-activepassive 0 I should not be moved Here the word "moved" means to be troubled. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people will not be able to cause me trouble" or "nothing will trouble me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 02 26 z8vw figs-synecdoche 0 my heart was glad and my tongue rejoiced People consider the "heart" the center of emotions and the "tongue" voices those emotions. Alternate translation: "I was glad and rejoiced" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 02 26 zz6k figs-synecdoche 0 my flesh will live in certain hope Possible meanings of the word "flesh" are 1) he is a mortal who will die. Alternate translation: "Even though I am only mortal, I will have confidence in God" or 2) it is synecdoche for his entire person. Alternate translation: "I will live with confidence in God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 02 27 whi3 0 General Information: Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words "my," "Holy One," and "me" refer to Jesus and the words "you" and "your" refer to God.
|
||
ACT 02 27 m3ij 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes quoting David.
|
||
ACT 02 27 rld3 figs-123person 0 neither will you allow your Holy One to see decay The Messiah, Jesus, refers to himself with the words "your Holy One." Alternate translation: "neither will you allow me, your Holy One, to see decay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
ACT 02 27 l5cd figs-explicit 0 to see decay Here the word "see" means to experience something. The word "decay" refers to the decomposition of his body after death. Alternate translation: "to decay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 02 28 gsk6 0 the ways of life "the ways that lead to life"
|
||
ACT 02 28 y7gf figs-metonymy 0 full of gladness with your face Here the word "face" refers to the presence of God. Alternate translation: "very glad when I see you" or "very glad when I am in your presence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 02 28 ej5m 0 gladness joy, happiness
|
||
ACT 02 29 wh97 0 General Information: In verses 29 & 30, the words he," "his," and "him" refer to David. In verse 31, the first "He" refers to David and the words within the quote "He" and "his" refer to Christ.
|
||
ACT 02 29 pv1x 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md) to the Jews that surround him and the other believers in Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 02 29 ps7c 0 Brothers, I "My fellow Jews, I"
|
||
ACT 02 29 vtc6 figs-activepassive 0 he both died and was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he died and people buried him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 02 30 hq71 figs-metonymy 0 he would set one of the fruit of his body upon his throne "God would set one of David's descendants upon David's throne." Alternate translation: "God would appoint one of David's descendants to be king in David's place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 02 30 x11q figs-idiom 0 one of the fruit of his body Here the word "fruit" refers to what "his body" produces. Alternate translation: "one of his descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 02 31 tn4b figs-activepassive 0 He was neither abandoned to Hades This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God did not abandon him to Hades" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 02 31 up5x figs-explicit 0 nor did his flesh see decay Here the word "see" means to experience something. The word "decay" refers to the decomposition of his body after death. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: "nor did his flesh decay" or "nor did he remain dead long enough for his flesh to decay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 02 32 kw6a figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here, the second word "this" refers to the disciples' speaking in other languages when they received the Holy Spirit. The word "we" refers to the disciples and those that witnessed the risen Jesus after his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 02 32 udn1 figs-idiom 0 God raised him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "God caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 02 33 kij2 figs-activepassive 0 having been exalted to the right hand of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because God has exalted Jesus up to his right hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 02 33 c9mr figs-idiom 0 having been exalted to the right hand of God "Right hand of God" here is an idiom that means that Christ will rule as God, with God’s authority. Alternate translation: "Christ is in the position of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 02 33 c1dr figs-idiom 0 he has poured out what Here the words "poured out" mean that Jesus, who is God, made these events to happen. It is implicit that he does this by giving the Holy Spirit to the believers. Alternate translation: "he has caused to happen these things that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 02 33 wsg9 figs-idiom 0 poured out Here the words "pour out" mean to give generously and abundantly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: "given abundantly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 02 34 i8wu 0 General Information: Peter again quotes one of David's Psalms. David is not speaking of himself in this Psalm. "The Lord" and "my" refer to God; "my Lord" and "your" refer to Jesus the Messiah.
|
||
ACT 02 34 m7fy 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||
ACT 02 34 kvn8 translate-symaction 0 Sit at my right hand To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 02 35 nf1x figs-metaphor 0 until I make your enemies the stool for your feet This means that God will completely defeat the Messiah's enemies and make them subject to him. Alternate translation: "until I make you victorious over all of your enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 02 36 pnp5 figs-idiom 0 all the house of Israel This refers to the entire nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "every Israelite" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 02 37 xan1 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the people in the crowd to whom Peter spoke.
|
||
ACT 02 37 w1ma 0 Connecting Statement: The Jews respond to Peter's speech and Peter answers them.
|
||
ACT 02 37 zls6 0 when they heard this "when the people heard what Peter had said"
|
||
ACT 02 37 s85q figs-activepassive 0 they were pierced in their hearts This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Peter's words pierced their hearts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 02 37 l15x figs-idiom 0 pierced in their hearts This means that the people felt guilty and became very sad. Alternate translation: "deeply troubled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 02 38 cmb7 figs-activepassive 0 be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "allow us to baptize you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 02 38 geb2 figs-metonymy 0 in the name of Jesus Christ "In the name of" here is a metonym for "by the authority of" Alternate translation: "by the authority of Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 02 39 v8vi 0 all who are far off This means either 1) "all people who live far away" or 2) "all people who are far from God."
|
||
ACT 02 40 k1kj writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story that happened on the Day of Pentecost. Verse 42 begins a section that explains how the believers continued to live after the Day of Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||
ACT 02 40 v6ip figs-doublet 0 he testified and urged them "he seriously told them and begged them." Here the words "testified" and "urged" share similar meanings and emphasize that Peter urged them strongly to respond to what he was saying. Alternate translation: "he strongly urged them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
ACT 02 40 wtd5 figs-explicit 0 Save yourselves from this wicked generation The implication is that God will punish "this wicked generation." Alternate translation: "Save yourselves from the punishment that these wicked people will suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 02 41 r9qz figs-idiom 0 they received his word Here the word "received" means that they accepted what Peter said to be true. Alternate translation: "they believed what Peter said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 02 41 kz64 figs-activepassive 0 were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people baptized them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 02 41 a47f figs-activepassive 0 there were added in that day about three thousand souls This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "about three thousand souls joined the believers on that day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 02 41 sv5j figs-synecdoche 0 about three thousand souls Here the word "souls" refers to people. Alternate translation: "about 3,000 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
ACT 02 42 gc59 figs-synecdoche 0 the breaking of bread Bread was part of their meals. Possible meanings are 1) this refers to any meals they might eat together. Alternate translation: "eating meals together" or 2) this refers to the meals they would eat together in order to remember Christ's death and resurrection. Alternate translation: "eating the Lord's Supper together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 02 43 gi9v figs-synecdoche 0 Fear came upon every soul Here the word "Fear" refers to deep respect and awe for God. The word "soul" refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: "Each person felt a deep respect and awe for God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 02 43 ys3y figs-activepassive 0 many wonders and signs were done through the apostles Possible meanings are 1) "the apostles performed many wonders and signs" or 2) "God performed many wonders and signs through the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 02 43 q6dm 0 wonders and signs "miraculous deeds and supernatural events." See how you translated this in [Acts 2:22](../02/22.md).
|
||
ACT 02 44 u8qk 0 All who believed were together Possible meanings are 1) "All of them believed the same thing" or 2) "All who believed were together in the same place."
|
||
ACT 02 44 jy2w 0 had all things in common "shared their belongings with one another"
|
||
ACT 02 45 h8tn 0 property and possessions "land and things they owned"
|
||
ACT 02 45 f74s figs-metonymy 0 distributed them to all Here the word "them" refers to the profit that they made from selling their property and possessions. Alternate translation: "distributed the proceeds to all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 02 45 n9hi 0 according to the needs anyone had They distributed the proceeds that they earned from selling their property and possessions to any believer who had a need.
|
||
ACT 02 46 in43 0 they continued with one purpose Possible meanings are 1) "they continued meeting together" or 2) "they all continued to have the same attitude."
|
||
ACT 02 46 q1ge figs-synecdoche 0 they broke bread in homes Bread was part of their meals. Alternate translation: "they eat meals together in their homes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 02 46 i2yk figs-metonymy 0 with glad and humble hearts Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's emotions. Alternate translation: "joyfully and humbly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 02 47 z6ig 0 praising God and having favor with all the people "praising God. All the people approved of them"
|
||
ACT 02 47 kc42 figs-activepassive 0 those who were being saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those whom the Lord saved" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 03 intro hpd9 0 # Acts 03 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The covenant God made with Abraham<br><br>This chapter explains that Jesus came to the Jews because God was fulfilling part of the covenant he had made with Abraham. Peter thought that the Jews were the ones who were truly guilty of killing Jesus, but he<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "You delivered up"<br><br>The Romans were the ones who killed Jesus, but they killed him because the Jews captured him, brought him to the Romans, and told the Romans to kill him. For this reason Peter thought that they were the ones who were truly guilty of killing Jesus. But he tells them that they are also the first ones to whom God has sent Jesus' followers to invite them to repent ([Luke 3:26](../../luk/03/26.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br>
|
||
ACT 03 01 u6nu writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 2 gives background information about the lame man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 03 01 b5rm 0 Connecting Statement: One day Peter and John go to the temple.
|
||
ACT 03 01 br7i 0 into the temple They did not go into the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "to the temple courtyard" or "into the temple area"
|
||
ACT 03 02 f227 figs-activepassive 0 a man lame from birth was being carried every day to the Beautiful Gate of the temple This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Every day, people carried a certain man, lame from birth, and laid him near the Beautiful gate" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 03 02 j68t 0 lame unable to walk
|
||
ACT 03 04 xq4u 0 Peter, fastening his eyes upon him, with John, said Both Peter and John looked at the man, but only Peter spoke.
|
||
ACT 03 04 t1q9 figs-idiom 0 fastening his eyes upon him Possible meanings are 1) "looking directly at him" or 2) "looking intently at him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 03 05 e3c6 0 The lame man looked at them Here the word "looked" means to pay attention to something. Alternate translation: "The lame man paid close attention to them"
|
||
ACT 03 06 x6bm figs-metonymy 0 Silver and gold These words refer to money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 03 06 zi9t figs-explicit 0 what I do have It is understood that Peter has the ability to heal the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 03 06 t2vf figs-metonymy 0 In the name of Jesus Christ Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "With the authority of Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 03 07 ec6j 0 Peter raised him up "Peter caused him to stand"
|
||
ACT 03 08 zp7x 0 he entered ... into the temple He did not go inside the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "he entered ... the temple area" or "he entered ... into the temple courtyard"
|
||
ACT 03 10 zy7h 0 noticed that it was the man "realized that it was the man" or "recognized him as the man"
|
||
ACT 03 10 p2zh 0 the Beautiful Gate This was the name of one of the entrances to the temple area. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||
ACT 03 10 j6zf figs-doublet 0 they were filled with wonder and amazement Here the words "wonder" and "amazement" share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of the people's amazement. Alternate translation: "they were extremely amazed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
ACT 03 11 g4y1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The phrase "in the porch that is called Solomon's" makes it clear that they were not inside the temple where only the priests were allowed to enter. Here the words "us" and "we" refer to Peter and John but not to the crowd to whom Peter is talking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 03 11 eu1l 0 Connecting Statement: After healing the man who could not walk, Peter talks to the people.
|
||
ACT 03 11 rj43 0 the porch that is called Solomon's "Solomon's Porch." This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon.
|
||
ACT 03 11 rk1m 0 greatly marveling "extremely surprised"
|
||
ACT 03 12 x9m9 0 When Peter saw this Here the word "this" refers to the amazement of the people.
|
||
ACT 03 12 ndi3 0 You men of Israel "Fellow Israelites." Peter was addressing the crowd.
|
||
ACT 03 12 uyg1 figs-rquestion 0 why do you marvel? Peter asks this question to emphasize that they should not be surprised by what had happened. Alternate translation: "you should not be surprised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 03 12 j6ld figs-rquestion 0 Why do you fix your eyes on us, as if we had made him to walk by our own power or godliness? Peter asks this question to emphasize that the people should not think that he and John had healed the man by their own abilities. This could be written as two statements. Alternate translation: "Do not fix your eyes on us. We did not make him walk by our own power or godliness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 03 12 mwd9 figs-idiom 0 fix your eyes on us This means that they looked intently at them without stopping. Alternate translation: "stare at us" or "look at us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 03 13 q8q2 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md).
|
||
ACT 03 13 cp1j figs-idiom 0 rejected before the face of Pilate Here the phrase "before the face of" means "in the presence of." Alternate translation: "rejected in Pilate's presence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 03 13 yy96 0 when he had decided to release him "when Pilate had decided to release Jesus"
|
||
ACT 03 14 s6qj figs-activepassive 0 for a murderer to be released to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for Pilate to release a murderer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 03 15 jwb1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" includes just Peter and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 03 15 ljn8 figs-metaphor 0 Founder of life This refers to Jesus. Possible meanings are 1) "the one who gives people eternal life" or 2) "the ruler of life" or 3) "the founder of life" or 4) "the one who leads people to life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 03 16 xu92 0 Now This word, "Now," shifts the audiences' attention to the lame man.
|
||
ACT 03 16 qt8w 0 made him strong "made him well"
|
||
ACT 03 17 v45t 0 Now Here Peter shifts the audience's attention from the lame man and continues to talk to them directly.
|
||
ACT 03 17 x62k 0 you acted in ignorance Possible meanings are 1) that the people did not know that Jesus was the Messiah or 2) that the people did not understand the significance of what they were doing.
|
||
ACT 03 18 gcc1 0 God foretold by the mouth of all the prophets When the prophets spoke, it was as though God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: "God foretold by telling all of the prophets what to speak"
|
||
ACT 03 18 ms6d 0 God foretold "God spoke about ahead of time" or "God told about before they happened"
|
||
ACT 03 18 z3l7 figs-metonymy 0 the mouth of all the prophets Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: "the words of all the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 03 19 cw18 figs-metaphor 0 and turn "and turn to the Lord." Here "turn" is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: "and start obeying the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 03 19 zm6y figs-activepassive 0 so that your sins may be blotted out Here "blotted out" is a metaphor for forgiving. Sins are spoken of as if they are written in a book and God erases them from the book when he forgives them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that God will forgive you for sinning against him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 03 19 x3ca 0 periods of refreshing from the presence of the Lord "times of relief from the presence of the Lord." Possible meanings are 1) "times when God will strengthen your spirits" or 2) "times when God will revive you"
|
||
ACT 03 19 f2wm figs-metonymy 0 from the presence of the Lord Here the words "presence of the Lord" is a metonym for the Lord himself. Alternate translation: "from the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 03 20 h3nk 0 that he may send the Christ "that he may again send the Christ." This refers to Christ's coming again.
|
||
ACT 03 20 yzr6 figs-activepassive 0 who has been appointed for you This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom he has appointed for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 03 21 sj21 0 General Information: In verses 22-23 Peter quotes something Moses told before the Messiah came.
|
||
ACT 03 21 u33e 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md) to the Jews who stood in the temple area.
|
||
ACT 03 21 vgn8 figs-personification 0 He is the One heaven must receive "He is the One heaven must welcome." Peter speaks of heaven as if it were a person who welcomes Jesus into his home. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
ACT 03 21 y1ps 0 heaven must receive until This means that it is necessary for Jesus to remain in heaven because that is what God has planned.
|
||
ACT 03 21 x2f3 0 until the time of the restoration of all things Possible meanings are 1) "until the time when God will restore all things" or 2) "until the time when God will fulfill everything that he foretold."
|
||
ACT 03 21 a2m8 0 about which God spoke long ago by the mouth of his holy prophets When the prophets spoke long ago, it was as if God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: "about which things God spoke long ago by telling his holy prophets to speak about them"
|
||
ACT 03 21 a12i figs-metonymy 0 the mouth of his holy prophets Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: "the words of his holy prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 03 22 v5nf 0 will raise up a prophet like me from among your brothers "will cause a one of your brothers to become a true prophet, and everyone will know about him"
|
||
ACT 03 22 t8di 0 your brothers "your nation"
|
||
ACT 03 23 t8a5 figs-activepassive 0 that prophet will be completely destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that prophet, God will completely destroy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 03 24 y1z7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md).
|
||
ACT 03 24 u6x3 0 Yes, and all the prophets "In fact, all the prophets." Here the word "Yes" adds emphasis to what follows.
|
||
ACT 03 24 xp9h 0 from Samuel and those who came after him "beginning with Samuel and continuing with the prophets who lived after he did"
|
||
ACT 03 24 m9pr 0 these days "these times" or "the things that are happening now"
|
||
ACT 03 25 rh2n figs-idiom 0 You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant Here the word "sons" refers to heirs who will receive what the prophets and the covenant promised. Alternate translation: "You are the heirs of the prophets and heirs of the covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
ACT 03 25 mad5 0 In your seed "Because of your offspring"
|
||
ACT 03 25 g31m figs-activepassive 0 shall all the families of the earth be blessed Here the word "families" refers to people groups or nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will bless all the people groups in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 03 26 b7tz 0 After God raised up his servant "After God caused Jesus to become his servant and made him famous"
|
||
ACT 03 26 z5q6 0 his servant This refers to the Messiah, Jesus.
|
||
ACT 03 26 x8ss figs-metaphor 0 turning every one of you from your wickedness Here "turning ... from" is a metaphor for causing someone stop doing something. Alternate translation: "causing every one of you to stop doing wicked things" or "causing every one of you to repent from your wickedness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 04 intro pv3a 0 # Acts 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:25-26.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Unity<br><br>The first Christians wanted very much to be united. They wanted to believe the same things and share everything they owned and help those who needed help.<br><br>##### "Signs and wonders"<br><br>This phrase refers to things that only God can do. The Christians wanted God to do what only he can do so that people would believe that what they said about Jesus was true.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Cornerstone<br><br>The cornerstone was the first piece of stone that people put down when they were building a building. This is a metaphor for the most important part of something, the part on which everything depends. To say that Jesus is the cornerstone of the church is to say that nothing in the church is more important than Jesus and that everything about the church depends on Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Name<br><br>"There is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved" ([Acts 4:12](../../act/04/12.md)). With these words Peter was saying that no other person who has ever been on the earth or will ever be on earth can save people.<br>
|
||
ACT 04 01 ew3l 0 Connecting Statement: The religious leaders arrest Peter and John after Peter's having healed the man who was born lame.
|
||
ACT 04 01 d3tv 0 came upon them "approached them" or "came to them"
|
||
ACT 04 02 m74s figs-explicit 0 They were deeply troubled "They were very angry." The Sadducees, in particular, would have been angry about what Peter and John were saying because they did not believe in resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 04 02 mg5l 0 proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection from the dead Peter and John were saying that God would raise people from the dead in the same way as he had raised Jesus from among the dead. Translate this in a way that allows "the resurrection" to refer to both Jesus' resurrection and the general resurrection of other people.
|
||
ACT 04 02 np5g 0 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||
ACT 04 03 zla7 0 They arrested them "The priests, the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees arrested Peter and John"
|
||
ACT 04 03 h5f9 0 since it was now evening It was common practice not to question people at night.
|
||
ACT 04 04 bm1f 0 the number of the men who believed This refers only to men and does not include how many women or children believed.
|
||
ACT 04 04 qd8g 0 was about five thousand "grew to about five thousand"
|
||
ACT 04 05 j6p8 0 General Information: Here the word "their" refers to the Jewish people as a whole.
|
||
ACT 04 05 i9tj 0 Connecting Statement: The rulers question Peter and John who answer without fear.
|
||
ACT 04 05 lw2d 0 It came about ... that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||
ACT 04 05 cdj1 figs-synecdoche 0 their rulers, elders and scribes This is a reference to the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling court, which consisted of these three groups of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 04 06 l44n 0 John, and Alexander These two men were members of the high priest's family. This is not the same John as the apostle.
|
||
ACT 04 07 t1eq 0 By what power "Who gave you power"
|
||
ACT 04 07 jc21 figs-metonymy 0 in what name Here the word "name" refers to authority. Alternate translation: "by whose authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 04 08 su5x figs-activepassive 0 Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled Peter and he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 04 09 pq85 figs-rquestion 0 if we this day are being questioned ... by what means was this man made well? Peter asks this question to clarify that this was the real reason that they were on trial. Alternate translation: "You are asking us this day ... by what means we made this man well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 04 09 je6d figs-activepassive 0 we this day are being questioned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are questioning us this day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 04 09 b92n figs-activepassive 0 by what means was this man made well This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "by what means we have made this man well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 04 10 snd5 figs-activepassive 0 May this be known to you all and to all the people of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May all of you and all of the people of Israel know this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 04 10 j3px 0 to you all and to all the people of Israel "to you who are questioning us and to all the other people of Israel"
|
||
ACT 04 10 khn7 figs-metonymy 0 in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "by the power of Jesus Christ of Nazareth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 04 10 jyj6 figs-idiom 0 whom God raised from the dead, Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "whom God caused to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 04 11 tdw8 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Peter as well as those to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 04 11 nwg6 0 Connecting Statement: Peter completes his speech to the Jewish religious rulers that he began in [Acts 4:8](../04/08.md).
|
||
ACT 04 11 w195 figs-metaphor 0 Jesus Christ is the stone ... which has been made the head cornerstone Peter is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God will made him the most important in his kingdom, as a cornerstone in a building is important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 04 11 f1nx 0 head Here the word "head" means "most important" or "vital."
|
||
ACT 04 11 c1bh 0 you as builders despised "you as builders rejected" or "you as builders rejected as worth nothing"
|
||
ACT 04 12 tq3z figs-abstractnouns 0 There is no salvation in any other person The noun "salvation" can be translated as a verb. This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: "He is the only person who is able to save" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 04 12 l66w figs-activepassive 0 no other name under heaven given among men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "no other name under heaven that God has given among men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 04 12 iz7k figs-metonymy 0 no other name ... given among men The phrase "name ... given among men" refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: "no other person under heaven, who is given among men, by whom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 04 12 jm25 figs-idiom 0 under heaven This is a way of referring to everywhere in the world. Alternate translation: "in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 04 12 gg8h figs-activepassive 0 by which we must be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which can save us" or "who can save us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 04 13 xn39 0 General Information: Here the second instance of "they" refers to Peter and John. All other occurrences of the word "they" in this section refer to the Jewish leaders.
|
||
ACT 04 13 t6kc figs-explicit 0 the boldness of Peter and John Here the abstract noun "boldness" refers to the way in which Peter and John responded to the Jewish leaders, and can be translated with an adverb or an adjective. Alternate translation: "how boldly Peter and John had spoken" or "how bold Peter and John were" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 04 13 p9pq 0 boldness having no fear
|
||
ACT 04 13 qaa5 figs-explicit 0 realized that they were ordinary, uneducated men The Jewish leaders "realized" this because of the way Peter and John spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 04 13 r6d6 0 and realized "and understood"
|
||
ACT 04 13 erv7 figs-doublet 0 ordinary, uneducated men The words "ordinary" and "uneducated" share similar meanings. They emphasize that Peter and John had received no formal training in Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
ACT 04 14 h3cy figs-activepassive 0 the man who was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the man whom Peter and John had healed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 04 14 fq4w 0 nothing to say against this "nothing to say against Peter and John's healing of the man." Here the word "this" refers to what Peter and John had done.
|
||
ACT 04 15 ql31 0 the apostles This refers to Peter and John.
|
||
ACT 04 16 p4g6 figs-rquestion 0 What shall we do to these men? The Jewish leaders ask this question out of frustration because they could not think of what to do with Peter and John. Alternate translation: "There is nothing that we can do with these men!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 04 16 nh5s figs-activepassive 0 For the fact that a remarkable miracle has been done through them is known to everyone who lives in Jerusalem This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For everyone who lives in Jerusalem knows that they have done a remarkable miracle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 04 16 jn12 figs-hyperbole 0 everyone who lives in Jerusalem This is a generalization. It may also be an exaggeration to show that the leaders think that this is a very big problem. Alternate translation: "many of the people who live in Jerusalem" or "people who live throughout Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 04 17 f71l figs-explicit 0 in order that it spreads no further Here the word "it" refers to any miracles or teaching Peter and John might continue to do. Alternate translation: "in order that news of this miracle spreads no further" or "in order that no more people hear about this miracle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 04 17 w52j figs-metonymy 0 not to speak anymore to anyone in this name Here the word "name" refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: "not to speak anymore to anyone about this person, Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 04 19 hf3u figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Peter and John but not to those whom they are addressing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 04 19 jf1d figs-metonymy 0 Whether it is right in the sight of God Here the phrase "in the sight of God" refers to God's opinion. Alternate translation: "Whether God thinks it is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 04 21 gy8d writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 22 gives background information about the age of the lame man who was healed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 04 21 y5y1 0 After further warning The Jewish leaders again threatened to punish Peter and John.
|
||
ACT 04 21 z2bx 0 They were unable to find any excuse to punish them Although the Jewish leaders threatened Peter and John, they could not find a reason to punish them without causing the people to riot.
|
||
ACT 04 21 jbl6 figs-activepassive 0 for what had been done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for what Peter and John had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 04 22 ju4w 0 The man who had experienced this miracle of healing "The man whom Peter and John had miraculously healed"
|
||
ACT 04 23 j3ap 0 General Information: Speaking together, the people quote a Psalm of David from the Old Testament. Here the word "they" refers to the rest of the believers, but not to Peter and John.
|
||
ACT 04 23 j2cx figs-explicit 0 came to their own people The phrase "their own people" refers to the rest of the believers. Alternate translation: "went to the other believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 04 24 zu28 0 they raised their voices together to God To raise the voice is an idiom for speaking. "they began speaking together to God" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||
ACT 04 25 vc5z 0 You spoke by the Holy Spirit through the mouth of your servant, our father David This means that the Holy Spirit caused David to speak or write down what God said.
|
||
ACT 04 25 ka83 figs-metonymy 0 through the mouth of your servant, our father David Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that David spoke or wrote down. Alternate translation: "by the words of your servant, our father David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 04 25 kat6 0 our father David Here "father" refers to "ancestor/"
|
||
ACT 04 25 f1x6 figs-rquestion 0 Why did the Gentile nations rage, and the peoples imagine useless things? This is a rhetorical question that emphasizes the futility of opposing God. Alternate translation: "The Gentile nations should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 04 25 w622 figs-explicit 0 the peoples imagine useless things These "useless things" consist of plans to oppose God. Alternate translation: "the peoples imagine useless things against God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 04 25 h6rc 0 peoples people groups
|
||
ACT 04 26 fb5a 0 Connecting Statement: The believers complete their quotation from King David in the Psalms that they began in [Acts 4:25](../04/25.md).
|
||
ACT 04 26 w2by figs-parallelism 0 The kings of the earth set themselves together, and the rulers gathered together against the Lord These two lines mean basically the same thing. The two lines emphasize the combined effort of the earth's rulers to oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
ACT 04 26 w64b figs-metonymy 0 set themselves together ... gathered together These two phrases mean that they joined their armies together to fight a battle. Alternate translation: "set their armies together ... gathered their troops together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 04 26 yv19 0 against the Lord, and against his Christ Here the word "Lord" refers to God. In the Psalms, the word "Christ" refers to the Messiah or God's anointed one.
|
||
ACT 04 27 b1g9 0 Connecting Statement: The believers continue praying.
|
||
ACT 04 27 nuc1 0 in this city "this city" refers to Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 04 27 ca33 0 your holy servant Jesus "Jesus who serves you faithfully"
|
||
ACT 04 28 yz7m figs-metonymy 0 to do all that your hand and your plan had decided Here the word "hand" is used to mean God's power. Additionally, the phrase "your hand and your desire decided" shows God's power and plan. Alternate translation: "to do all that you had decided because you are powerful and did all that you planned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 04 29 b38z 0 Connecting Statement: The believers complete their prayer that they began in [Acts 4:24](../04/24.md).
|
||
ACT 04 29 t5qm figs-idiom 0 look upon their warnings Here the words "look upon" are a request for God to take notice of the way in which the Jewish leaders threatened the believers. Alternate translation: "notice how they threaten to punish us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 04 29 zh7j figs-metonymy 0 speak your word with all boldness The word "word" here is a metonym for God's message. The abstract noun "boldness" can be translated as an adverb. Alternate translation: "speak your message boldly" or "be bold when we speak your message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 04 30 x9r1 figs-metonymy 0 Stretch out your hand to heal Here the word "hand" refers to God's power. This is a request for God to show how powerful he is. Alternate translation: "while you show your power by healing people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 04 30 t5uw figs-metonymy 0 through the name of your holy servant Jesus Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "through the power of your holy servant Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 04 30 txb5 0 your holy servant Jesus "Jesus who serves you faithfully." See how you translated this in [Acts 4:27](../04/27.md).
|
||
ACT 04 31 x9b3 figs-activepassive 0 the place ... was shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the place ... shook" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 04 31 ps3m figs-activepassive 0 they were all filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled them all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 04 32 xu3j figs-metonymy 0 were of one heart and soul Here the word "heart" refers to the thoughts and the word "soul" refers to the emotions. Together they refer to the total person. Alternate translation: "thought the same way and wanted the same things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 04 32 zyp5 0 they had everything in common "shared their belongings with one another." See how you translated this in [Acts 2:44](../02/44.md).
|
||
ACT 04 33 d8dr 0 great grace was upon them all Possible meanings are: 1) that God was greatly blessing the believers or 2) that the people in Jerusalem held the believers in very high esteem.
|
||
ACT 04 34 gw3v figs-hyperbole 0 all who owned title to lands or houses The word "all" here is a generalization. Alternate translation: "Many people who owned title to lands or houses" or "People who owned title to lands or houses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 04 34 ti1h 0 owned title to lands or houses "owned land or houses"
|
||
ACT 04 34 l938 figs-activepassive 0 the money of the things that were sold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the money that they received from the things that they sold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 04 35 vv4z figs-idiom 0 laid it at the apostles' feet This means that they presented the money to the apostles. Alternate translation: "presented it to the apostles" or "gave it to the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 04 35 ps4s figs-activepassive 0 it was distributed to each one according to their need The noun "need" can be translated with a verb. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they distributed the money to each believer who needed it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 04 36 uc2a writing-participants 0 General Information: Luke introduces Barnabas into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
ACT 04 36 nr4v figs-idiom 0 Son of Encouragement The apostles used this name to show that Joseph was a person who encouraged others. "Son of" is an idiom used to describe a person's behavior or character. Alternate translation: "Encourager" or "one who encourages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 04 37 gtv5 figs-idiom 0 laid it at the apostles' feet This means that they presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:35](../04/35.md). Alternate translation: "presented it to the apostles" or "gave it to the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 05 intro k2uh 0 # Acts 05 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit"<br><br>No one knows for sure if Ananias and Sapphira were truly Christians when they decided to lie about the land that they sold ([Acts 5:1-10](../05/01.md)), because Luke does not say. However, Peter knew that they lied to the believers, and he knew that they had listened to and obeyed Satan.<br><br>When they lied to the believers, they also lied to the Holy Spirit. This is because the Holy Spirit lives inside believers.<br><br>
|
||
ACT 05 01 v27a writing-background 0 Continuing the story of how the new Christians shared their belongings with other believers, Luke tells about two believers, Ananias and Sapphria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
ACT 05 01 ysl9 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line to tell a new part of the story.
|
||
ACT 05 02 xm1t 0 his wife also knew it "his wife also knew that he kept back part of the sale money"
|
||
ACT 05 02 dy8b figs-idiom 0 laid it at the apostles' feet This means that they presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:35](../04/35.md). Alternate translation: "presented it to the apostles" or "gave it to the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 05 03 y7j6 0 General Information: If your language does not use rhetorical questions, you may reword these as statements.
|
||
ACT 05 03 grr9 figs-rquestion 0 why has Satan filled your heart to lie ... land? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: "you should not have let Satan fill your heart to lie ... land." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 05 03 pqd4 figs-metonymy 0 Satan filled your heart Here the word "heart" is a metonym for the will and emotions. The phrase "Satan filled your heart" is a metaphor. Possible meanings of the metaphor are 1) "Satan completely controlled you" or 2) "Satan convinced you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 05 03 zz5u figs-explicit 0 to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back part of the price This implies that Ananias had told the apostles that he was giving the entire amount that he had received from selling his land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 05 04 vu7g figs-rquestion 0 While it remained unsold, did it not remain your own ... control? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: "While it remained unsold, it was your own ... control." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 05 04 vi8w 0 While it remained unsold "While you had not sold it"
|
||
ACT 05 04 wm2r figs-rquestion 0 after it was sold, was it not in your control? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: "after it was sold, you had control over the money that you received." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 05 04 k7nc figs-activepassive 0 after it was sold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after you sold it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 05 04 i5dw figs-rquestion 0 How is it that you thought of this thing in your heart? Peter used this question to rebuke Ananias. Here the word "heart" refers to the will and emotions. Alternate translation: "You should not have thought of doing this thing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 05 05 cc5y figs-euphemism 0 fell down and breathed his last Here "breathed his last" means "breathed his final breath" and is a polite way of saying that he died. Ananias fell down because he died; he did not die because he fell down. Alternate translation: "died and fell to the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
ACT 05 07 ry54 0 his wife came in "Ananias' wife came in" or "Sapphira came in"
|
||
ACT 05 07 k3c9 0 what had happened "that her husband had died"
|
||
ACT 05 08 bcf6 0 for so much "for this much money." This refers to the amount of money that Ananias had given to the apostles.
|
||
ACT 05 09 w1lb figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" is plural and refers to both Ananias and Sapphira. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
ACT 05 09 vym8 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Ananias and Sapphira.
|
||
ACT 05 09 v7sw figs-rquestion 0 How is it that you have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord? Peter asks this question to rebuke Sapphira. Alternate translation: "You should not have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 05 09 hc22 0 you have agreed together "the two of you have agreed together"
|
||
ACT 05 09 pg1e 0 to test the Spirit of the Lord Here the word "test" means to challenge or to prove. They were trying to see if they could get away with lying to God without receiving punishment.
|
||
ACT 05 09 xj1l figs-synecdoche 0 the feet of the men who buried your husband Here the phrase "the feet" refers to the men. Alternate translation: "the men who have buried your husband" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 05 10 nwb9 0 fell down at his feet This means that when she died, she fell on the floor in front of Peter. This expression should not be confused with falling down at a person's feet as a sign of humility.
|
||
ACT 05 10 s7en figs-euphemism 0 breathed her last Here "breathed his last" means "breathed her final breath" and is a polite way of saying "she died." See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 5:5](../05/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
ACT 05 12 aud2 0 General Information: Here the words "They" and "they" refer to the believers.
|
||
ACT 05 12 c2e7 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues to tell what happens in the early days of the church.
|
||
ACT 05 12 lde1 figs-activepassive 0 Many signs and wonders were taking place among the people through the hands of the apostles or "Many signs and wonders took place among the people through the hands of the apostles." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The apostles performed many signs and wonders among the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 05 12 ux3n 0 signs and wonders "supernatural events and miraculous deeds." See how you translated these terms in [Acts 2:22](../02/22.md)
|
||
ACT 05 12 sri8 figs-synecdoche 0 through the hands of the apostles Here the word "hands" refers to the apostles. Alternate translation: "through the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 05 12 k99k 0 Solomon's Porch This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon. See how you translated "the porch that is called Solomon's" in [Acts 3:11](../03/11.md).
|
||
ACT 05 13 qd8r figs-activepassive 0 they were held in high esteem by the people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people held the believers in high esteem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 05 14 l9bs 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the people who lived in Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 05 14 m9wx figs-activepassive 0 more believers were being added to the Lord This could be stated in active form. See how you translated "were added" in [Acts 2:41](../02/41.md). Alternate translation: "more people were believing in the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 05 15 y2ev figs-explicit 0 his shadow might fall on some of them It is implied that God would heal them if Peter's shadow touched them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 05 16 fu1a 0 those afflicted with unclean spirits "those whom unclean spirits had afflicted"
|
||
ACT 05 16 lyc7 figs-activepassive 0 they were all healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God healed them all" or "the apostles healed them all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 05 17 p4ta 0 Connecting Statement: The religious leaders began to persecute the believers.
|
||
ACT 05 17 x2ed 0 But This begins a contrasting story. You may translate this in the way that your language introduces a contrasting narrative.
|
||
ACT 05 17 f9ye figs-idiom 0 the high priest rose up Here the phrase "rose up" means that the high priest decided to take action, not that he stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: "the high priest took action" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 05 17 pc45 figs-activepassive 0 they were filled with jealousy The abstract noun "jealousy" can be translated as an adjective. This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they became very jealous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 05 18 j58p figs-idiom 0 laid hands on the apostles This means that they seized the apostles by force. They would have ordered guards to do this. Alternate translation: "had the guards arrest the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 05 19 wd37 0 General Information: Here the words "them" and "they" refer to the apostles.
|
||
ACT 05 20 qm16 figs-explicit 0 in the temple This phrase here refers to the temple courtyard, not to the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "in the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 05 20 z1x3 figs-metonymy 0 all the words of this life The word "words" here is a metonym for the message that the apostles had already proclaimed. Possible meanings are 1) "all this message of eternal life" or 2) "the whole message of this new way of living" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 05 21 df1u figs-explicit 0 into the temple They went into the temple courtyard, not into the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "into the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 05 21 l7uf 0 about daybreak "as it began to be light." Although the angel led them out of the jail during the night, the sun was rising by the time the apostles reached the temple courtyard.
|
||
ACT 05 21 li6a figs-ellipsis 0 sent to the jail to have the apostles brought This implies someone went to the jail. Alternate translation: "sent someone to the jail to bring the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
ACT 05 23 ld7d figs-explicit 0 we found no one inside The words "no one" refer to the apostles. This implies that there was no one else in the jail cell besides the apostles. Alternate translation: "we did not find them inside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 05 24 a8dz figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the captain of the temple and the chief priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
ACT 05 24 k5g6 0 they were much perplexed "they were very puzzled" or "they were very confused"
|
||
ACT 05 24 baw2 0 concerning them "concerning the words they had just heard" or "concerning these things"
|
||
ACT 05 24 p78m 0 what would come of it "and what would happen as a result"
|
||
ACT 05 25 c1am figs-explicit 0 standing in the temple They did not go into the part of the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "standing in the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 05 26 f7pz figs-you 0 General Information: The word "they" in this section refers to the captain and the officers. In the phrase "feared that the people might stone them" the word "them" refers to the captain and the officers. All other occurrences of "them" in this chunk refer to the apostles. Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
ACT 05 26 e24h 0 Connecting Statement: The captain and the officers bring the apostles before the Jewish religious council.
|
||
ACT 05 26 i2v5 0 they feared "they were afraid"
|
||
ACT 05 27 iq7w 0 The high priest interrogated them "The high priest questioned them." The word "interrogate" means to question someone to find out what is true.
|
||
ACT 05 28 g2hi figs-metonymy 0 in this name Here the word "name" refers to the person of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:17](../04/17.md). Alternate translation: "not to speak anymore about this person, Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 05 28 j4kr figs-metaphor 0 you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching Teaching many people in a city is spoken of as if they were filling the city with a teaching. Alternate translation: "you have taught many people in Jerusalem about him" or "you have taught about him throughout the Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 05 28 ym1k figs-metonymy 0 desire to bring this man's blood upon us Here the word "blood" is a metonym for death, and to bring someone's blood on people is a metaphor for saying that they are guilty of that person's death. Alternate translation: "desire to make us responsible for this man's death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 05 29 y211 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "We" refers to the apostles, and not to the audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 05 29 di9u 0 Peter and the apostles answered Peter spoke on behalf of all of the apostles when he said the following words.
|
||
ACT 05 30 r7av figs-idiom 0 The God of our fathers raised up Jesus Here "raised up" is an idiom. Alternate translation: "The God of our fathers caused Jesus to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 05 30 pu5j figs-metonymy 0 by hanging him on a tree Here Peter uses the word "tree" to refer to the cross which was made out of wood. Alternate translation: "by hanging him on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 05 31 uh2d translate-symaction 0 God exalted him to his right hand To be at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "God exalted him to the place of honor beside him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 05 31 mr1d figs-abstractnouns 0 give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins The words "repentance" and "forgiveness" can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: "give the people of Israel an opportunity to repent and have God forgive their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 05 31 q1il figs-metonymy 0 Israel The word "Israel" refers to the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 05 32 yml6 0 those who obey him "those who submit to God's authority"
|
||
ACT 05 33 ekh2 0 Connecting Statement: Gamaliel addresses the council members.
|
||
ACT 05 34 i2rr writing-participants 0 Gamaliel, a teacher of the law, who was honored by all the people Luke introduces Gamaliel and provides background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 05 34 fpr4 figs-activepassive 0 who was honored by all the people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom all the people honored" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 05 34 xk6g figs-activepassive 0 commanded the apostles to be taken outside This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "commanded the guards to take the apostles outside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 05 35 ae1u 0 pay close attention to "think carefully about" or "be cautious about." Gamaliel was warning them not to do something that they would later regret.
|
||
ACT 05 36 uaj6 0 Theudas rose up Possible meanings are 1) "Theudas rebelled" or 2) "Theudas appeared."
|
||
ACT 05 36 b3nl 0 claiming to be somebody "claiming to be somebody important"
|
||
ACT 05 36 ie3x figs-activepassive 0 He was killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People killed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 05 36 juz1 figs-activepassive 0 all who had been obeying him were scattered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all the people scattered who had been obeying him" or "all who had been obeying him went in different directions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 05 36 rzg5 0 came to nothing This means that they did not do what they had planned to do.
|
||
ACT 05 37 f33y 0 After this man "After Theudas"
|
||
ACT 05 37 p56f 0 in the days of the census "during the time of the census"
|
||
ACT 05 37 kz4s figs-idiom 0 drew away some people after him This means that he persuaded some people to rebel with him against the Roman government. Alternate translation: "caused many people to follow him" or "caused many people to join him in rebellion" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 05 38 i4bw 0 Connecting Statement: Gamaliel finishes addressing the council members. Though they beat the apostles, command them not to teach about Jesus, and let them go, the disciples continue to teach and preach.
|
||
ACT 05 38 wz89 figs-explicit 0 keep away from these men and let them alone Gamaliel is telling the Jewish leaders no to punish the apostles any more or to put them back in jail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 05 38 zh1d 0 if this plan or work is of men "if men have devised this plan or are doing this work"
|
||
ACT 05 38 uql8 figs-activepassive 0 it will be overthrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone will overthrow it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 05 39 j819 figs-ellipsis 0 if it is of God Here the word "it" refers to "this plan or work." Alternate translation: "if God has devised this plan or commanded these men to do this work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
ACT 05 39 cyp1 figs-activepassive 0 So they were persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So Gamaliel persuaded them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 05 40 z31c 0 General Information: Here first word "they" refers to the council members. The rest of the words "them," "They," and "they" refer to the apostles.
|
||
ACT 05 40 p6lz figs-metonymy 0 they called the apostles in and beat them The council members would have ordered the temple guards to do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 05 40 fca9 figs-metonymy 0 to speak in the name of Jesus Here "name" refers to the authority of Jesus. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 4:18](../04/18.md). Alternate translation: "to speak anymore in the authority of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 05 41 cv8y figs-activepassive 0 they were counted worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name The apostles rejoiced because God had honored them by letting the Jewish leaders dishonor them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God had counted them worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 05 41 lk82 figs-metonymy 0 for the Name Here "the Name" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "for Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 05 42 jj94 0 Thereafter every day "After that day, every day." This phrase marks what the apostles did every day through the following days.
|
||
ACT 05 42 kyp6 figs-explicit 0 in the temple and from house to house They did not go into the temple building where only the priests went. Alternate translation: "in the temple courtyard and in different people's houses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 06 intro z5r5 0 # Acts 06 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The distribution to the widows<br><br>The believers in Jerusalem gave food every day to women whose husbands had died. All of them had been raised as Jews, but some of them had lived in Judea and spoke Hebrew, and others had lived in Gentile areas and spoke Greek. Those who gave out the food gave it to the Hebrew-speaking widows but not to the Greek-speaking widows. To please God, the church leaders appointed Greek-speaking men to make sure the Greek-speaking widows received their share of the food. One of these Greek-speaking men was Stephen.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "His face was like the face of an angel"<br><br>No one knows for sure what it was about Stephen's face that was like the face of an angel, because Luke does not tell us. It is best for the translation to say only what the ULT says about this.<br>
|
||
ACT 06 01 ky47 writing-background 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story. Luke gives important background information to understand the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 06 01 f8br writing-newevent 0 Now in these days Consider how new parts of a story are introduced in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
ACT 06 01 t94s 0 was multiplying "was greatly increasing"
|
||
ACT 06 01 e7vb 0 Grecian Jews These were Jews who had lived most of their lives somewhere in the Roman Empire outside of Israel, and had grown up speaking Greek. Their language and culture were somewhat different from those who had grown up in Israel.
|
||
ACT 06 01 ftz8 0 the Hebrews These were Jews who had grown up in Israel speaking Hebrew or Aramaic. The church consisted of only Jews and converts to Judaism so far.
|
||
ACT 06 01 e1z9 0 widows women whose husband has died
|
||
ACT 06 01 s4qy figs-activepassive 0 their widows were being overlooked This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Hebrew believers were overlooking the Grecian widows" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 06 01 k4jg 0 being overlooked "being ignored" or "being forgotten." There were so many who needed help that some were missed.
|
||
ACT 06 01 rde8 0 daily distribution of food The money that was being given to the apostles was used in part to buy food for the early church widows.
|
||
ACT 06 02 jr1y figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" refers to the believers. The words "us" and "we" here refer to the 12 apostles. Where applicable, use the exclusive form in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 06 02 n5r4 0 The twelve This refers to the eleven apostles plus Matthias, who was selected in [Acts 1:26](../01/26.md).
|
||
ACT 06 02 g56w 0 the multitude of the disciples "all of the disciples" or "all the believers"
|
||
ACT 06 02 jm17 figs-hyperbole 0 give up the word of God This is an exaggeration in order to emphasize the importance of their task of teaching the word of God. Alternate translation: "stop preaching and teaching the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 06 02 fwk6 figs-metonymy 0 serve tables This is a phrase meaning to serve food to the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 06 03 y3bm 0 men of good reputation, full of the Spirit and of wisdom Possible meanings are 1) the men have three qualities—a good reputation, being full of the Spirit, and being full of wisdom or 2) the men have a reputation for two qualities—being full of the Spirit, and being full of wisdom .
|
||
ACT 06 03 p1yz 0 men of good reputation "men that people know are good" or "men whom people trust"
|
||
ACT 06 03 i27a 0 over this business "to be responsible to do this task"
|
||
ACT 06 04 b3bj figs-ellipsis 0 the ministry of the word It may be helpful to add more information. Alternate translation: "the ministry of teaching and preaching the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
ACT 06 05 wh9t 0 Their speech pleased the whole multitude "All the disciples liked their suggestion"
|
||
ACT 06 05 ajq1 figs-explicit 0 Stephen ... and Nicolaus These are Greek names, and suggest that all of the men elected were from the Grecian Jewish group of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 06 05 qas9 0 proselyte a Gentile who converted to the Jewish religion
|
||
ACT 06 06 wu1y translate-symaction 0 placed their hands upon them This represented giving a blessing and imparting responsibility and authority for the work to the seven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 06 07 x48w 0 General Information: This verse gives an update on the church's growth.
|
||
ACT 06 07 wu4l figs-metaphor 0 word of God continued to spread The writer speaks of the growing number of people who believed the word as if the word of God itself were covering a larger area. Alternate translation: "the number of people who believed the word of God increased" or "the number of people who believed the message from God increased" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 06 07 jg8y 0 became obedient to the faith "followed the teaching of the new belief"
|
||
ACT 06 07 qq3l 0 the faith Possible meanings are 1) the gospel message of trust in Jesus or 2) the teaching of the church or 3) the Christian teaching.
|
||
ACT 06 08 wn1t writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about Stephen and other people that is important to understanding the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 06 08 n3re 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of a new part of the story.
|
||
ACT 06 08 et2j writing-participants 0 Now Stephen This introduces Stephen as the main character in this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
ACT 06 08 h8sg figs-explicit 0 Stephen, full of grace and power, was doing The words "grace" and "power" here refer to power from God. This could be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "God was giving Stephen power to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 06 09 k88n 0 synagogue of the Freedmen "Freedmen" were probably ex-slaves from these different locations. It is unclear if the other people listed were part of the synagogue or just participated in the debate with Stephen.
|
||
ACT 06 09 j8pq 0 debating with Stephen "arguing with Stephen"
|
||
ACT 06 10 s2cl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "We" refers only to the men they persuaded to lie. The word "they" refers back to the people from the synagogue of the freemen in [Acts 6:9](../06/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 06 10 fp41 0 Connecting Statement: The background information that began in [Acts 6:8](../06/08.md) continues through verse 10.
|
||
ACT 06 10 v5ia figs-idiom 0 not able to stand against This phrase means they could not prove false what he said. Alternate translation: "could not argue against" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 06 10 fnb2 0 Spirit this refers to the Holy Spirit
|
||
ACT 06 11 ren5 figs-explicit 0 some men to say They were given money to give false testimony. Alternate translation: "some men to lie and say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 06 11 x747 0 blasphemous words against "bad things about"
|
||
ACT 06 12 tqk9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Each use of word "they" most likely refers back to the people from the synagogue of the Freedmen in [Acts 6:9](../06/09.md). They were responsible for the false witnesses and for inciting the council, the elders, the scribes, and the other people. Here the word "we" refers only to the false witness that they brought to testify. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 06 12 l251 0 stirred up the people, the elders, and the scribes "caused the people, the elders, and the scribes to be very angry at Stephen"
|
||
ACT 06 12 j3wd 0 seized him "grabbed him and held him so he could not get away"
|
||
ACT 06 13 zv6s 0 does not stop speaking "continually speaks"
|
||
ACT 06 14 vak4 figs-idiom 0 handed down to us The phrase "handed down" means "passed on." Alternate translation: "taught our ancestors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 06 15 gf7e figs-idiom 0 fixed their eyes on him This is an idiom that means they looked intently at him. Here "eyes" is a metonym for sight. Alternate translation: "looked intently at him" or "stared at him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 06 15 k8rw figs-simile 0 was like the face of an angel This phrase compares his face to that of an angel but does not say specifically what they have in common. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
ACT 07 intro p9h4 0 # Acts 07 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42-43 and 49-50.<br><br>It appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Stephen said"<br><br>Stephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.<br><br>##### "Full of the Holy Spirit"<br><br>The Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.<br><br>##### Foreshadowing<br><br>When an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul, also known as Paul, here, even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Paul is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Implied information<br><br>Stephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph's brothers "sold him into Egypt" ([Acts 7:9](../../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>##### Metonymy<br><br>Stephen spoke of Joseph ruling "over Egypt" and over all of Pharaoh's household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh's household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Background knowledge<br><br>The Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was telling them about. They knew what Moses had written in the Book of Genesis. If the Book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to understand what Stephen said.<br>
|
||
ACT 07 01 pt4h figs-you 0 General Information: The word "our" includes both Steven, the Jewish council to whom he spoke, and the entire audience. The word "your" is singular refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
ACT 07 01 hy9r 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story about Stephen, which began in [Acts 6:8](../06/08.md), continues. Stephen begins his response to the high priest and the council by talking about things that happened in Israel's history. Most of this history comes from Moses' writings.
|
||
ACT 07 02 v5si 0 Brothers and fathers, listen to me Stephen was being very respectful to the council in greeting them as extended family.
|
||
ACT 07 04 pfg3 0 General Information: In verse 4 the words "he," "his," and "him" refer to Abraham. In verse 5 the words "He" and "he" refer to God, but the word "him" refers to Abraham.
|
||
ACT 07 04 pfg3 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" refers to the Jewish council and audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
ACT 07 05 ax1j 0 He gave none of it "He did not give any of it"
|
||
ACT 07 05 qff6 figs-idiom 0 enough to set a foot on Possible meanings for this phrase are 1) enough ground to stand on or 2) enough ground to take a step. Alternate translation: "a very tiny piece of ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 07 05 u6iw 0 as a possession to him and to his descendants after him "for Abraham to own and to give to his descendants"
|
||
ACT 07 06 tn6b 0 God was speaking to him like this It may be helpful to state that this occurred later than the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: "Later God told Abraham"
|
||
ACT 07 06 t1h9 translate-numbers 0 four hundred years "400 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
ACT 07 07 f7fw figs-metonymy 0 I will judge the nation "nation" refers to the people in it. Alternate translation: "I will judge the people of the nation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 07 07 q7y6 0 the nation that they serve "the nation that they will serve"
|
||
ACT 07 08 mwc9 figs-explicit 0 gave Abraham the covenant of circumcision The Jews would have understood that this covenant required Abraham to circumcise the males of his family. Alternate translation: "made a covenant with Abraham to circumcise the males of his family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 07 08 g4bb 0 so Abraham became the father of Isaac The story transitions to Abraham's descendants.
|
||
ACT 07 08 ams1 figs-ellipsis 0 Jacob the father "Jacob became the father." Stephen shortened this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
ACT 07 09 n981 0 the patriarchs "Jacob's older sons" or "Joseph's older brothers"
|
||
ACT 07 09 tik7 figs-explicit 0 sold him into Egypt The Jews knew their ancestors sold Joseph to be a slave in Egypt. Alternate translation: "sold him as a slave in Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 07 09 w1is figs-idiom 0 was with him This is an idiom for helping someone. Alternate translation: "helped him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 07 10 yr7m figs-metonymy 0 over Egypt This refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: "over all the people of Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 07 10 pb4p figs-metonymy 0 all his household This refers to all his possessions. Alternate translation: "everything he owned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 07 11 p42j 0 there came a famine "a famine came." The ground stopped producing food.
|
||
ACT 07 11 p37v figs-explicit 0 our fathers This refers Jacob and his sons, who were the ancestors of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 07 12 pia8 0 grain Grain was the most common food at that time.
|
||
ACT 07 12 mbg8 0 our fathers Here this phrase refers to Jabob's sons, Joseph's older brothers.
|
||
ACT 07 13 ce2b translate-ordinal 0 On their second trip "On their next trip" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
ACT 07 13 m37e 0 made himself known Joseph revealed to his brothers his identity as their brother.
|
||
ACT 07 13 jxk8 figs-activepassive 0 Joseph's family became known to Pharaoh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Pharaoh learned that they were Joseph's family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 07 14 aam5 0 sent his brothers back "sent his brothers back to Canaan" or "sent his brothers back home"
|
||
ACT 07 15 w2sm 0 he died Make sure it does not sound as though he died as soon as he arrived in Egypt. Alternate translation: "eventually Jacob died"
|
||
ACT 07 15 fe56 0 he and our fathers "Jacob and his sons who became our ancestors"
|
||
ACT 07 16 slg3 figs-activepassive 0 They were carried over ... and laid This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jacob's descendants carried Jacob's body and his son's bodies over ... and buried them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 07 16 la8a 0 for a price in silver "with money"
|
||
ACT 07 17 np3u figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "our" includes Stephen and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 07 17 tuq2 0 As the time of the promise ... the people grew and multiplied In some languages it may be helpful to say that the people increased in number before saying that the time of the promise arrived.
|
||
ACT 07 17 tlh9 0 time of the promise approached It was close to the time that God would fulfill his promise to Abraham.
|
||
ACT 07 18 whe7 0 there arose another king "another king began to rule"
|
||
ACT 07 18 g2wq figs-metonymy 0 over Egypt "Egypt" refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: "the people of Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 07 18 e2y6 figs-metonymy 0 who did not know about Joseph "Joseph" refers to the reputation of Joseph. Alternate translation: "who did not know that Joseph had helped Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 07 20 q66s writing-participants 0 At that time Moses was born This introduces Moses into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
ACT 07 20 cd5z figs-idiom 0 very beautiful before God This phrase is an idiom that means Moses was very beautiful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 07 20 pnb1 figs-activepassive 0 was nourished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "his parents nourished him" or "his parents cared for him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 07 21 w3iu figs-activepassive 0 When he was placed outside Moses was "placed outside" because of Pharaoh's command. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When his parents placed him outside" or "When they abandoned him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 07 21 url3 0 Pharaoh's daughter ... raised him as her own son She did for him every good thing a mother would do for her own son. Use your language's normal word for what a mother does to make sure her son becomes a healthy adult.
|
||
ACT 07 21 mbp7 0 as her own son "as if he were her own son"
|
||
ACT 07 22 c9nw figs-activepassive 0 Moses was educated This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Egyptians educated Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 07 22 att9 figs-hyperbole 0 all the wisdom of the Egyptians This is an exaggeration to emphasize that he was trained in the best schools in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 07 22 m3dm 0 mighty in his words and works "effective in his speech and actions" or "influential in what he said and did"
|
||
ACT 07 23 fj9s figs-metonymy 0 it came into his heart Here "heart" is a metonym for "mind." The phrase "it came into his heart" is an idiom that means to decide something. Alternate translation: "it came into his mind" or "he decided" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 07 23 x493 figs-explicit 0 visit his brothers, the children of Israel This refers to his people, and not just to his family. Alternate translation: "see how his own people, the children of Israel, were doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 07 24 l4zv figs-activepassive 0 Seeing an Israelite being mistreated ... the Egyptian This can be stated in active form by rearranging the order. Alternate translation: "Seeing an Egyptian mistreating an Israelite, Moses defended and avenged the Israelite by striking the Egyptian who was oppressing him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 07 24 r2e8 0 striking the Egyptian Moses hit the Egyptian so hard that he died.
|
||
ACT 07 25 wm3j 0 he thought "he imagined"
|
||
ACT 07 25 nhb9 figs-metonymy 0 by his hand was rescuing them Here "hand" refers to the actions of Moses. Alternate translation: "was rescuing them through what Moses was doing" or "was using the actions of Moses to rescue them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 07 26 t1hw figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to the Israelites but does not include Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 07 26 t2vc figs-explicit 0 some Israelites The audience would have known from the account in Exodus that these were two men, but Stephen does not specify that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 07 26 mpc7 0 put them at peace with each other "make them stop fighting"
|
||
ACT 07 26 zzt4 0 Men, you are brothers Moses was addressing the Israelites who were fighting.
|
||
ACT 07 26 k1ku figs-rquestion 0 why are you hurting one another? Moses asked this question to encourage them to stop fighting. Alternate translation: "you should not hurt each other!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 07 27 q2r4 figs-rquestion 0 Who made you a ruler and a judge over us? The man used this question to rebuke Moses. Alternate translation: "You have no authority over us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 07 28 hk1g 0 Would you like to kill me, as you killed the Egyptian yesterday? The man used this question to warn Moses that he and probably others knew Moses had killed the Egyptian.
|
||
ACT 07 29 l149 figs-explicit 0 General Information: Stephen's audience already knew that Moses had married a Midianite woman when he fled Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 07 29 q8qv figs-explicit 0 after hearing this The implied information is that Moses understood that the Israelites knew that he had killed an Egyptian the day before ([Acts 7:28](../07/28.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 07 30 zx1c figs-explicit 0 When forty years were past "After 40 years passed." This was the amount of time Moses had been in Midian. Alternate translation: "Forty years after Moses fled from Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 07 30 f7yu figs-explicit 0 an angel appeared Stephen's audience knew that God spoke through the angel. The UST makes this explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 07 31 q6w6 figs-explicit 0 he marveled at the sight Moses was surprised that the bush was not burning up in the fire. This was previously known by Stephen's audience. Alternate translation: "because the bush was not burning up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 07 31 uk7u 0 as he approached to look at it This may mean Moses initially drew close to the bush to investigate.
|
||
ACT 07 32 b4q6 0 I am the God of your fathers "I am the God whom your ancestors worshiped"
|
||
ACT 07 32 tdr7 0 Moses trembled and did not dare to look This may mean Moses drew back in fear when he heard the voice.
|
||
ACT 07 32 e19k figs-explicit 0 Moses trembled Moses shook from fear. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "Moses trembled with fear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 07 33 x7cd translate-symaction 0 Take off the sandals God told Moses this so he would honor God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 07 33 clk4 figs-explicit 0 for the place where you are standing is holy ground The implied information is that where God is present, the immediate area around God is considered or made holy by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 07 34 yz7b 0 certainly seen "seen for sure." The word certainly adds emphasis to seen.
|
||
ACT 07 34 x5bg 0 my people The word "my" emphasizes that these people belonged to God. Alternate translation: "the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob"
|
||
ACT 07 34 j32c 0 I have come down to rescue them "will personally cause their release"
|
||
ACT 07 34 sq8y 0 now come "get ready." God uses an order here.
|
||
ACT 07 35 x4p2 0 General Information: Verses 35-38 contains a series of connected phrases referring to Moses. Each phrase begins with statements such as "This Moses" or "This same Moses" or "This is the man" or "It is the same Moses." If possible, use similar statements to emphasize Moses. After the Israelites left Egypt, they spent 40 years wandering around the wilderness before God led them into the land he had promised them.
|
||
ACT 07 35 gn6e 0 This Moses whom they rejected This refers back to the events recorded in [Acts 7:27-28](../07/27.md).
|
||
ACT 07 35 vp7e 0 deliverer "rescuer"
|
||
ACT 07 35 yjz9 figs-metonymy 0 by the hand of the angel ... bush The hand is a metonym for the action performed by the person. In this case, the angel had commanded Moses to return to Egypt. Stephen speaks as if the angel had a physical hand. You may need to make explicit what action the angel did. Alternate translation: "by the action of the angel" or "by having the angel ... bush command him to return to Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 07 36 gz9r figs-explicit 0 during forty years Stephen's audience knew about the forty years the Israelites spent in the wilderness. Alternate translation: "during the 40 years that the Israelite people lived in the wilderness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 07 37 b4sg 0 raise up a prophet "cause a man to be a prophet"
|
||
ACT 07 37 j2rx 0 from among your brothers "from among your own people"
|
||
ACT 07 38 l8u7 0 General Information: The quotation in verse 40 is from the writings of Moses.
|
||
ACT 07 38 e8qu 0 This is the man who was in the assembly "This is the man Moses who was among the Israelites"
|
||
ACT 07 38 fd25 0 This is the man The phrase "This is the man" throughout this passage refers to Moses.
|
||
ACT 07 38 y2zu 0 this is the man who received living words to give to us God was the one who gave those words. Alternate translation: "this is the man to whom God spoke living words to give to us"
|
||
ACT 07 38 p3xk figs-metonymy 0 living words Possible meanings are 1) "a message that endures" or 2) "words that give life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 07 39 mvz8 figs-metaphor 0 pushed him away from themselves This metaphor emphasizes their rejection of Moses. Alternate translation: "they rejected him as their leader" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 07 39 z3ze figs-metonymy 0 in their hearts they turned back Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's thoughts. To do something in the heart means to desire do to something. Alternate translation: "they desired to turn back" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 07 40 tk8u 0 At that time "When they decided to return to Egypt"
|
||
ACT 07 41 w38i 0 General Information: Stephen's quotation here is from the prophet Amos.
|
||
ACT 07 41 ux1j figs-explicit 0 they made a calf Stephen's audience knew the calf they made was a statue. Alternate translation: "they made a statue that looked like a calf" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 07 41 hh77 0 a calf ... the idol ... the work of their hands These phrases all refer to the same statue of the calf.
|
||
ACT 07 42 d3dd translate-symaction 0 God turned "God turned away." This action expresses that God was not pleased with the people and no longer helped them. Alternate translation: "God stopped correcting them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 07 42 rag5 0 gave them up "abandoned them"
|
||
ACT 07 42 u7lx 0 the stars in the sky Possible meanings for the original phrase are 1) the stars only or 2) the sun, moon, and stars.
|
||
ACT 07 42 f314 0 the book of the prophets This was apparently a collection of the writings of several of the Old Testament prophets into one scroll. It would also have included the writings of Amo.
|
||
ACT 07 42 gd1b figs-rquestion 0 Did you offer to me slain beasts and sacrifices ... Israel? God asked this question to show Israel they did not worship Him with their sacrifices. Alternate translation: "You did not honor me when you offered slain beasts and sacrifices ... Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 07 42 j4q8 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel This refers to the whole nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "all you Israelites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 07 43 zek5 0 General Information: The quotation from the prophet Amos continues here.
|
||
ACT 07 43 fs4q 0 Connecting Statement: Stephen continues his response to the high priest and the council which he began in [Acts 7:2](../07/02.md).
|
||
ACT 07 43 rk4z figs-explicit 0 You accepted It is implied that they took these idols with them as they traveled in the wilderness. Alternate translation: "you carried with you from place to place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 07 43 im7e 0 tabernacle of Molech the tent that housed the false god Molech
|
||
ACT 07 43 cq47 0 the star of the god Rephan the star that is identified with the false god Rephan
|
||
ACT 07 43 gm4g 0 the images that you made They made statues or images of the gods Molech and Rephan in order to worship them.
|
||
ACT 07 43 zgq6 0 I will carry you away beyond Babylon "I will remove you to places even farther than Babylon." This would be God's act of judgment.
|
||
ACT 07 44 m9gw 0 the tabernacle of the testimony The tent that housed the ark (a box) with the 10 commandments carved in stone inside it
|
||
ACT 07 45 n2sc 0 our fathers, under Joshua, received the tabernacle and brought it with them The phrase "under Joshua" means that their ancestors did these things in obedience to Joshua's direction. Alternate translation: "our fathers, in accordance with Joshua's instructions, received the tabernacle and brought it with them"
|
||
ACT 07 45 n1pp 0 God took the land from the nations and drove them out before the face of our fathers This sentence tells why the ancestors were able to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: "God forced the nations to leave the land before the face of our fathers"
|
||
ACT 07 45 spm5 figs-metonymy 0 God took the land ... before the face of our fathers Here "the face of our fathers" refers to the presence of their ancestors. Possible meanings are 1) "As our ancestors watched, God took the land from the nations and drove them out" or 2) "When our ancestors came, God took the land from the nations and drove them out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 07 45 c2fb figs-metonymy 0 the nations This refers to the people who lived in the land before Israel. Alternate translation: "the people who previously lived here" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 07 45 m9ib 0 drove them out "forced them to leave the land"
|
||
ACT 07 46 w3cu 0 a dwelling place for the God of Jacob "a house for the ark where the God of Jacob could stay." David wanted a permanent place for the ark to reside in Jerusalem, not in a tent.
|
||
ACT 07 47 a7bx 0 General Information: In verses 49 and 50, Stephen quotes from the prophet Isaiah. In the quotation, God is speaking about himself.
|
||
ACT 07 48 c822 figs-synecdoche 0 made with hands The hand is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "made by people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 07 49 k2vn 0 Heaven is my throne ... the earth is the footstool for my feet The prophet is comparing the greatness of God's presence to how impossible it is for man to build a place for God to rest on earth since the whole earth is nothing but a place for God to rest his feet.
|
||
ACT 07 49 wc9m figs-rquestion 0 What kind of house can you build for me? God asks this question to show how useless man's efforts are to take care of God. Alternate translation: "You can not build a house adequate enough for me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 07 49 u1ft figs-rquestion 0 what is the place for my rest? God asks this question to show man that he cannot provide God any rest. Alternate translation: "There is no place of rest good enough for me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 07 50 rfk1 figs-rquestion 0 Did my hand not make all these things? God asks this question to show that man did not create anything. Alternate translation: "My hand made all these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 07 51 zei2 0 Connecting Statement: With a sharp rebuke, Stephen finishes his response to the high priest and the council which he began in [Acts 7:2](../07/02.md).
|
||
ACT 07 51 umq6 0 You people who are stiff-necked Stephen shifted from identifying with the Jewish leaders to rebuking them.
|
||
ACT 07 51 vn7h figs-idiom 0 stiff-necked This does not mean their necks were stiff but rather that they were "stubborn." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 07 51 zp55 figs-metonymy 0 uncircumcised in heart and ears The Jews regarded uncircumcised people as disobedient to God. Stephen uses "hearts and ears" to represent to the Jewish leaders who acted the way Gentiles act when they do not obey or listen to God. Alternate translation: "you refuse to obey and hear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 07 52 x7kf figs-rquestion 0 Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? Stephen asked this question to show them that they learned nothing from the errors of their forefathers. Alternate translation: "Your forefathers persecuted every prophet!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 07 52 q8wb 0 Righteous One This refers to the Christ, the Messiah.
|
||
ACT 07 52 agd9 0 you have now become the betrayers and murderers of him also "you have also betrayed and murdered him"
|
||
ACT 07 52 fcc6 0 murderers of him "murderers of the Righteous One" or "murderers of the Christ"
|
||
ACT 07 53 euw5 0 the law that angels had established "the laws that God caused angels to give to our ancestors"
|
||
ACT 07 54 t4u2 0 Connecting Statement: The council reacts to Stephen's words.
|
||
ACT 07 54 ef2g 0 Now when the council members heard these things This is the turning point; the sermon ends and the council members react.
|
||
ACT 07 54 u4l7 figs-idiom 0 were cut to the heart To "cut to the heart" is an idiom for making a person extremely angry. Alternate translation: "were extremely angry" or "became very angry" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 07 54 ae9s translate-symaction 0 ground their teeth at Stephen This action expressed their strong anger at Stephen or hatred of Stephen. Alternate translation: "they became so angry that they ground their teeth together" or "moved their teeth back and forth as they looked at Stephen"(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 07 55 ntp4 0 looked up intently into heaven "Stared up into heaven." It appears that only Stephen saw this vision and not anyone else in the crowd.
|
||
ACT 07 55 bl2j figs-explicit 0 saw the glory of God People normally experienced the glory of God as a bright light. Alternate translation: "saw a bright light from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 07 55 vyz3 translate-symaction 0 and he saw Jesus standing at the right hand of God To stand at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "and he saw Jesus standing in the place of honor and authority beside God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 07 56 aqp8 0 Son of Man Stephen refers to Jesus by the title "Son of Man."
|
||
ACT 07 57 p4cg translate-symaction 0 covered their ears "put their hands on their ears." They did this to show that they did not want to hear any more of what Stephen said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 07 58 ks1u 0 They dragged him out of the city "They seized Stephen and forcefully took him out of the city"
|
||
ACT 07 58 wy7n 0 outer clothing These are cloaks or robes they would wear outside to stay warm, similar in function to a jacket or coat.
|
||
ACT 07 58 sx2p 0 at the feet "in front of." They were placed there so Saul could watch them.
|
||
ACT 07 58 e2vl 0 a young man Saul was probably around 30 years old at the time.
|
||
ACT 07 59 le7k 0 Connecting Statement: This ends the story of Stephen.
|
||
ACT 07 59 k2el 0 receive my spirit "take my spirit." It may be helpful to add "please" to show that this was a request. Alternate translation: "please receive my spirit"
|
||
ACT 07 60 u86q translate-symaction 0 He knelt down This is an act of submission to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 07 60 tvf8 figs-litotes 0 do not hold this sin against them This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: "forgive them for this sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
ACT 07 60 r9vi figs-euphemism 0 fell asleep Here to fall asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: "died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
ACT 08 intro q9d9 0 # Acts 08 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 8:32-33.<br><br>The first sentence of verse 1 ends the description of the events in chapter 7. Luke begins a new part of his history with the words "So there began."<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Receiving the Holy Spirit<br><br>In this chapter for the first time Luke speaks of people receiving the Holy Spirit ([Acts 8:15-19](../08/15.md)). The Holy Spirit had already enabled the believers to speak in tongues, to heal the sick, and to live as a community, and he had filled Stephen. But when the Jews started putting believers in prison, those believers who could leave Jerusalem did leave, and as they went, they told people about Jesus. When the people who heard about Jesus received the Holy Spirit, the church leaders knew that those people had truly become believers.<br><br>##### Proclaimed<br><br>This chapter more than any other in the Book of Acts speaks of the believers proclaiming the word, proclaiming the good news, and proclaiming that Jesus is the Christ. The word "proclaim" translates a Greek word that means to tell good news about something.<br>
|
||
ACT 08 01 tp9e translate-versebridge 0 General Information: It may be helpful to your audience to move these parts of the story about Stephen together by using a verse bridge as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||
ACT 08 01 a7uc 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts from Stephen to Saul in these verses.
|
||
ACT 08 01 ez88 writing-background 0 So there began ... except the apostles This part of verse 1 is background information about the persecution that began after Stephen's death. This explains why Saul was persecuting the believers in verse 3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 08 01 vc8x 0 that day This refers to the day that Stephen died ([Acts 7:59-60](../07/59.md)).
|
||
ACT 08 01 u5pi figs-hyperbole 0 the believers were all scattered The word "all" is a generalization to express that a large number of the believers left Jerusalem because of the persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 08 01 k5a2 figs-explicit 0 except the apostles This statement implies that the apostles remained in Jerusalem even though they also experienced this great persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 08 02 sjc8 0 Devout men "God-fearing men" or "Men who feared God"
|
||
ACT 08 02 a38x 0 made great lamentation over him "greatly mourned his death"
|
||
ACT 08 03 nz28 0 dragged out men and women Saul forcefully took Jewish believers out of their home and put them into prison.
|
||
ACT 08 03 yd2i 0 house after house "houses one by one"
|
||
ACT 08 03 ylr6 0 dragged out men and women "took away men and women by force"
|
||
ACT 08 03 w6vk figs-explicit 0 men and women This refers to men and women who believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 08 04 dh3x 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the story of Philip, whom the people had chosen as a deacon ([Acts 6:5](../06/05.md)).
|
||
ACT 08 04 ymy5 figs-activepassive 0 who had been scattered The cause for the scattering, the persecution, was stated previously. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "who had fled the great persecution and had gone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 08 04 su6i figs-metonymy 0 the word This is a metonym for "the message." You may need to make explicit that the message was about Jesus. Alternate translation: "the message about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 08 05 gz5m 0 went down to the city of Samaria The phrase "went down" is used here because Samaria is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 08 05 f45b 0 the city of Samaria Possible meanings are 1) Luke expected the readers to know which city he was writing about. Alternate translation: "the main city in Samaria" or 2) Luke did not expect his readers to know which city he was writing about. Alternate translation: "a city in Samaria"
|
||
ACT 08 05 pk1l figs-metonymy 0 proclaimed to them the Christ The title "Christ" refers to Jesus, the Messiah. Alternate translation: "told them that Jesus is the Messiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 08 06 cnt9 0 When multitudes of people "When many people in the city of Samaria." The location was specified in [Acts 8:5](../08/05.md).
|
||
ACT 08 06 wm83 0 they paid attention The reason people paid attention was because of all the healing Philip did.
|
||
ACT 08 07 xb2n 0 who were possessed "who had them" or "who were controlled by unclean spirits"
|
||
ACT 08 08 z5z3 figs-metonymy 0 So there was much joy in that city The phrase "that city" refers to the people who were rejoicing. Alternate translation: "So the people of the city were rejoicing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 08 09 jm7n writing-background 0 General Information: Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse gives the beginning of the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 08 09 bed1 writing-participants 0 But there was a certain man ... named Simon This is a way of introducing a new person into the story. Your language may use different wording to introduce a new person into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
ACT 08 09 cx7a 0 the city "the city in Samaria" ([Acts 8:5](../08/05.md))
|
||
ACT 08 10 kb9b writing-background 0 General Information: Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse continues to give the beginning of the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 08 10 evt7 figs-hyperbole 0 All the Samaritans The word "all" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "Many of the Samaritans" or "The Samaritans in the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 08 10 ibl1 figs-merism 0 from the least to the greatest These two phrases refer to everyone from one extreme to the other. Alternate translation: "no matter how important they were" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
ACT 08 10 j3d8 0 This man is that power of God which is called Great People were saying that Simon was the divine power known as "The Great Power."
|
||
ACT 08 10 yw5v 0 that power of God which is called Great Possible meanings are 1) the powerful representative of God or 2) God or 3) the most powerful man or 4) and angel. Since the term is unclear, it may be best to simply translate it as "the Great power of God" .
|
||
ACT 08 11 pxj8 writing-background 0 General Information: Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse ends the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 08 12 yiw3 0 Connecting Statement: These verses give more information about Simon and some of the Samaritans coming to believe in Jesus.
|
||
ACT 08 12 vsy8 figs-activepassive 0 they were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Philip baptized them" or "Philip baptized the new believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 08 13 k2th figs-rpronouns 0 Simon himself believed The word "himself" is here used to emphasize that Simon believed. Alternate translation: "Simon was also one of those who believed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
ACT 08 13 v91t figs-activepassive 0 he was baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Philip baptized Simon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 08 13 aj93 0 When he saw signs This could begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: "When he saw"
|
||
ACT 08 14 q8wx 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues the news of what was happening in Samaria.
|
||
ACT 08 14 s7lr writing-newevent 0 Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard This marks the beginning of a new part of the story of the Samaritan's becoming believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
ACT 08 14 ju21 figs-synecdoche 0 Samaria This refers to the many people, who had become believers, throughout the district of Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 08 14 e682 0 had received "had believed" or "had accepted"
|
||
ACT 08 15 af1n 0 When they had come down "when Peter and John had come down"
|
||
ACT 08 15 hk1m 0 come down This phrase is used here because Samaria is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 08 15 bun9 0 they prayed for them "Peter and John prayed for the Samaritan believers"
|
||
ACT 08 15 n7vc 0 that they might receive the Holy Spirit "that the Samaritan believers might receive the Holy Spirit"
|
||
ACT 08 16 m1nw figs-activepassive 0 they had only been baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Philip had only baptized the Samaritan believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 08 16 rn3c figs-metonymy 0 they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus Here "name" represents authority, and being baptized into his name represents being baptized in order to be under his authority. Alternate translation: "they had only been baptized to become disciples of the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 08 17 fwh8 0 Peter and John placed their hands on them The word "them" refers to the Samaritan people who believed Stephen's message of the gospel.
|
||
ACT 08 17 q7gd translate-symaction 0 placed their hands on them This symbolic action shows that Peter and John wanted God to give the Holy Spirit to the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 08 18 rh79 figs-activepassive 0 the Holy Spirit was given through the laying on of the apostles' hands This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the apostles gave the Holy Spirit by laying their hands on people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 08 19 fbw9 0 that whoever I place my hands on might receive the Holy Spirit "that I can give the Holy Spirit to anyone on whom I place my hands"
|
||
ACT 08 20 df1j 0 General Information: Here the words him, your, you, and yours all refer to Simon.
|
||
ACT 08 20 jju3 0 May your silver perish along with you "May you and your money be destroyed"
|
||
ACT 08 20 gh12 0 the gift of God Here this refers to the ability to give the Holy Spirit by laying his hands on someone.
|
||
ACT 08 21 p2ev figs-doublet 0 You have no part or share in this matter The words "part" and "share" mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: "You may not participate in this work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
ACT 08 21 xbh2 figs-metonymy 0 your heart is not right Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or motives. Alternate translation: "you are not right in your heart" or "the motives of your mind are not right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 08 22 ppk5 figs-metonymy 0 for the intention of your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts. Alternate translation: "for what you intended to do" or "for what you were thinking of doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 08 22 sa6s 0 this wickedness "these evil thoughts"
|
||
ACT 08 22 pe2u 0 he might perhaps forgive "he may be willing to forgive"
|
||
ACT 08 23 d3v7 figs-metaphor 0 in the poison of bitterness Here "in the poison of bitterness" is a metaphor for being very envious. It speaks of envy as if it tastes bitter and poisons the person who is envious. Alternate translation: "very envious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 08 23 j696 figs-metaphor 0 in the bonds of sin The phrase "bonds of sin" is spoken of as if sin can restrain Simon and keep him a prisoner. It is metaphor that means Simon is not able to stop himself from sinning. Alternate translation: "because you continue sinning you are like a prisoner" or "you are like a prisoner to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 08 24 n5cw 0 General Information: Here the word "you" refers to Peter and John.
|
||
ACT 08 24 u1a4 0 so that nothing you have said may happen to me This can be stated another way. Alternate translation: "the things you have said ... may not happen to me"
|
||
ACT 08 24 sk5w 0 so that nothing you have said may happen to me This refers to Peter's rebuke about Simon's silver perishing along with him.
|
||
ACT 08 25 dl9f 0 Connecting Statement: This is concludes the part of the story about Simon and the Samaritans.
|
||
ACT 08 25 uz15 0 testified Peter and John told what they personally knew about Jesus to the Samaritans.
|
||
ACT 08 25 ww9k figs-metonymy 0 spoken the word of the Lord "Word" here is a metonym for "message." Peter and John explained the message about Jesus to the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 08 25 eu66 figs-synecdoche 0 to many villages of the Samaritans Here "villages" refers to the people in them. Alternate translation: "to the people in many Samaritan villages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 08 26 zkc5 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 27 gives background information about the man from Ethiopia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 08 26 rnh4 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia.
|
||
ACT 08 26 mbj9 writing-newevent 0 Now This marks a transition in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
ACT 08 26 w1nk 0 Arise and go These verbs work together to emphasize that he should get ready to start a long journey that will take some time. Alternate translation: "Get ready to travel"
|
||
ACT 08 26 le2c 0 goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza The phrase "goes down" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Gaza.
|
||
ACT 08 26 a18y writing-background 0 This road is in a desert Most scholars believe Luke added this comment to describe the area through which Philip would travel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 08 27 xy7x writing-participants 0 Behold The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
ACT 08 27 s1uf 0 eunuch The emphasis of "eunuch" here is about the Ethiopian's being a high government official, not so much his physical state of being castrated.
|
||
ACT 08 27 t5t1 translate-names 0 Candace This was a title for the queens of Ethiopia. It is similar to the way the word Pharaoh was used for the kings of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 08 27 v8q7 figs-explicit 0 He had come to Jerusalem to worship This implies that he was a Gentile who believed in God and had come to worship at the Jewish temple. Alternate translation: "He had come to worship God at the temple in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 08 28 d3kv 0 chariot Possibly "wagon" or "carriage" is more fitting in this context. Chariots are normally mentioned as a vehicle for war, not as a vehicle for long-distance travel. Also, people stood to ride in chariots.
|
||
ACT 08 28 bx2j figs-metonymy 0 reading the prophet Isaiah This is the Old Testament book Isaiah. Alternate translation: "reading from the book of the prophet Isaiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 08 29 llh1 figs-metonymy 0 stay close to this chariot Philip understood that this meant he was to stay close to the person riding in the chariot. Alternate translation: "accompany the man in this chariot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 08 30 ffh7 figs-metonymy 0 reading Isaiah the prophet This is the Old Testament book Isaiah. Alternate translation: "reading from the book of the prophet Isaiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 08 30 x98i 0 Do you understand what you are reading? The Ethiopian was intelligent and could read, but he lacked spiritual discernment. Alternate translation: "Do you understand the meaning of what you are reading?"
|
||
ACT 08 31 r5g2 figs-rquestion 0 How can I, unless someone guides me? This question was asked to state emphatically that he could not understand without help. Alternate translation: "I cannot understand unless someone guides me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 08 31 zx9h figs-explicit 0 He begged Philip to ... sit with him It is implied here that Philip agreed to travel down the road with him to explain the scriptures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 08 32 nd93 0 General Information: This a passage from the book of Isaiah. Here the words "he" and "his" refer to the Messiah.
|
||
ACT 08 32 lu3j 0 like a lamb before his shearer is silent A shearer is a person who cuts the wool off the sheep so that it may be used.
|
||
ACT 08 33 y2a1 figs-activepassive 0 In his humiliation justice was taken away from him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "He was humiliated and they did not judge him fairly" or "he allowed himself to be humbled before his accusers and he suffered injustice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 08 33 k3uz figs-rquestion 0 Who can fully describe his descendants? This question was used to emphasize the he will not have descendants. Alternate translation: "No one will be able to speak about his descendant, for there will not be any" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 08 33 idk8 figs-activepassive 0 his life was taken from the earth This referred to his death. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "men killed him" or "men took his life from the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 08 34 htb2 0 I beg you "Please tell me"
|
||
ACT 08 35 uw21 figs-metonymy 0 this scripture This refers to Isaiah's writings in the Old Testament. Alternate translation: "in the writings of Isaiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 08 36 ip13 0 they went on the road "they continued to travel along the road"
|
||
ACT 08 36 muz2 figs-rquestion 0 What prevents me from being baptized? The eunuch uses this question as a way of asking Philip for permission to be baptized. Alternate translation: "Please allow me to be baptized" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 08 38 l8wl 0 commanded the chariot to stop "told the driver of the chariot to stop"
|
||
ACT 08 39 tz5u 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia. The story of Philip ends at Caesarea.
|
||
ACT 08 39 xp52 0 the eunuch saw him no more "the eunuch did not see Philip again"
|
||
ACT 08 40 r1x7 0 Philip appeared at Azotus There was no indication of Philip's traveling between where he baptized the Ethiopian and Azotus. He just suddenly disappeared along the road to Gaza and reappeared at the town of Azotus.
|
||
ACT 08 40 arh5 0 that region This refers to the area around the town of Azotus.
|
||
ACT 08 40 zfn6 0 to all the cities "to all the cities in that region"
|
||
ACT 09 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 09 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "The Way"<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers "followers of the Way." This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or "way." If this is true, the believers were "following the way of the Lord" by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>##### "Letters for the synagogues in Damascus"<br><br>The "letters" Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### What Saul saw when he met Jesus<br><br>It is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he "fell upon the ground." Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, "I have seen the Lord Jesus" because it was a human form that he saw here.<br>
|
||
ACT 09 01 r4n5 writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information telling us what Saul has been doing since the stoning of Stephen. Here the word "him" refers to the high priest and "he" refers to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 09 01 yt9e 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts back to Saul and his salvation.
|
||
ACT 09 01 anb6 figs-abstractnouns 0 still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples The noun "murder" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "still speaking threats, even to murder the disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 09 02 v9lw figs-metonymy 0 for the synagogues This refers to the people in the synagogues. Alternate translation: "for the people in the synagogues" or "for the leaders in the synagogues" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 09 02 y8f6 0 if he found any "when he found anyone" or "if he found anyone"
|
||
ACT 09 02 pk19 0 who belonged to the Way "who followed the teachings of Jesus Christ"
|
||
ACT 09 02 n94s 0 the Way This term appears to have been a title for Christianity at that time.
|
||
ACT 09 02 a6z4 figs-explicit 0 he might bring them bound to Jerusalem "he might take them as prisoners to Jerusalem." Paul's purpose can be made clear by adding "so that the Jewish leaders could judge and punish them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 09 03 lv9q 0 Connecting Statement: After the high priest gave Saul the letters, Saul left for Damascus.
|
||
ACT 09 03 jf4g 0 As he was traveling Saul left Jerusalem and now travels to Damascus.
|
||
ACT 09 03 by55 writing-newevent 0 it happened that This is an expression that marks a change in the story to show something different is about to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
ACT 09 03 dm6c 0 there shone all around him a light out of heaven "a light from heaven shone all around him"
|
||
ACT 09 03 gua8 0 out of heaven Possible meanings are 1) heaven, where God lives or 2) the sky. The first meaning is preferable. Use that meaning if your language has a separate word for it.
|
||
ACT 09 04 y4u4 0 he fell upon the ground Possible meanings are that 1) "Saul threw himself to the ground" or 2) "The light caused him to fall to the ground" or 3) "Saul fell to the ground the way one who fainted fell." Saul did not fall accidentally.
|
||
ACT 09 04 c9l4 figs-rquestion 0 why are you persecuting me? This rhetorical question communicates a rebuke to Saul. In some languages a statement would be more natural (AT): "You are persecuting me!" or a command (AT): "Stop persecuting me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 09 05 q8ge 0 General Information: Every occurrence of the word "you" here is singular.
|
||
ACT 09 05 jaq2 0 Who are you, Lord? Saul was not acknowledging that Jesus is the Lord. He uses that title because he understood that he spoke to someone of supernatural power.
|
||
ACT 09 06 i1kj 0 but rise, enter into the city "get up and go into the city Damascus"
|
||
ACT 09 06 fbi6 figs-activepassive 0 it will be told you This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: "someone will tell you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 09 07 xu7c 0 hearing the voice, but seeing no one "they heard the voice, but they did not see anyone"
|
||
ACT 09 07 f9fe 0 but seeing no one "but saw no one." Apparently only Saul experienced the light.
|
||
ACT 09 08 puw3 figs-explicit 0 when he opened his eyes This implies that he had closed his eyes because the light was too bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 09 08 dgg8 0 he could see nothing "he could not see anything." Saul was blind.
|
||
ACT 09 09 fhn6 0 was without sight "was blind" or "could not see anything"
|
||
ACT 09 09 t8uc 0 he neither ate nor drank It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason.
|
||
ACT 09 10 kgn9 translate-names 0 General Information: The story of Saul continues but Luke introduces another man named Ananias. This is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md). You may translate this name the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). Though there is more than one Judas mentioned in the New Testament, it is likely this is the only appearance of this Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 09 10 j847 writing-participants 0 Now there was This introduces Ananias as a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
ACT 09 10 vl8k 0 He said "Ananias said"
|
||
ACT 09 11 mn24 0 go to the street which is called Straight "go to Straight Street"
|
||
ACT 09 11 ie1l 0 house of Judas This Judas is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying.
|
||
ACT 09 11 u5j8 0 a man from Tarsus named Saul "a man from the city of Tarsus named Saul" or "Saul of Tarsus"
|
||
ACT 09 12 jk46 translate-symaction 0 laying his hands on him This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 09 12 nx5q 0 he might see again "he might regain his ability to see"
|
||
ACT 09 13 la9t 0 your holy people Here "holy people" refers to Christians. Alternate translation: "the people in Jerusalem who believe in you"
|
||
ACT 09 14 ptd6 figs-explicit 0 authority ... to arrest everyone here It is implied that the extent of the power and authority granted Saul was limited to the Jewish people at this point in time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 09 14 t3fl figs-metonymy 0 calls upon your name Here "your name" refers to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 09 15 jmt7 figs-metonymy 0 he is a chosen instrument of mine "chosen instrument" refers to something that is set apart for service. Alternate translation: "I have chosen him to serve me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 09 15 z5fj figs-metonymy 0 to carry my name This is an expression for identifying or speaking out for Jesus. Alternate translation: "in order that he might speak about me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 09 16 kty3 figs-metonymy 0 for the cause of my name This is an expression meaning "for telling people about me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 09 17 q61x figs-you 0 General Information: The word "you" here is singular and refers to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
ACT 09 17 j2pf 0 Connecting Statement: Ananias goes to the house where Saul is staying. After Saul is healed, the story shifts from Ananias back to Saul.
|
||
ACT 09 17 s8ms 0 So Ananias departed, and entered into the house It may be helpful to state that Ananias went to the house before he entered into it. Alternate translation: "So Ananias went, and after he found the house where Saul was, he entered it"
|
||
ACT 09 17 my6m translate-symaction 0 Laying his hands on him Ananias put his hands on Saul. This was a symbol of giving a blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 09 17 a89q figs-activepassive 0 so that you might receive your sight and be filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 09 18 m1hx 0 something like scales fell "something that appeared like fish scales fell"
|
||
ACT 09 18 g2ea 0 he received his sight "he was able to see again"
|
||
ACT 09 18 efs9 figs-activepassive 0 he arose and was baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he got up and Ananias baptized him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 09 20 rc49 0 General Information: Here only the second "he" refers to Jesus, the Son of God. The first "he" and the other ones refer to Saul.
|
||
ACT 09 20 w65r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
ACT 09 21 xid8 figs-hyperbole 0 All who heard him The word "All" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "Those who heard him" or "Many who heard him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 09 21 f4fd figs-rquestion 0 Is not this the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name? This is a rhetorical and negative question that emphasizes that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. Alternate translation: "This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name Jesus!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 09 21 ctg3 figs-metonymy 0 this name Here "name" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "the name of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 09 22 r1np 0 causing distress among the Jews They were distressed in the sense that they could not find a way to refute Saul's arguments that Jesus was the Christ.
|
||
ACT 09 23 g6gw 0 General Information: The word "him" in this section refers to Saul.
|
||
ACT 09 23 g74c figs-synecdoche 0 the Jews This refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 09 24 lv62 figs-activepassive 0 But their plan became known to Saul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But someone told their plan to Saul" or "But Saul learned about their plan" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 09 24 cy9n 0 They watched the gates This city had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through the gates.
|
||
ACT 09 25 lc8m 0 his disciples people who believed Saul's message about Jesus and were following his teaching
|
||
ACT 09 25 u8g8 0 let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket "used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall"
|
||
ACT 09 26 j1el 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "him" refer to Saul all but one time. "And 'he' told them how" in verse 27 refers to Barnabas.
|
||
ACT 09 26 e38m figs-hyperbole 0 but they were all afraid of him Here "they were all" is a generalization, but it is possible that it refers to every person. Alternate translation: "but they were afraid of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 09 27 n9f1 figs-metonymy 0 had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus This is a way of saying he preached or taught the gospel message of Jesus Christ without fear. Alternate translation: "had openly preached the message about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 09 28 m5rs 0 He met with them Here the word "He" refers to Paul. The word "them" probably refers to the apostles and other disciples in Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 09 28 fbb7 figs-metonymy 0 in the name of the Lord Jesus Possible meanings are 1) this simply refers to the Lord Jesus and tells who Paul spoke about. Alternate translation: "about the Lord Jesus" or 2) "name" is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: "under the authority of the Lord Jesus" or "with the authority that the Lord Jesus gave him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 09 29 d7lm 0 debated with the Grecian Jews Saul tried to reason with the Jews who spoke Greek.
|
||
ACT 09 30 uz9a 0 the brothers The words "the brothers" refers to the believers in Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 09 30 j4mt 0 brought him down to Caesarea The phrase "brought him down" is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 09 30 aqn6 figs-explicit 0 sent him away to Tarsus Caesarea was a seaport. They brothers probably sent Saul to Tarsus by ship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 09 31 vk8y 0 General Information: Verse 31 is a statement that gives an update on the church's growth.
|
||
ACT 09 31 n7c5 0 Connecting Statement: In verse 32, the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about Peter.
|
||
ACT 09 31 s4bn 0 the church throughout all Judea, Galilee, and Samaria This is the first use of the singular "church" to refer to more than one local congregation. Here it refers to all the believers in all the groups throughout Israel.
|
||
ACT 09 31 fh2g 0 had peace "lived peacefully." This means the persecution that started with the murder of Stephen was finished.
|
||
ACT 09 31 elq7 figs-activepassive 0 was built up The agent was either God or the Holy Spirit. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God helped them grow" or "the Holy Spirit built them up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 09 31 j8c9 figs-metaphor 0 walking in the fear of the Lord "Walking" here is a metaphor for "living." Alternate translation: "living in obedience to the Lord" or "continuing to honor the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 09 31 hl24 0 in the comfort of the Holy Spirit "with the Holy Spirit strengthening and encouraging them"
|
||
ACT 09 32 w68g writing-newevent 0 Now it came about This phrase is used to mark a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
ACT 09 32 m9sg figs-hyperbole 0 throughout the whole region This is an generalization for Peter's visiting the believers in many places in the region of Judea, Galilee, and Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 09 32 ad7g 0 he came down The phrase "came down" is used here because Lydda is lower in elevation than the other places where he was traveling.
|
||
ACT 09 32 g5c4 0 Lydda Lydda is a city located about 18 kilometers southeast of Joppa. This city was called Lod in the Old Testament and in modern Israel.
|
||
ACT 09 33 hzd7 0 There he found a certain man Peter was not intentionally searching for a paralyzed person, but happened upon him. Alternate translation: "There Peter met a man"
|
||
ACT 09 33 jnc4 writing-participants 0 a certain man named Aeneas This introduces Aeneas as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
ACT 09 33 uj5f writing-background 0 who had been in his bed ... was paralyzed This is background information about Aeneas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 09 33 k7hw 0 paralyzed unable to walk, probably unable to move below the waist
|
||
ACT 09 34 ff2a 0 make your bed "roll up your mat"
|
||
ACT 09 35 z3fp figs-hyperbole 0 everyone who lived in Lydda and in Sharon This is a generalization referring to many of the people there. Alternate translation: "those who lived in Lydda and in Sharon" or "many people who lived in Lydda and Sharon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 09 35 qkv4 0 in Lydda and in Sharon The city of Lydda was located in the Plain of Sharon.
|
||
ACT 09 35 pf23 0 saw the man It may be helpful to state that they saw that he was healed. Alternate translation: "saw the man whom Peter had healed"
|
||
ACT 09 35 x9yw figs-metaphor 0 and they turned to the Lord Here "turned to the Lord" is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: "and they repented of their sins and started obeying the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 09 36 gy8u writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about the woman named Tabitha. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 09 36 du3s 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues the story with a new event about Peter.
|
||
ACT 09 36 zgq5 writing-newevent 0 Now there was This introduces a new part in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
ACT 09 36 gwr4 translate-names 0 Tabitha, which is translated as "Dorcas." Tabitha is her name in the Aramaic language, and Dorcas is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean "gazelle." Alternate translation: "Her name in the Greek language was Dorcas" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 09 36 q2rn 0 full of good works "doing many good things"
|
||
ACT 09 37 mg72 figs-explicit 0 It came about in those days This refers to the time when Peter was in Joppa. This can be stated. Alternate translation: "It came about while Peter was nearby" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 09 37 y8sx 0 washed her This was washing to prepare for her burial.
|
||
ACT 09 37 znj4 0 they laid her in an upper room This was a temporary display of the body during the funeral process.
|
||
ACT 09 38 uhz5 0 they sent two men to him "the disciples sent two men to Peter"
|
||
ACT 09 39 k1se 0 to the upper room "to the upstairs room where Dorcas' body was lying"
|
||
ACT 09 39 me79 0 all the widows It is possible that all the widows of the town were there since it was not a large town.
|
||
ACT 09 39 piu7 0 widows women whose husbands had died and therefore needed help
|
||
ACT 09 39 y6q5 0 while she had been with them "while she was still alive with the disciples"
|
||
ACT 09 40 ek9c writing-endofstory 0 The story of Tabitha ends in verse 42. Verse 43 tells us what happens to Peter after the story ends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||
ACT 09 40 yp2u 0 put them all out of the room "told them all to leave the room." Peter had everyone leave so he could be alone to pray for Tabitha.
|
||
ACT 09 41 r7n6 0 gave her his hand and lifted her up Peter took hold of her hand and helped her stand up.
|
||
ACT 09 41 b73s 0 the believers and the widows The widows were possibly also believers but are mentioned specifically because Tabitha was so important to them.
|
||
ACT 09 42 nda9 figs-activepassive 0 This matter became known throughout all Joppa This refers to the miracle of Peter's raising Tabitha from the dead. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 09 42 fyz4 0 believed on the Lord "believed in the gospel of the Lord Jesus"
|
||
ACT 09 43 k9ik writing-newevent 0 It happened that "It came about that." This introduces the beginning of the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
ACT 09 43 qar2 0 Simon, a tanner "a man named Simon who made leather from animal skins"
|
||
ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Unclean<br><br>The Jews believed that they could become unclean in God's sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God's people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>##### Baptism and the Holy Spirit<br><br>The Holy Spirit "fell on" those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized.<br>
|
||
ACT 10 01 m1vx writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about Cornelius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 10 01 nfy5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius.
|
||
ACT 10 01 wtb9 writing-participants 0 Now there was a certain man This was a way of introducing a new person to this part of the historical account. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
ACT 10 01 x476 0 Cornelius by name, a centurion of what was called the Italian Regiment "his name was Cornelius. He was an officer in charge of 100 soldiers from the Italian section of the Roman army.
|
||
ACT 10 02 s6rh 0 He was a devout man, one who worshiped God "He believed in God and sought to honor and worship God in his life"
|
||
ACT 10 02 n8i3 0 worshiped God The word for "worshiped" here has the sense of deep respect and awe.
|
||
ACT 10 02 w2kx figs-hyperbole 0 he constantly prayed to God The word "constantly" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "he prayed to God a lot" or "he prayed to God regularly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 10 03 up3j 0 the ninth hour "three o'clock in the afternoon." This is the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews.
|
||
ACT 10 03 g3lv 0 he clearly saw "Cornelius clearly saw"
|
||
ACT 10 04 p5ml figs-explicit 0 Your prayers and your gifts ... a memorial offering into God's presence It is implied that his gifts and prayers had been accepted by God. Alternate translation: "God is pleased by your prayers and your gifts ... a memorial offering to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 10 06 lt9n 0 a tanner a person who makes leather from animal skins
|
||
ACT 10 07 g6lq 0 When the angel who spoke to him had left "When Cornelius' vision of the angel had ended."
|
||
ACT 10 07 i3x7 0 a devout soldier from among those who served him "one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God." This soldier worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius' other soldiers probably did not worship God.
|
||
ACT 10 07 yg7g 0 devout An adjective to describe a person who worshiped God and served him.
|
||
ACT 10 08 pcg2 0 told them all that had happened Cornelius explained his vision to his two servants and to one of his soldiers.
|
||
ACT 10 08 d2p3 0 sent them to Joppa "sent two of his two servants and the one soldier to Joppa."
|
||
ACT 10 09 ey9n 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Cornelius' two servants and the soldier under Cornelius' command ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)).
|
||
ACT 10 09 w3g4 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts away from Cornelius to tell us what God is doing with to Peter.
|
||
ACT 10 09 tu7n 0 about the sixth hour "around noon"
|
||
ACT 10 09 r6l8 0 up upon the housetop The roofs of the houses were flat, and people often did many different activities on them.
|
||
ACT 10 10 slq7 0 while the people were cooking some food "before the people finished cooking the food"
|
||
ACT 10 10 im7x figs-activepassive 0 he was given a vision "God gave him a vision" or "he saw a vision" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 10 11 n4hi 0 he saw the sky open This was the beginning of Peter's vision. It can be a new sentence.
|
||
ACT 10 11 u9u4 0 something like a large sheet ... four corners The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth.
|
||
ACT 10 11 jh1m 0 let down by its four corners "with its four corners suspended" or "with its four corners higher than the rest of it"
|
||
ACT 10 12 ua3j figs-explicit 0 all kinds of four-footed animals ... birds of the sky From Peter's response in the next verse, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. Alternate translation: "animals and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 10 13 a2z4 figs-synecdoche 0 a voice spoke to him The person speaking is not specified. The "voice" was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 10 14 z7r5 0 Not so "I will not do that"
|
||
ACT 10 14 a2jj figs-explicit 0 I have never eaten anything that was defiled and unclean It is implied that some the animals in the container were unclean as defined by the law of Moses and were not to be eaten by believers who lived before Christ died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 10 15 xs5s figs-123person 0 What God has cleansed If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "What I, God, have cleansed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
ACT 10 16 rlr9 0 This happened three times It is not likely that everything Peter saw happened three times. This probably means that the phrase, "What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled," was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say "This happened three times" instead of trying to explain in detail.
|
||
ACT 10 17 d4zi 0 Peter was very confused This means that Peter was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant.
|
||
ACT 10 17 n6da 0 behold The word "behold" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows, in this case, the two men standing at the gate.
|
||
ACT 10 17 e62m figs-explicit 0 stood before the gate "stood before the gate to the house." It is implied that this house had a wall with a gate in it to enter the property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 10 17 h72m 0 after they had asked their way to the house This happened before they arrived at the house. This could be stated earlier in the verse, as the UST does.
|
||
ACT 10 18 qe9d 0 They called out Cornelius' men remained outside the gate while asking about Peter.
|
||
ACT 10 19 e8ai 0 thinking about the vision "wondering about the meaning of the vision"
|
||
ACT 10 19 d9q8 0 the Spirit "the Holy Spirit"
|
||
ACT 10 19 iqx5 0 Behold, three "Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: three"
|
||
ACT 10 19 va39 translate-textvariants 0 three men are looking for you Some ancient texts have a different number of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
ACT 10 20 ym1x 0 go down "go down from the roof of the house"
|
||
ACT 10 20 wx4n 0 Do not hesitate to go with them It would be natural for Peter not to want to go with them, because they were strangers and they were Gentiles.
|
||
ACT 10 21 lj1f 0 I am he whom you are seeking "I am the man you are looking for"
|
||
ACT 10 22 i4zh 0 General Information: The words "They" and "them" here refer to the two servants and the soldier from Cornelius ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)).
|
||
ACT 10 22 baa3 figs-activepassive 0 A centurion named Cornelius ... listen to a message from you This can be divided into several sentences and stated in active form as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 10 22 wvl1 0 worships God The word for "worship" here has the sense of deep respect and awe.
|
||
ACT 10 22 gv91 figs-hyperbole 0 all the nation of the Jews This number of people is exaggerated with the word "all" to emphasize how widely this was known among the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 10 23 jlc7 0 So Peter invited them to come in and stay with him The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon.
|
||
ACT 10 23 shs5 0 stay with him "be his guests"
|
||
ACT 10 23 t7cz 0 some of the brothers from Joppa This refers to believers who lived in Joppa.
|
||
ACT 10 24 c3s6 0 On the following day This was the next day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day.
|
||
ACT 10 24 g2up 0 Cornelius was waiting for them "Cornelius expected them"
|
||
ACT 10 25 wxt8 0 when Peter entered "when Peter entered the house"
|
||
ACT 10 25 b4pn translate-symaction 0 fell down at his feet to worship him "he knelt down and put his face close to Peter's feet." He did this to honor Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 10 25 u2x5 0 fell down He purposely lies down facing the ground to show that he is worshiping.
|
||
ACT 10 26 s7n5 0 Stand up! I too am a man This was a mild rebuke or correction to Cornelius not to worship Peter. Alternate translation: "Stop doing that! I am only a man, as you are"
|
||
ACT 10 27 f9x6 figs-you 0 General Information: The word "him" here refers to Cornelius. Here the words "You" and "you" are plural and include Cornelius as well as the Gentiles who were present. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
ACT 10 27 bg7b 0 Connecting Statement: Peter addresses the people who are gathered in Cornelius' house.
|
||
ACT 10 27 twp9 figs-explicit 0 many people gathered together "many Gentile people gathered together." It is implied that these people Cornelius had invited were Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 10 28 g7j7 0 You yourselves know Peter is addressing Cornelius and his invited guests.
|
||
ACT 10 28 iyx6 0 it is not lawful for a Jewish man "it is forbidden for a Jewish man." This refers to the Jewish religious law.
|
||
ACT 10 28 k3we 0 someone from another nation This refers to people who were not Jews and not specifically to where they lived.
|
||
ACT 10 30 krz8 figs-you 0 General Information: In verses 31 and 32 Cornelius quotes what the angel had said to him when he appeared to him at the ninth hour. The words "you" and "your" are all singular. The word "we" here does not include Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 10 30 n5fs 0 Connecting Statement: Cornelius responds to Peter's question.
|
||
ACT 10 30 na4u 0 Four days ago Cornelius is referring to the day before the third night before he is speaking to Peter. Biblical culture counts the current day, so the day before three nights ago is "four days ago." Current Western culture does not count the current day, so many Western translations read, "three days ago."
|
||
ACT 10 30 mqv8 translate-textvariants 0 praying Some ancient authorities say "fasting and praying" instead of simply "praying." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
ACT 10 30 yy6e 0 at the ninth hour The normal afternoon time that the Jews pray to God.
|
||
ACT 10 31 heh3 figs-activepassive 0 your prayer has been heard by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has heard your prayer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 10 31 s6nz 0 reminded God about you "brought you to God's attention." This does not imply that God had forgotten.
|
||
ACT 10 32 ci31 0 call to you a man named Simon who is called Peter "tell Simon who is also called Peter to come to you"
|
||
ACT 10 33 p5ee 0 at once "right away"
|
||
ACT 10 33 ruf3 0 You are kind to have come This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: "I certainly thank you for coming"
|
||
ACT 10 33 ry21 0 in the sight of God This refers to the presence of God.
|
||
ACT 10 33 xt4x figs-activepassive 0 that you have been instructed by the Lord to say This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the Lord has told you to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 10 34 ku8u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins speaking to everyone in the house of Cornelius.
|
||
ACT 10 34 cyn8 0 Then Peter opened his mouth and said "Peter began to speak to them"
|
||
ACT 10 34 ha31 0 Truly This means that what he is about to say is especially important to know.
|
||
ACT 10 34 iii7 0 God does not take anyone's side "God does not favor certain people"
|
||
ACT 10 35 j78e 0 anyone who worships and does righteous deeds is acceptable to him "he accepts anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds"
|
||
ACT 10 35 b5cr 0 worships The word "worships" here has the sense of deep respect and awe.
|
||
ACT 10 36 bjk7 0 General Information: The word "him" here refers to Jesus.
|
||
ACT 10 36 sv4s 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to talk to Cornelius and his guests.
|
||
ACT 10 36 md1l 0 who is Lord of all Here "all" means "all people."
|
||
ACT 10 37 ch65 figs-hyperbole 0 throughout all Judea The word "all" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "throughout Judea" or "in many places in Judea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 10 37 sq2i 0 after the baptism that John announced "after John preached to the people to repent and then baptized them"
|
||
ACT 10 38 jtr3 0 the events ... and with power This long sentence, which begins in verse 36, can be shortened into several sentences as in the UST. "You know ... of all. You yourselves know ... announced. You know the events ... with power"
|
||
ACT 10 38 ku82 figs-metaphor 0 God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power The Holy Spirit and God's power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 10 38 y5ya figs-hyperbole 0 all who were oppressed by the devil The word "all" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "those who were oppressed by the devil" or "many people who were oppressed by the devil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 10 38 tj3u figs-idiom 0 God was with him The idiom "was with him" means "was helping him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 10 39 kal7 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words "We" and "we" here refer to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth. The words "he" and "him" here refer to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 10 39 sx3a 0 in the country of the Jews This refers mainly to Judea at that time.
|
||
ACT 10 39 z4dt 0 hanging him on a tree This is another expression that refers to crucifixion. Alternate translation: "nailing him to a wooden cross"
|
||
ACT 10 40 cxj5 figs-idiom 0 God raised him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "God caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 10 40 w8kv 0 the third day "the third day after he died"
|
||
ACT 10 40 iz8l 0 caused him to be seen "permitted many people to see him after he was raised from the dead"
|
||
ACT 10 41 q7d1 0 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||
ACT 10 42 ik96 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" includes Peter and believers. It excludes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 10 42 zne5 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to everyone in the house of Cornelius, which he began in [Acts 10:34](../10/34.md).
|
||
ACT 10 42 c1ak figs-activepassive 0 that this is the one who has been chosen by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God chose this Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 10 42 ws4t figs-nominaladj 0 the living and the dead This refers to people who are still living and people who have died. Alternate translation: "the people who are alive and the people who are dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
ACT 10 43 ub5d 0 It is to him that all the prophets bear witness "All the prophets bear witness to Jesus"
|
||
ACT 10 43 vq6l figs-activepassive 0 everyone who believes in him shall receive forgiveness of sins This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will forgive the sins of everyone who believes in Jesus because of what Jesus has done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 10 43 y6d1 figs-metonymy 0 through his name Here "his name" refers to the actions of Jesus. His name means God who saves. Alternate translation: "through what Jesus has done for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 10 44 cz7x 0 the Holy Spirit fell Here the word "fell" means "happened suddenly." Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit suddenly came"
|
||
ACT 10 44 wf7u 0 all of those who were listening Here "all" refers to all the Gentiles at the house who were listening to Peter.
|
||
ACT 10 45 j6wt 0 the gift of the Holy Spirit This refers to the Holy Spirit himself who was given to them.
|
||
ACT 10 45 g161 figs-activepassive 0 the Holy Spirit was poured out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God poured out the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 10 45 mqs8 figs-metaphor 0 poured out The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that could be poured out upon people. It implies a generous amount. Alternate translation: "generously given" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 10 45 je22 0 the gift "the free gift"
|
||
ACT 10 45 f33n 0 also on the Gentiles Here "also" refers to the fact that the Holy Spirit had already been given to the Jewish believers.
|
||
ACT 10 46 w58d 0 General Information: The words "he" and "him" refer to Peter.
|
||
ACT 10 46 mpg5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Cornelius.
|
||
ACT 10 46 p6pa 0 Gentiles speak in other languages and praising God These were known spoken languages that caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Gentiles were indeed praising God.
|
||
ACT 10 47 u5d5 figs-rquestion 0 Can anyone keep water from these people so they should not be baptized, these people who have received ... we? Peter uses this question to convince the Jewish Christians that the Gentile believers should be baptized. Alternate translation: "No one should keep water from these people! We should baptize them because they have received ... we!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 10 48 t2y9 figs-explicit 0 he commanded them to be baptized It is implied that the Jewish Christians were the ones who would baptize them. Alternate translation: "Peter commanded the Gentile believers to allow the Jewish Christians to baptize them" or "Peter commanded the Jewish Christians to baptize them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 10 48 ax6x figs-metonymy 0 be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ Here "in the name of Jesus Christ" expresses that the reason for their baptism was that they believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: "be baptized as believers in Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 11 intro hva5 0 # Acts 11 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "The Gentiles also had received the word of God"<br><br>Almost all of the first believers were Jewish. Luke writes in this chapter that many Gentiles started to believe in Jesus. They believed that the message about Jesus was true and so began to "receive the word of God." Some of the believers in Jerusalem did not believe that Gentiles could truly follow Jesus, so Peter went to them and told them what had happened to him and how he had seen the Gentiles receive the Word of God and receive the Holy Spirit.<br>
|
||
ACT 11 01 uw5m 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new event in the story.
|
||
ACT 11 01 j7f7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter arrives in Jerusalem and begins talking to the Jews there.
|
||
ACT 11 01 ab75 writing-newevent 0 Now This marks a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
ACT 11 01 f1md 0 the brothers The phrase "brothers" here refers to the believers in Judea.
|
||
ACT 11 01 q8wl 0 who were in Judea "who were in the province of Judea"
|
||
ACT 11 01 w3rx figs-metonymy 0 had received the word of God This expression refers to the fact that the Gentiles believed the gospel message about Jesus. Alternate translation: "believed the message of God about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 11 02 kb4m 0 had come up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of coming up to Jerusalem and going down from it.
|
||
ACT 11 02 yar6 figs-metonymy 0 they who belonged to the circumcision group This is a reference to some of the Jews who believed that every believer must be circumcised. Alternate translation: "some Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted all followers of Christ to be circumcized" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 11 03 ah7v figs-metonymy 0 uncircumcised men The phrase "uncircumcised men" refers to Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 11 03 t9e1 0 ate with them It was against Jewish tradition for Jews to eat with Gentiles.
|
||
ACT 11 04 lrh6 0 Connecting Statement: Peter responds to the Jews by telling them about his vision and about what had happened at Cornelius' house.
|
||
ACT 11 04 bfp5 0 Peter started to explain Peter did not criticize the Jewish believers but reacted in a friendly explanatory manner.
|
||
ACT 11 04 nuy6 0 in detail "exactly what happened"
|
||
ACT 11 05 j37p 0 like a large sheet The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||
ACT 11 05 axu6 0 by its four corners "with its four corners suspended" or "with its four corners higher than the rest of it." See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||
ACT 11 06 lbh4 figs-explicit 0 four-legged animals of earth From Peter's response, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 10:12](../10/12.md). Alternate translation: "animals and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 11 06 ew64 0 wild beasts This probably refer to the animals people do not or can not tame or control.
|
||
ACT 11 06 t36i 0 creeping animals These are reptiles.
|
||
ACT 11 07 i5ic figs-synecdoche 0 I heard a voice The person speaking is not specified. The "voice" was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. See how you translated "a voice" in [Acts 10:13](../10/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 11 08 m4mu 0 Not so "I will not do that." See how you translated this in [Acts 10:14](../10/14.md).
|
||
ACT 11 08 m5p5 figs-metonymy 0 nothing unholy or unclean has ever entered into my mouth Apparently the animals in the sheet were animals which the Jewish law in the Old Testament forbade the Jews to eat. This can be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: "I have eaten only meat from holy and clean animals" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
ACT 11 08 kj91 0 unclean In the Old Testament Jewish law, a person became ritually "unclean" in various ways, such as eating certain forbidden animals.
|
||
ACT 11 09 n2gn figs-metonymy 0 What God has declared clean, do not call unclean This refers to the animals in the sheet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 11 10 xrq6 0 This happened three times It is not likely that everything was repeated three times. This probably means that "What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled" was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say "This happened three times" instead of trying to explain in detail. See how you translated "This happened three times" in [Acts 10:16](../10/16.md).
|
||
ACT 11 11 ias8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here "we" refers to Peter and the believers in Joppa. It does not include his current audience in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 11 11 b2qv 0 Behold This word alerts us to the new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||
ACT 11 11 k44j 0 right away "immediately" or "at that exact moment"
|
||
ACT 11 11 qwn5 figs-activepassive 0 they had been sent This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone had sent them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 11 12 lf6m 0 that I should make no distinction regarding them "that I should not be concerned that they were Gentiles"
|
||
ACT 11 12 cf8x 0 These six brothers went with me "These six brothers went with me to Caesarea"
|
||
ACT 11 12 xrc6 0 These six brothers "These six Jewish believers"
|
||
ACT 11 12 w6ia 0 into the man's house This refers to the house of Cornelius.
|
||
ACT 11 13 few6 0 Simon who is called Peter "Simon who is also called Peter." See how you translated the same phrase in [Acts 10:32](../10/32.md).
|
||
ACT 11 14 hpr2 figs-metonymy 0 all your household This refers to all the people in the household. Alternate translation: "everyone who lives in your house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 11 15 qy12 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to Peter, the apostles, and any of the Jewish believers who had received the Holy Spirit at Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 11 15 a8jw 0 As I began to speak to them, the Holy Spirit came on them This implies that Peter had not finished speaking but had intended to say more.
|
||
ACT 11 15 ak2p figs-ellipsis 0 the Holy Spirit came on them, just as on us in the beginning Peter leaves out some things to keep the story short. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit came on the Gentile believers, just as he came on the Jewish believers at Pentecost" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
ACT 11 15 th4m 0 in the beginning Peter is referring to the day of Pentecost.
|
||
ACT 11 16 v116 figs-activepassive 0 you shall be baptized in the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will baptize you in the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 11 17 pe42 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "them" refers to Cornelius and his Gentile guests and household. Peter does not call them Gentiles in his account to the Jewish believers at Jerusalem. The word "they" refers to the Jewish believers to whom Peter spoke. The word "us" includes all of the Jewish believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 11 17 e576 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech (which he began in [Acts 11:4](../11/04.md)) to the Jews about his vision and about what had happened at the house of Cornelius.
|
||
ACT 11 17 u3nu figs-rquestion 0 Then if God gave to them ... who was I, that I could oppose God? Peter uses this question to emphasize that he was only obeying God. Alternate translation: "Since God gave to them ... I decided that I could not oppose God!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 11 17 y7ag 0 the same gift Peter refers to the gift of the Holy Spirit.
|
||
ACT 11 18 nr7g 0 they said nothing in response "they did not argue with Peter"
|
||
ACT 11 18 z3fy figs-abstractnouns 0 God has given repentance for life to the Gentiles also "God has given repentance that leads to life to the Gentiles also." Here "life" refers to eternal life. The abstract nouns "repentance" and "life" can be translated as the verbs "repent" and "live." Alternate translation: "God has allowed the Gentiles also to repent and live eternally" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 11 19 zck4 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about what happened to the believers who fled after the stoning of Stephen.
|
||
ACT 11 19 bwb8 writing-newevent 0 Now This introduces the new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
ACT 11 19 m3i7 0 those who had been scattered by the persecution that arose over Stephen spread The Jews began persecuting Jesus' followers because Stephen had said and done things that the Jews did not like. Because of this persecution, many of Jesus' followers left Jerusalem and went to many different places.
|
||
ACT 11 19 w5jn 0 those ... spread "those went in many different directions"
|
||
ACT 11 19 whm6 figs-activepassive 0 who had been scattered by the persecution This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom the Jews had been persecuting and so had left Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 11 19 vx4b 0 the persecution that arose over Stephen the persecution that happened because of what Stephen had said and done
|
||
ACT 11 19 c8ha 0 only to Jews The believers thought God's message was for the Jewish people, and not for the Gentiles.
|
||
ACT 11 20 mww9 figs-explicit 0 spoke also to Greeks These Greek-speaking people were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: "also spoke to Gentiles who spoke Greek" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 11 21 aj5g figs-metonymy 0 The hand of the Lord was with them God's hand signifies his powerful help. Alternate translation: "God was powerfully enabling those believers to preach effectively" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 11 21 n9pq figs-metaphor 0 turned to the Lord Here "turned to the Lord" is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: "and they repented of their sins and began to obey the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 11 22 mrg9 0 General Information: In these verses, the word "he" refers to Barnabas. The word "they" refers to the believers of the church at Jerusalem. The words "them" and "their" refer to the new believers ([Acts 11:20](../11/20.md)).
|
||
ACT 11 22 i7vs figs-metonymy 0 ears of the church Here "ears" refers to the believers' hearing about the event. Alternate translation: "the believers in the church" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 11 23 b7w7 0 saw the grace of God "saw how God acted kindly toward the believers"
|
||
ACT 11 23 m1q9 0 he encouraged them "he kept on encouraging them"
|
||
ACT 11 23 qlu4 0 to remain with the Lord "to remain faithful to the Lord" or "to continue to trust in the Lord"
|
||
ACT 11 23 bz6w figs-metonymy 0 with all their heart Here the "heart" refers to a person's will and desire. Alternate translation: "with all their will" or "with complete commitment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 11 24 he5z 0 full of the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit controlled Barnabas as he obeyed the Holy Spirit.
|
||
ACT 11 24 e57t figs-metonymy 0 many people were added to the Lord Here "added" means they came to believe the same thing as the others. Alternate translation: "many more people also believed in the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 11 25 yhl6 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Barnabas and "him" refers to Saul.
|
||
ACT 11 25 dm92 0 out to Tarsus "out to the city of Tarsus"
|
||
ACT 11 26 hu2g 0 When he found him It progably took some time and effort for Barnabas to locate Saul.
|
||
ACT 11 26 wf5l writing-newevent 0 It came about This begins a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
ACT 11 26 w4dz 0 they gathered together with the church "Barnabas and Saul gathered together with the church"
|
||
ACT 11 26 x8gx figs-activepassive 0 The disciples were called Christians This implies that other people called the believers by this name. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The people of Antioch called the disciples Christians" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 11 26 r6sl 0 first in Antioch "for the first time in Antioch"
|
||
ACT 11 27 pz7y writing-background 0 General Information: Here Luke tells background information about a prophecy in Antioch. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 11 27 h6zw 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story-line.
|
||
ACT 11 27 d8bb 0 came down from Jerusalem to Antioch Jerusalem was higher in elevation than Antioch, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem or going down from it.
|
||
ACT 11 28 wyk8 0 Agabus by name "whose name was Agabus"
|
||
ACT 11 28 q3tl 0 indicated by the Spirit "the Holy Spirit enabled him to prophesy"
|
||
ACT 11 28 l3iz 0 a great famine would occur "a great shortage of food would happen"
|
||
ACT 11 28 pd2t figs-hyperbole 0 over all the world This was a generalization referring to the part of the world that they were interested in. Alternate translation: "all over the inhabited world" or "throughout the Roman Empire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 11 28 jmc5 figs-explicit 0 in the days of Claudius Luke's audience would know that Claudius was the emperor of Rome at that time. Alternate translation: "when Claudius was the Roman emperor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 11 29 lhp8 0 General Information: The words "They" and "they" refer to the believers in the church in Antioch ([Acts 11:27](../11/27.md)).
|
||
ACT 11 29 de92 0 So This word means marks an event that happened because of something else that happened first. In this case, they sent money because of Agabus' prophesy or the famine.
|
||
ACT 11 29 rk9z 0 as each one was able The richer people sent more; the poorer people sent less.
|
||
ACT 11 29 up7a 0 the brothers in Judea "the believers in Judea"
|
||
ACT 11 30 l8i8 figs-idiom 0 by the hand of Barnabas and Saul The hand is a synecdoche for the action of the whole person. Alternate translation: "by having Barnabas and Saul take to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 12 intro f66j 0 # Acts 12 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 tells what happened to King Herod while Barnabas was bringing Saul back from Tarsus and they were delivering money from Antioch Jerusalem (11:25-30). He killed many of the leaders of the church, and he put Peter in prison. After God helped Peter escape the prison, Herod killed the prison guards, and then God killed Herod. In the last verse of the chapter, Luke tells how Barnabas and Saul return to Antioch.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Personification<br><br>The "word of God" is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could grow and become many. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])<br>
|
||
ACT 12 01 u4w7 writing-background 0 General Information: This is background information about Herod's killing James. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 12 01 ua9p 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the new persecution, first of James' death and then of Peter's imprisonment and then release.
|
||
ACT 12 01 ti1y writing-newevent 0 Now This begins a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
ACT 12 01 f2gr 0 about that time This refers to the time of the famine.
|
||
ACT 12 01 zy6y figs-idiom 0 laid hands on This means Herod had the believers arrested. See how you translated this in [Acts 5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: "sent soldiers to arrest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 12 01 u1gv figs-explicit 0 some who belonged to the church Only James and Peter are specified, which implies that these were leaders of the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 12 01 s7lc 0 so that he might mistreat them "in order to cause the believers to suffer"
|
||
ACT 12 02 aw4t 0 He killed James ... with the sword This tells the manner in which James was killed.
|
||
ACT 12 02 r1zv figs-metonymy 0 He killed James Possible meanings are 1) Herod himself killed James or 2) Herod ordered someone to kill James. Alternate translation: "Herod gave the order and they killed James" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 12 03 pms7 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Herod ([Acts 12:1](../12/01.md)).
|
||
ACT 12 03 v4ag 0 After he saw that this pleased the Jews "When Herod realized that putting James to death pleased the Jewish leaders"
|
||
ACT 12 03 wpm1 0 pleased the Jews "made the Jewish leaders happy"
|
||
ACT 12 03 cu7s 0 That was "Herod did this" or "This happened"
|
||
ACT 12 03 ly66 0 the days of unleavened bread This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. Alternate translation: "the festival when the Jewish people ate bread without yeast"
|
||
ACT 12 04 pps1 0 four squads of soldiers "four groups of soldiers." Each squad had four soldiers that guarded Peter, one group at a time. The groups divided the 24 hour day into four shifts. Each time two soldiers would have been at his side and the other two soldiers by the entrance.
|
||
ACT 12 04 i23a 0 he was intending to bring him to the people "Herod planned to judge Peter in the presence of the people" or "Herod planned to judge Peter before the Jewish people"
|
||
ACT 12 05 v2yz figs-activepassive 0 So Peter was kept in the prison This implies that the soldiers continually guarded Peter in prison. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So the soldiers guarded Peter in the prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 12 05 f8qc figs-activepassive 0 prayer was made earnestly to God for him by those in the church This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the group of believers in Jerusalem earnestly prayed to God for him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 12 05 g189 0 earnestly continuously and with dedication
|
||
ACT 12 06 km83 figs-explicit 0 On the night before Herod was going to bring him out for trial That Herod planned to execute him can be clarified. Alternate translation: "The happened on the day before Herod was going to bring Peter out from prison to put him on trial and then to execute him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 12 06 g2bh 0 bound with two chains "tied with two chains" or "fastened with two chains." Each chain would have been attached to one of the two guards who stayed beside Peter.
|
||
ACT 12 06 aqv1 0 were keeping watch over the prison "were guarding the prison doors"
|
||
ACT 12 07 kk4i 0 General Information: The words "him" and "his" refer to Peter.
|
||
ACT 12 07 i7g3 0 Behold This word alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||
ACT 12 07 lu25 0 by him "next to him" or "beside him"
|
||
ACT 12 07 z2i1 0 in the prison cell "in the prison room"
|
||
ACT 12 07 dc5b 0 He struck Peter "The angel tapped Peter" or "The angel poked Peter." Peter was evidently sleeping deeply enough that this was required to wake him.
|
||
ACT 12 07 dqn9 0 his chains fell off his hands The angel caused the chains to fall from Peter without touching them.
|
||
ACT 12 08 hxt9 0 Peter did so "Peter did what the angel told him to do" or "Peter obeyed"
|
||
ACT 12 09 gx77 0 General Information: Here the word "He" refers to Peter. The words "they" and "They" refer to Peter and the angel.
|
||
ACT 12 09 sh8k 0 He did not know "He did not understand"
|
||
ACT 12 09 p9ty figs-activepassive 0 what was done by the angel was real This could be changed to active form. Alternate translation: "the actions of the angel were real" or "what the angel did truly happened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 12 10 r7gy figs-explicit 0 After they had passed by the first guard and the second It is implied that the soldiers were not able to see Peter and the angel as they walked by. Alternate translation: "The first and second guards did not see them as they passed by, and then" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 12 10 c18q 0 had passed by "had walked by"
|
||
ACT 12 10 e36s figs-ellipsis 0 and the second The word "guard" is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "and the second guard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
ACT 12 10 y86k 0 they came to the iron gate "Peter and the angel arrived at the iron gate"
|
||
ACT 12 10 if3c 0 that led into the city "that opened to the city" or "that went from the prison to the city"
|
||
ACT 12 10 i3st figs-rpronouns 0 it opened for them by itself Here "by itself" means neither Peter nor the angel opened it. Alternate translation: "the gate swung open for them" or "the gate opened itself for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
ACT 12 10 j268 0 went down a street "walked along a street"
|
||
ACT 12 10 fl89 0 left him right away "left Peter suddenly" or "suddenly disappeared"
|
||
ACT 12 11 wlb6 figs-idiom 0 When Peter came to himself This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "When Peter became fully awake and alert" or "When Peter became aware that what had happened was real" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 12 11 ue4k figs-metonymy 0 delivered me out of the hand of Herod Here "the hand of Herod" refers to "Herod's hold" or "Herod's plans." Alternate translation: "brought me from the harm Herod had planned for me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 12 11 hw63 0 delivered me "rescued me"
|
||
ACT 12 11 p739 figs-synecdoche 0 everything the Jewish people were expecting Here "the people of the Jews" probably referred mainly to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "all that the Jewish leaders thought would happen to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 12 12 tfh3 0 realized this He became aware that God had rescued him.
|
||
ACT 12 12 ux4v figs-activepassive 0 John, also called Mark John was also called Mark. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John, whom people also called Mark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 12 13 x5fg 0 General Information: Here the words "she" and "her" all refer to the servant girl Rhoda. Here the words they" and "They" refer to the people who were inside praying ([Acts 12:12](../12/12.md)).
|
||
ACT 12 13 pfn7 0 he knocked "Peter knocked." Tapping on the door was a normal Jewish custom to let others know you wish to visit them. You may need to change this to fit your culture.
|
||
ACT 12 13 c634 0 at the door of the gate "at the outer door" or "at the door of the entrance from the street to the courtyard"
|
||
ACT 12 13 khq1 0 came to answer "came to the gate to ask who was knocking"
|
||
ACT 12 14 y2ff 0 out of joy "because she was so joyful" or "being overly excited"
|
||
ACT 12 14 m3m7 0 failed to open the door "did not open the door" or "forgot to open the door"
|
||
ACT 12 14 ky3p 0 came running into the room You may prefer to say "went running into the room in the house"
|
||
ACT 12 14 yq3r 0 she reported "she told them" or "she said"
|
||
ACT 12 14 a19k 0 standing at the door "standing outside the door." Peter was still standing outside.
|
||
ACT 12 15 ybz7 0 You are insane The people not only did not believe her, but rebuked her by saying she was crazy. Alternate translation: "You are crazy"
|
||
ACT 12 15 xnm2 0 she insisted that it was so "she insisted that what she said was true"
|
||
ACT 12 15 en8b 0 They said "They answered"
|
||
ACT 12 15 qa8m 0 It is his angel "What you have seen is Peter's angel." Some Jews believed in guardian angels and may have thought that Peter's angel had come to them.
|
||
ACT 12 16 wwg1 0 General Information: Here the words "they" and "them" refer to the people in the house. The words "He" and "he" refer to Peter.
|
||
ACT 12 16 bi6l 0 But Peter continued knocking The word "continued" means that Peter kept knocking the entire time those inside were talking.
|
||
ACT 12 17 jx1a 0 Report these things "Tell these things"
|
||
ACT 12 17 jf16 0 the brothers "the other believers"
|
||
ACT 12 18 blx5 0 General Information: The word "him" here refers to Peter. The word "he" refers to Herod.
|
||
ACT 12 18 ail9 0 Now This word is used to mark a break in the story-line. Time has passed; it is now the next day.
|
||
ACT 12 18 iqv4 0 when it became day "in the morning"
|
||
ACT 12 18 zl7i figs-litotes 0 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter This phrase is used to emphasize what really happened. This could be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: "there was a great disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
ACT 12 18 ilz4 figs-abstractnouns 0 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter The abstract noun "disturbance" can be expressed with the words "disturbed" or "upset." Alternate translation: "the soldiers were very disturbed about what had happened to Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 12 19 twr1 0 After Herod had searched for him and could not find him "After Herod searched for Peter and could not find him"
|
||
ACT 12 19 pz6v 0 After Herod had searched for him Possible meanings are that 1) "when Herod heard Peter was missing, he went himself to search the prison" or 2) "when Herod heard Peter was missing, he sent other soldiers to search the prison."
|
||
ACT 12 19 c69i 0 he questioned the guards and ordered them to be put to death It was the normal punishment for the Roman government to kill the guards if their prisoner escaped.
|
||
ACT 12 19 br16 0 Then he went down The phrase "went down" is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Judea.
|
||
ACT 12 20 n2lw 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues with another event in Herod's life.
|
||
ACT 12 20 aip7 writing-newevent 0 Now This word is used here to mark the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
ACT 12 20 gxs4 figs-hyperbole 0 They went to him together Here the word "They" is a generalization. It is unlikely that all the people of Tyre and Sidon went to Herod. Alternate translation: "Men representing the people of Tyre and Sidon went together to talk with Herod" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 12 20 t6mi 0 They persuaded Blastus "These men persuaded Blastus"
|
||
ACT 12 20 qsg4 translate-names 0 Blastus Blastus was an assistant to or an officer of King Herod. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 12 20 l5r1 0 they asked for peace "these men requested peace"
|
||
ACT 12 20 j253 figs-explicit 0 their country received its food from the king's country They probably purchased this food. Alternate translation: "the people of Tyre and Sidon bought all their food from the people that Herod ruled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 12 20 dy51 figs-explicit 0 received its food It is implied that Herod restricted this supply of food because he was angry with the people of Tyre and Sidon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 12 21 e3w9 0 On a set day This was probably the day on which Herod agreed to meet with the representatives. Alternate translation: "On the day when Herod agreed to meet them"
|
||
ACT 12 21 kv7g 0 royal clothing expensive clothing that would demonstrate he was the king
|
||
ACT 12 21 g6ir 0 sat on a throne This was where Herod formally addressed people who came to see him.
|
||
ACT 12 22 ze1s 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Herod.
|
||
ACT 12 23 b4bc 0 Immediately an angel "Right away an angel" or "While the people were praising Herod, an angel"
|
||
ACT 12 23 b5s9 0 struck him "afflicted Herod" or "caused Herod to become very ill"
|
||
ACT 12 23 iw57 0 he did not give God the glory Herod let those people worship him instead of telling them to worship God.
|
||
ACT 12 23 d419 figs-activepassive 0 he was eaten by worms and died Here "worms" refers to worms inside the body, probably intestinal worms. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "worms ate Herod's insides and he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 12 24 j2un writing-endofstory 0 Verse 24 continues the history from verse 23. Verse 25 continues the history from 11:30. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||
ACT 12 24 m1sw figs-metaphor 0 the word of God increased and multiplied The word of God is spoken of as if it was a living plant that was able to grow and reproduce. Alternate translation: "the message of God spread to more places and more people believed in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 12 24 wn8m 0 the word of God "the message God sent about Jesus"
|
||
ACT 12 25 pv6a figs-explicit 0 completed their mission This refers back to when they brought money from the believers at Antioch in [Acts 11:29-30](../11/29.md). Alternate translation: "delivered the money to the church leaders in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 12 25 t7d8 figs-explicit 0 they returned from Jerusalem They went back to Antioch from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "Barnabas and Saul returned to Antioch" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 13 intro rlh6 0 # Acts 13 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the three quotes from Psalms in 13:33-35.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 13:41.<br><br>The chapter is where the second half of the Book of Acts begins. Luke writes more about Paul than about Peter, and it describes how it is the Gentiles and not the Jews to whom the believers tell the message about Jesus.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### A light for the Gentiles<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. The Jews considered all Gentiles as walking in darkness, but Paul and Barnabas spoke of telling the Gentiles about Jesus as if they were going to bring them physical light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
|
||
ACT 13 01 ce7s writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 1 gives background information about the people in the church at Antioch. Here the first word "they" probably refers to these five leaders but may also include the other believers. The next words "they" and "their" probably refer to the other three leaders not including Barnabas and Saul but could include other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 13 01 qa2i 0 Connecting Statement: Luke begins to tell about the mission trips on which the church at Antioch send Barnabas and Saul.
|
||
ACT 13 01 rej8 0 Now in the church in Antioch "At that time in the church at Antioch"
|
||
ACT 13 01 srw6 translate-names 0 Simeon ... Niger ... Lucius ... Manaen These are men's names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 13 01 u48c 0 foster brother of Herod the tetrarch Manaen was probably Herod's playmate or close friend growing up.
|
||
ACT 13 02 ifb9 0 Set apart for me "Appoint to serve me"
|
||
ACT 13 02 j6ym 0 I have called them The verb here means that God chose them to do this work.
|
||
ACT 13 03 ku45 translate-symaction 0 laid their hands on these men "laid their hands on these men whom God had set apart for his service." This act showed that the leaders agreed that the Holy Spirit had called Barnabas and Saul to do this work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 13 03 p1us 0 sent them off "sent those men off" or "sent those men off to do the work the Holy Spirit told them to do"
|
||
ACT 13 04 br2m 0 General Information: Here the words "they," "They," and "their" refer to Barnabas and Silas.
|
||
ACT 13 04 mt3h 0 So This word marks an event that happened because of a previous event. In this case, the previous event is Barnabas and Saul being set apart by the Holy Spirit.
|
||
ACT 13 04 iyh8 0 went down The phrase "went down" is used here because Seleucia is lower in elevation than Antioch.
|
||
ACT 13 04 d1q5 0 Seleucia a city by the sea
|
||
ACT 13 05 at85 0 city of Salamis The city of Salamis was on Cyprus Island.
|
||
ACT 13 05 ct8b figs-synecdoche 0 proclaimed the word of God "Word of God" here is a synecdoche for "message of God." Alternate translation: "proclaimed the message of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 13 05 p5t3 0 synagogues of the Jews Possible meanings are that 1) "there were multiple Jewish synagogues in the city of Salamis where Barnabas and Saul preached" or 2) "Barnabas and Saul started at the synagogue at Salamis and continued to preach in all the synagogues they found while they traveled around the Island of Cyprus."
|
||
ACT 13 05 sxw6 0 They also had John Mark as their assistant "John Mark went with them and was helping them"
|
||
ACT 13 05 ukx2 0 assistant "helper"
|
||
ACT 13 06 h9he 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Paul, Silas, and John Mark.The words "This man" refer to "Sergius Paulus." The first word "he" refers to Sergius Paulus, the proconsul; the second word "he" refers to Elymas (also called Bar-Jesus), the magician.
|
||
ACT 13 06 ja1i 0 the whole island They crossed from one side of the island to the other and shared the gospel message in each town they passed through.
|
||
ACT 13 06 cl2z 0 Paphos a major city on Cyprus island where the proconsul lived
|
||
ACT 13 06 zf3b 0 they found Here "found" means they came upon him without looking for him. Alternate translation: "they met" or "they came upon"
|
||
ACT 13 06 xe7h 0 a certain magician "a particular person who practices witchcraft" or "a person who practices supernatural magic arts"
|
||
ACT 13 06 ak38 translate-names 0 whose name was Bar Jesus "Bar Jesus" means "Son of Jesus." There is no relation between this man and Jesus Christ. Jesus was a common name at that time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 13 07 bee2 0 associated with "was often with" or "was often in the company of"
|
||
ACT 13 07 s1su 0 proconsul This was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: "governor"
|
||
ACT 13 07 h5xx writing-background 0 who was an intelligent man This is background information about Sergius Paulus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 13 08 lp2u translate-names 0 Elymas "the magician" This was Bar-Jesus, who was also called "the magician." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 13 08 qw4j 0 that is how his name is translated "that was what he was called in Greek"
|
||
ACT 13 08 n23s 0 opposed them; he tried to turn "resisted them by trying to turn" or "attempted to stop them by trying to turn"
|
||
ACT 13 08 w2xt figs-metaphor 0 tried to turn the proconsul away from the faith Here "to turn ... away from" is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: "attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 13 09 gws2 0 General Information: The word "him" refers to the magician Elymas, who is also called Bar Jesus ([Acts 13:6-8](./06.md)).
|
||
ACT 13 09 nau1 0 Connecting Statement: While on the island of Paphos, Paul begins to talk to Elymas.
|
||
ACT 13 09 ey6d figs-activepassive 0 Saul, who is also called Paul "Saul" as his Jewish name, and "Paul" was his Roman name. Since he was speaking to a Roman official, he used his Roman name. Alternate translation: "Saul, who now called himself Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 13 09 xjy9 0 stared at him intensely "looked at him intensely"
|
||
ACT 13 10 d2pk figs-metonymy 0 You son of the devil Paul is saying the man is acting like the devil. Alternate translation: "You are like the devil" or "You act like the devil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 13 10 r8x2 0 you are full of all kinds of deceit and wickedness "you are always intent in causing others to believe what is not true using falsehood and always doing what is wrong"
|
||
ACT 13 10 pyu7 0 wickedness In this context it means to be lazy and not diligent in following God's law.
|
||
ACT 13 10 hlq9 0 You are an enemy of every kind of righteousness Paul is grouping Elymas with the devil. Just as the devil is an enemy of God and is against righteousness, so also was Elymas.
|
||
ACT 13 10 bc9p figs-rquestion 0 You will never stop twisting the straight paths of the Lord, will you? Paul uses this question to rebuke Elymas for opposing God. Alternate translation: "You are always saying that the truth about the Lord God is false!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 13 10 p8sa figs-idiom 0 the straight paths of the Lord Here "straight paths" refer to the ways that are true. Alternate translation: "the true ways of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 13 11 k51g 0 General Information: The words "you" and "him" refer to Elymas the magician. The word "he" refers to the Sergius Paulus, proconsul (governor of Paphos).
|
||
ACT 13 11 pey7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to Elymas.
|
||
ACT 13 11 xul9 figs-metonymy 0 the hand of the Lord is upon you Here "hand' represents the power of God and "upon you" implies punishment. Alternate translation: "The Lord will punish you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 13 11 rse8 figs-activepassive 0 you will become blind This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will make you blind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 13 11 w3gh 0 You will not see the sun Elymas will be so completely blind that he not even be able to see the sun. Alternate translation: "You will not even see the sun"
|
||
ACT 13 11 b5b8 0 for a while "for a period of time" or "until the time appointed by God"
|
||
ACT 13 11 t7j1 0 there fell on Elymas a mist and darkness "the eyes of Elymas became blurry and then dark" or "Elymas started seeing unclearly and then he could not see anything"
|
||
ACT 13 11 a7es 0 he started going around "Elymas wandered around" or "Elymas started feeling around and"
|
||
ACT 13 12 x9fl 0 proconsul This was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: "governor"
|
||
ACT 13 12 pyh7 0 he believed "he believed in Jesus"
|
||
ACT 13 12 twa8 figs-activepassive 0 he was astonished at the teaching about the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the teaching about the Lord amazed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 13 13 i65t writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 13 and 14 give background information about this part of the story. "Paul and his friends" were Barnabas and John Mark (also called John). From this point on, Saul is called Paul in Acts. Paul's name is listed first which indicates that he had become the leader of the group. It is important to keep this order in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 13 13 rk3k 0 Connecting Statement: This is a new part of the story about Paul in Antioch in Pisidia.
|
||
ACT 13 13 r9hi 0 Now This marks the beginning of a new part of the story.
|
||
ACT 13 13 k4s9 0 set sail from Paphos "traveled by sailboat from Paphos"
|
||
ACT 13 13 h1cb 0 came to Perga in Pamphylia "arrived in Perga which is in Pamphylia"
|
||
ACT 13 13 g6l5 0 But John left them "But John Mark left Paul and Barnabas"
|
||
ACT 13 14 vrp1 0 Antioch of Pisidia "the city of Antioch in the district of Pisidia"
|
||
ACT 13 15 dnb4 figs-synecdoche 0 After the reading of the law and the prophets The "law and the prophets" refer to parts of the Jewish scriptures which were read. Alternate translation: "After someone read from the books of the law and the writings of the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 13 15 z7bh 0 sent them a message, saying "told someone to say" or "asked someone to say"
|
||
ACT 13 15 td4h 0 Brothers The term "brothers" is here used by the people in the synagogue to refer to Paul and Barnabas as fellow Jews.
|
||
ACT 13 15 jru8 0 if you have any message of encouragement "if you want to say anything to encourage us"
|
||
ACT 13 15 kj1h 0 say it "please speak it" or "please tell it to us"
|
||
ACT 13 16 tbc4 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The first word "he" refers to Paul. The second word "he" refers to God. Here the word "our" refers to Paul and his fellow Jews. The words "they" and "them" refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 13 16 p93q 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins his speech to those in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch. He begins by talking about things that happened in Israel's history.
|
||
ACT 13 16 i8pz translate-symaction 0 motioned with his hand This could refer to moving his hands as a signal that he was ready to speak. Alternate translation: "moved his hands to show that he was about to speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 13 16 rh93 0 you who honor God This refers to Gentiles who had converted to Judaism. "you who are not Israelites but who worship God"
|
||
ACT 13 16 ah55 0 God, listen "God, listen to me" or "God, listen to what I am about to say"
|
||
ACT 13 17 se2b 0 The God of this people Israel "The God the people of Israel worship"
|
||
ACT 13 17 l9cn 0 our fathers "our ancestors"
|
||
ACT 13 17 aaj5 0 made the people numerous "caused them to become very numerous"
|
||
ACT 13 17 vw4z figs-metonymy 0 with an uplifted arm This refers to God's mighty power. Alternate translation: "with great power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 13 17 b74t 0 out of it "out from the land of Egypt"
|
||
ACT 13 18 zv9e 0 he put up with them This means "he tolerated them." Some versions have have a different word that means "he took care of them." Alternate translation: "God endured their disobedience" or "God took care of them"
|
||
ACT 13 19 nvp7 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to God. The words "their land" refer to the land the seven nations had previously occupied. The word "them" refers to the people of Israel. The word "our" refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 13 19 h5qg 0 nations Here the word "nations" refers to different people groups and not to geographical boundaries.
|
||
ACT 13 20 m4jd 0 took place over four hundred and fifty years "took more than 450 years to accomplish"
|
||
ACT 13 20 qmc8 0 until Samuel the prophet "until the time of the prophet Samuel"
|
||
ACT 13 21 akg6 0 General Information: The quotation here is from the history of Samuel and from a Psalm of Ethan in the Old Testament.
|
||
ACT 13 21 yxi8 0 for forty years "to be their king for forty years"
|
||
ACT 13 22 z4x3 0 removed him from the kingship This expression means God caused Saul to stop being king. Alternate translation: "rejected Saul from being king"
|
||
ACT 13 22 bsp6 0 he raised up David to be their king "God chose David to be their king"
|
||
ACT 13 22 iyd6 0 their king "the king of Israel" or "the king over the Israelites"
|
||
ACT 13 22 sw2r 0 It was about David that God said "God said this about David"
|
||
ACT 13 22 dbu5 0 I have found "I have observed that"
|
||
ACT 13 22 mp53 figs-idiom 0 to be a man after my heart This expression means he "is a man who wants what I want." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 13 23 lby6 0 General Information: The quotation here is from the Gospels.
|
||
ACT 13 23 xj5a 0 From this man's descendants "From David's descendants." This is placed at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that the savior had to be one of David's descendants ([Acts 13:22](../13/22.md)).
|
||
ACT 13 23 kc76 figs-metonymy 0 brought to Israel This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: "gave to the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 13 23 mk5g 0 as he promised to do "just as God promised he would do"
|
||
ACT 13 24 x892 figs-abstractnouns 0 the baptism of repentance You can translate the word "repentance" as the verb "repent." Alternate translation: "the baptism to repent" or "the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent for their sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 13 25 vww3 figs-rquestion 0 Who do you think I am? John asked this question to compel the people to think about who he was. Alternate translation: "Think about who I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 13 25 rp32 figs-explicit 0 I am not the one John was referring to the Messiah, whom they were expecting to come. Alternate translation: "I am not the Messiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 13 25 nnl5 0 But listen This emphasizes the importance of what he will say next.
|
||
ACT 13 25 r1pl figs-explicit 0 one is coming after me This also refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: "The Messiah will soon come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 13 25 gys2 0 the shoes of whose feet I am not worthy to untie "I am not worthy even to untie his shoes." The Messiah is so much greater than John that he did not even feel worthy do the lowest job for him.
|
||
ACT 13 26 jdp6 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "they" and "their" refers to the Jews who lived in Jerusalem. Here the word "us" includes Paul and his entire audience in the synagogue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 13 26 kci9 0 Brothers, children of the line of Abraham ... who worship God Paul addresses his audience of Jews and Gentile converts to Judaism to remind them of their special status as worshiping the true God.
|
||
ACT 13 26 u6zn figs-activepassive 0 the message about this salvation has been sent This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has sent the message about this salvation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 13 26 v6r3 figs-abstractnouns 0 about this salvation The word "salvation" can be translated with the verb "save." Alternate translation: "that God will save people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 13 27 psk5 0 did not recognize him "did not realize that this man Jesus was the one whom God had sent to save them"
|
||
ACT 13 27 ri1f figs-metonymy 0 sayings of the prophets Here the word "sayings" represents the message of the prophets. Alternate translation: "the writings of the prophets" or "the message of the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 13 27 m4tz figs-activepassive 0 that are read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which someone reads" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 13 27 rle6 0 they fulfilled sayings of the prophets "they actually did just what the prophets said they would do in the books of the prophets"
|
||
ACT 13 28 v3hw 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the Jewish people and their religious leaders in Jerusalem. The word him" here refers to Jesus.
|
||
ACT 13 28 y9j6 0 they found no reason for death "they did not find any reason why anyone should kill Jesus"
|
||
ACT 13 28 d4xm 0 they asked Pilate The word "asked" here is a strong word meaning to demand, beg or plead for.
|
||
ACT 13 29 sq1j 0 When they had completed all the things that were written about him "When thy did to Jesus all the things that the prophets said would happen to him"
|
||
ACT 13 29 m5f1 figs-explicit 0 they took him down from the tree It may be helpful to explicitly say Jesus died before this happened. Alternate translation: "they killed Jesus and then took him down from the cross after he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 13 29 vwt4 figs-explicit 0 from the tree "from the cross." This was another way people at that time referred to the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 13 30 h5jw 0 But God raised him "But" indicates a strong contrast between what the people did and what God did.
|
||
ACT 13 30 mqx8 0 raised him from the dead "raised him from among those who were dead." To be with "the dead" means that Jesus was dead.
|
||
ACT 13 30 zsx4 figs-idiom 0 raised him Here, to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 13 30 d14p 0 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To raise someone from among them speaks of making that person alive again.
|
||
ACT 13 31 ig7w figs-activepassive 0 He was seen ... Galilee to Jerusalem This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The disciples who traveled with Jesus from Galilee to Jerusalem saw him for many days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 13 31 g4vl 0 many days We know from other writings that this period was 40 days. Translate "many days" with a term that would be appropriate for that length of time.
|
||
ACT 13 31 vqj4 0 are now his witnesses to the people "are now testifying to the people about Jesus" or "are now telling the people about Jesus"
|
||
ACT 13 32 ipb9 0 General Information: The second quotation here is from the prophet Isaiah.
|
||
ACT 13 32 y273 0 So This word marks an event that happened because of previous event. In this case, the previous event is God's raising Jesus from the dead.
|
||
ACT 13 32 hr2g 0 our fathers "our ancestors." Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These were the physical ancestors of the Jews, and the spiritual ancestors of the converts.
|
||
ACT 13 33 b1uh translate:translate_versebridge 0 he has fulfilled for us, their children, by You may need to rearrange the parts of this sentence, which begins in verse 32. "God has fulfilled for us, their children, these promises that he made to our ancestors, by" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate:translate_versebridge]])
|
||
ACT 13 33 dy6w 0 for us, their children "for us, who are the children of our ancestors." Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These were the physical ancestors of the Jews, and the spiritual ancestors of the converts.
|
||
ACT 13 33 d95n figs-idiom 0 by raising up Jesus Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "by making Jesus alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 13 33 y3tz 0 As it is written in the second Psalm "This is what was written in the second Psalm"
|
||
ACT 13 33 h9ir 0 the second Psalm "Psalm 2"
|
||
ACT 13 33 tla1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Son ... Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
ACT 13 34 iy5q 0 The fact that he raised him up from the dead so that his body would never decay, God has spoken in this way "God spoke these words about his making Jesus alive again so that he would never die again"
|
||
ACT 13 34 h3nj 0 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||
ACT 13 34 q3kq 0 sure blessings "certain blessings"
|
||
ACT 13 35 r1ev figs-explicit 0 This is why he also says in another Psalm Paul's audience would have understood that this Psalm refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: "In another Psalm of David, he also says about the Messiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 13 35 gl8s 0 he also says "David also says." David is the author of Psalm 16 from which this quotation is taken.
|
||
ACT 13 35 hvt8 figs-metonymy 0 You will not allow your Holy One to see decay The phrase "see decay" is a metonym for "decay." Alternate translation: "You will not allow the body of your Holy One to rot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 13 35 ry97 0 You will not allow David is speaking to God here.
|
||
ACT 13 36 u8vh 0 in his own generation "during his lifetime"
|
||
ACT 13 36 m5wx 0 served the desires of God "did what God wanted him to do" or "did what pleased God"
|
||
ACT 13 36 rpb4 figs-euphemism 0 he fell asleep This was a polite way to refer to death. Alternate translation: "he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
ACT 13 36 nwy9 0 was laid with his fathers "was buried with his ancestors who had died"
|
||
ACT 13 36 la5s figs-metonymy 0 experienced decay The phrase "experienced decay" is a metonym for "his body decayed." Alternate translation: "his body rotted" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 13 37 bmw3 0 But he whom "but Jesus whom"
|
||
ACT 13 37 n9pl figs-idiom 0 God raised up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "God caused to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 13 37 j52x figs-metonymy 0 experienced no decay The phrase "experienced no decay" is a way to say "his body did not decay." Alternate translation: "did not rot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 13 38 ki8q 0 General Information: Here the word "him" refers to Jesus.
|
||
ACT 13 38 yg35 0 let it be known to you "know this" or "this is important for you to know"
|
||
ACT 13 38 qy18 0 brothers Paul uses this term because they are his fellow-Jews and followers of Judaism. They are not Christian believers at this point. Alternate translation: "my fellow Israelites and other friends"
|
||
ACT 13 38 t3i5 figs-activepassive 0 that through this man is proclaimed to you forgiveness of sins This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that we proclaim to you that your sins can be forgiven through Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 13 38 w7y1 figs-abstractnouns 0 forgiveness of sins The abstract noun "forgiveness" can be translated with the verb "to forgive." Alternate translation: "that God can forgive your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 13 39 j6rr 0 By him every one who believes "By him every person who believes" or "Every one who believes in him"
|
||
ACT 13 39 g5h9 figs-activepassive 0 By him every one who believes is justified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus justifies everyone who believes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 13 39 gt8n 0 all the things "all the sins"
|
||
ACT 13 40 kk1j 0 General Information: In his message to the people in the synagogue, Paul quotes the prophet Habakkuk. Here the word "I" refers to God.
|
||
ACT 13 40 zx6p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his speech in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch, which he began in [Acts 13:16](../13/16.md).
|
||
ACT 13 40 y2kg figs-explicit 0 be careful It is implied that the thing they should be careful about is Paul's message. Alternate translation: "give close attention to the things I have said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 13 40 tt1x 0 that the thing the prophets spoke about "so that what the prophets spoke about"
|
||
ACT 13 41 tqk5 0 Look, you despisers "you who feel contempt" or "you who ridicule"
|
||
ACT 13 41 ky3s 0 be astonished "be amazed" or "be shocked"
|
||
ACT 13 41 ilh2 0 then perish "then die"
|
||
ACT 13 41 dvn1 0 am doing a work "am doing something" or "am doing a deed"
|
||
ACT 13 41 nm2q 0 in your days "during your lifetime"
|
||
ACT 13 41 w6tq 0 A work that "I am doing something which"
|
||
ACT 13 41 p4c2 0 even if someone announces it to you "even if someone tells you about it"
|
||
ACT 13 42 ax8v 0 As Paul and Barnabas left "When Paul and Barnabas were leaving"
|
||
ACT 13 42 f3sw 0 begged them that they might "begged them to"
|
||
ACT 13 42 y4p9 figs-metonymy 0 these same words Here "words" refers to the message that Paul had spoken. Alternate translation: "this same message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 13 43 a58z 0 When the synagogue meeting ended Possible meanings are 1) this restates "As Paul and Barnabas left" in verse 42 or 2) Paul and Barnabas left the meeting before it ended and this occurs later.
|
||
ACT 13 43 sws7 0 proselytes These were non-Jewish people who converted to Judaism.
|
||
ACT 13 43 q2aj 0 who spoke to them and urged them "and Paul and Barnabas spoke to those people and urged them"
|
||
ACT 13 43 fv15 figs-explicit 0 to continue in the grace of God It is implied that they believed Paul's message that Jesus was the Messiah. Alternate translation: "to continue to trust that God kindly forgives people's sins because of what Jesus did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 13 44 m129 0 General Information: Here the word "him" refers to Paul.
|
||
ACT 13 44 vq3y figs-metonymy 0 almost the whole city The "city" represents the people in the city. This phrase is used to show the great response to the Lord's word. Alternate translation: "almost all the people of the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 13 44 yga7 figs-explicit 0 to hear the word of the Lord It is implied that Paul and Barnabas were the ones who spoke the word of the Lord. Alternate translation: "to hear Paul and Barnabas speak about the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 13 45 j4zq figs-synecdoche 0 the Jews Here "Jews" represents Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 13 45 qrh2 figs-metaphor 0 filled with jealousy Here jealousy is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. Alternate translation: "became very jealous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 13 45 nc5l 0 spoke against "contradicted" or "opposed"
|
||
ACT 13 45 m1an figs-activepassive 0 the things that were said by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that Paul said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 13 46 zvt5 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The first two instances of the word "you" are plural and refer to the Jews to whom Paul is speaking. Here the words "we" and "us" refers to Paul and Barnabas but not the crowd that was present. Paul's quotation is from the prophet Isaiah in the Old Testament. In the original passage, the word "I" refers to God and the word "you" is singular and refers to the Messiah. Here, Paul and Barnabas seem to be saying that the quotation also refers to their ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 13 46 as6q figs-explicit 0 It was necessary This implies that God had commanded this be done. Alternate translation: "God commanded" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 13 46 jn55 figs-activepassive 0 that the word of God should first be spoken to you This can be stated in active form. "Word of God" here is a synecdoche for "message from God." Alternate translation: "that we speak the message from God to you first" or "that we speak the word of God to you first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 13 46 lly5 figs-metaphor 0 Seeing you push it away from yourselves Their rejection of the word of God is spoken of as if it were something they pushed away. Alternate translation: "Since you reject the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 13 46 ms36 0 consider yourselves unworthy of eternal life "have shown that you are not worthy of eternal life" or "act as though you are not worthy of eternal life"
|
||
ACT 13 46 rf9k figs-explicit 0 we will turn to the Gentiles "we will go to the Gentiles." Paul and Barnadas were implying that they would preach to the Gentiles. Alternate translation: "we will leave you and start preaching to the Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 13 47 v8au figs-metaphor 0 as a light Here the truth about Jesus that Paul was preaching is spoken of as if it were a light that allowed people to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 13 47 t5sp figs-abstractnouns 0 bring salvation to the uttermost parts of the earth The abstract word "salvation" can be translated with the verb "to save." The phrase "uttermost parts" refers to everywhere. Alternate translation: "tell people everywhere in the world that I want to save them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 13 48 e9ag figs-metonymy 0 praised the word of the Lord Here "word" refers to the message about Jesus that they had believed. Alternate translation: "praised God for the message about the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 13 48 jct2 figs-activepassive 0 As many as were appointed to eternal life This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "As many as God appointed to eternal life believed" or "All the people whom God had chosen to receive eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 13 49 qh9z figs-metonymy 0 The word of the Lord was spread out through the whole region Here "word" refers to the message about Jesus. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Those who believed spread the word of the Lord through the whole region" or "Those who believed went everywhere in the region and told others about the message of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 13 50 eqi5 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||
ACT 13 50 t4bv 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul and Barnabas' time in Antioch of Pisidia and they go to Iconium.
|
||
ACT 13 50 u8rm figs-synecdoche 0 the Jews This probably refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 13 50 cf21 0 urged on "convinced" or "stirred up"
|
||
ACT 13 50 wmm5 0 the leading men "the most important men"
|
||
ACT 13 50 n7qe 0 These stirred up a persecution against Paul and Barnabas "They convinced the important men and women to persecute Paul and Barnabas"
|
||
ACT 13 50 cq9h 0 threw them out beyond the border of their city "removed Paul and Barnabas from their city"
|
||
ACT 13 51 xi1z writing-symlanguage 0 shook off the dust from their feet against them This was a symbolic act to indicate to the unbelieving people that God had rejected them and would punish them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||
ACT 13 52 dp5k 0 the disciples This probably refers to the new believers in the Antioch of Pisidia that Paul and Silas just left.
|
||
ACT 14 intro rsg2 0 # Acts 14 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "The message of his grace"<br><br>The message of Jesus is the message that God will show grace to those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>##### Zeus and Hermes<br><br>The Gentiles in the Roman Empire worshiped many different false gods who do not really exist. Paul and Barnabas told them to believe in the "living God." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings."<br><br>Jesus told his followers before he died that everyone who followed him would suffer persecution. Paul is saying the same thing using different words.<br>
|
||
ACT 14 01 vh8u 0 General Information: The story of Paul and Barnabas in Iconium continues.
|
||
ACT 14 01 hk1z 0 It came about in Iconium that Possible meanings here are 1) "It happened in Iconium that" or 2) "In Iconium as usual"
|
||
ACT 14 01 f4sq figs-explicit 0 spoke in such a way "spoke so powerfully." It may be helpful to state that they spoke the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: "spoke the message about Jesus so powerfully" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 14 02 wc4x 0 the Jews who were disobedient This refers to a portion of the Jews who did not believe the message about Jesus.
|
||
ACT 14 02 n2pp figs-metaphor 0 stirred up the minds of the Gentiles Causing the Gentiles to become angry is spoken of as if calm waters were disturbed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 14 02 k8mv figs-synecdoche 0 the minds Here the word "minds" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "the Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 14 02 fu13 0 the brothers Here "brothers" refers to Paul and Barnabas and the new believers.
|
||
ACT 14 03 lp4v 0 General Information: Here the word "He" refers to the Lord.
|
||
ACT 14 03 a3gp 0 So they stayed there "Nevertheless they stayed there." Paul and Barnabas stayed in Iconium to help the many people who had believed in [Acts 14:1](../14/01.md). "So" could be omitted if it adds confusion to the text.
|
||
ACT 14 03 f2xh 0 gave evidence about the message of his grace "demonstrated that the message about his grace was true"
|
||
ACT 14 03 wcn5 0 about the message of his grace "about the message of the Lord's grace"
|
||
ACT 14 03 c2cv figs-activepassive 0 by granting signs and wonders to be done by the hands of Paul and Barnabas This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "by enabling Paul and Barnabas to perform signs and wonders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 14 03 p9iq figs-synecdoche 0 by the hands of Paul and Barnabas Here "hands" refers to the will and effort of these two men as guided by the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "by the ministry of Paul and Barnabas" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 14 04 btu3 figs-metonymy 0 the majority of the city was divided Here "city"refers to the people in the city. Alternate translation: "most of the people of the city were divided" or "most of the people of the city did not agree with each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 14 04 smz5 0 sided with the Jews "supported the Jews" or "agreed with the Jews." The first group mentioned did not agree with the message about grace.
|
||
ACT 14 04 q1xc figs-ellipsis 0 with the apostles The second group mentioned agreed with the message about grace. It may be helpful to restate the verb. Alternate translation: "sided with the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
ACT 14 04 mw9h 0 the apostles Luke refers to Paul and Barnabas. Here "apostle" might be used in the general sense of "ones sent out."
|
||
ACT 14 05 s5h7 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||
ACT 14 05 yiv9 0 attempted to persuade their leaders "tried to convince the leaders of Iconium." Here "attempted" implies they were not able to fully persuade them before the apostles left the city.
|
||
ACT 14 05 q6g2 0 to mistreat and stone Paul and Barnabas "to beat Paul and Barnabas and to kill them by throwing stones at them"
|
||
ACT 14 06 tpl1 translate-names 0 Lycaonia A district in Asia Minor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 14 06 m5gv translate-names 0 Lystra A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and north of Derbe (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 14 06 tl4q translate-names 0 Derbe A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and Lystra (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 14 07 z5nd 0 where they continued to proclaim the gospel "where Paul and Barnabas continued to proclaim the good news"
|
||
ACT 14 08 ep46 0 General Information: The first word "he" refers to the crippled man; the second word "he" refers to Paul. The word "him" refers to the crippled man.
|
||
ACT 14 08 l5pu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are now in Lystra.
|
||
ACT 14 08 wb5k writing-participants 0 a certain man sat This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
ACT 14 08 kz7d 0 powerless in his feet "unable to move his legs" or "unable to walk on his feet"
|
||
ACT 14 08 tca1 0 a cripple from his mother's womb "having been born as a cripple"
|
||
ACT 14 08 hw4l 0 cripple person who cannot walk
|
||
ACT 14 09 di49 0 Paul fixed his eyes on him "Paul looked straight at him"
|
||
ACT 14 09 xak4 figs-abstractnouns 0 had faith to be made well The abstract noun "faith" can be translated with the verb "believe." Alternate translation: "believed that Jesus could heal him" or "believed that Jesus could make him well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 14 10 v1kz 0 jumped up "leaped in the air." This implies that his legs were completely healed.
|
||
ACT 14 11 axe6 0 what Paul had done This refers to Paul's healing the crippled man.
|
||
ACT 14 11 lvs9 0 they raised their voice To raise the voice is to speak loudly. Alternate translation: "they spoke loudly" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||
ACT 14 11 d1gz figs-explicit 0 The gods have come down to us A large number of people believed Paul and Barnabas were their pagan gods who had come down from heaven. Alternate translation: "The gods have come down from heaven to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 14 11 x3bi 0 in the dialect of Lycaonia "in their own Lycaonian language." The people of Lystra spoke Lycaonian and also Greek.
|
||
ACT 14 11 rm85 0 in the form of men These people believed that the gods needed to change their appearance in order to look like men.
|
||
ACT 14 12 t7uu translate-names 0 Zeus Zeus was the king over all the other pagan gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 14 12 hh25 translate-names 0 Hermes Hermes was the pagan god who brought messages to people from Zeus and the other gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 14 13 iz6r figs-explicit 0 The priest of Zeus, whose temple was just outside the city, brought It may be helpful to include additional information about the priest. Alternate translation: "There was a temple just outside the city where the people worshiped Zeus. When the priest who served in the temple heard what Paul and Barnabas had done, he brought" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 14 13 v2a9 0 oxen and wreaths The oxen were to be sacrificed. The wreaths were either to crown Paul and Barnabas, or put on the oxen for sacrifice.
|
||
ACT 14 13 iha1 0 to the gates The gates of the cities were often used as a meeting place for the people of the city.
|
||
ACT 14 13 ud37 0 wanted to offer sacrifice "wanted to offer sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas as the gods Zeus and Hermes"
|
||
ACT 14 14 kt1f 0 the apostles, Barnabas and Paul Luke is here probably using "apostle" in the general sense of "one sent out."
|
||
ACT 14 14 kx43 0 they tore their clothing This was a symbolic action to show that they were deeply distressed and upset that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them.
|
||
ACT 14 15 w4fd figs-rquestion 0 Men, why are you doing these things? Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. Alternate translation: "Men, you must not do these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 14 15 f8vc 0 doing these things "worshiping us"
|
||
ACT 14 15 u9pq 0 We also are human beings with the same feelings as you By this statement, Barnabas and Paul are saying that they are not gods. Alternate translation: "We are just human beings like you. We are not gods!"
|
||
ACT 14 15 n9e4 0 with the same feelings as you "like you in every way"
|
||
ACT 14 15 n98g figs-metaphor 0 turn from these useless things to a living God Here "turn from ... to" is a metaphor meaning to stop doing one thing and start doing something else. Alternate translation: "stop worshiping these false gods that cannot help you, and instead begin to worship the living God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 14 15 qr5b 0 a living God "a God who truly exists" or "a God who lives"
|
||
ACT 14 16 s2rn 0 In the past ages "In previous times" or "Until now"
|
||
ACT 14 16 vpt5 figs-metaphor 0 to walk in their own ways Walking in a way, or walking on a path, is a metaphor for living one's life. Alternate translation: "to live their lives the way they wanted to" or "to do whatever they wanted to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 14 17 fw2s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas continue speaking to the crowd outside the city of Lystra ([Acts 14:8](../14/08.md)).
|
||
ACT 14 17 kig8 figs-litotes 0 he did not leave himself without witness This could also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "God has certainly left a witness" or "God has indeed testified" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
ACT 14 17 s3qn 0 in that "as shown by the fact that"
|
||
ACT 14 17 ps9z figs-metonymy 0 filling your hearts with food and gladness Here "you hearts" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "giving you enough to eat and things about which to be happy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 14 18 ut73 0 Paul and Barnabas barely kept the multitudes from sacrificing to them Paul and Barnabas stopped the multitude from sacrificing to them, but it was difficult to do so.
|
||
ACT 14 18 la43 0 barely kept "had difficulty preventing"
|
||
ACT 14 19 bz7k 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "him" refer to Paul.
|
||
ACT 14 19 wmc2 figs-explicit 0 persuaded the crowds It my be helpful to explicitly state what they persuaded the crowd to do. Alternate translation: "persuaded the people not to believe Paul and Barnabas, and to turn against them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 14 19 xbv3 0 the crowds This may not be the same group as the "multitude" in the previous verse. Some time had passed, and this might be a different group that gathered together.
|
||
ACT 14 19 t8mg 0 thinking that he was dead "because they thought that he was already dead"
|
||
ACT 14 20 pan3 0 the disciples These were new believers in the city of Lystra.
|
||
ACT 14 20 aqx3 0 entered the city "Paul re-entered Lystra with the believers"
|
||
ACT 14 20 e2y9 0 he went to Derbe with Barnabas "Paul and Barnabas went to the city of Derbe"
|
||
ACT 14 21 wv7e figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "they" and "They" refer to Paul. Here the word "We" includes Paul, Barnabas, and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 14 21 ykt4 0 that city "Derbe" ([Acts 14:20](../14/20.md))
|
||
ACT 14 22 ek9l figs-synecdoche 0 They kept strengthening the souls of the disciples Here "souls" refers to the disciples. This emphasizes their inner thoughts and beliefs. Alternate translation: "Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to believe the message about Jesus" or "Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to grow strong in their relationship with Jesus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 14 22 zkd2 0 encouraging them to continue in the faith "encouraging the believers to keep trusting in Jesus"
|
||
ACT 14 22 d9ic writing-quotations 0 saying, "We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings." Some version translate this as an indirect quote, "saying that we must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings." The word "we" here includes Luke and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 14 22 wu1c figs-inclusive 0 We must enter Paul includes his hearers, so the word "we" is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 14 23 pk5l 0 General Information: Except for the third use of the word "they" which refers to the people that Paul and Barnabas had led to the Lord, all the words "they" here refer to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||
ACT 14 23 mqp9 0 When they had appointed for them elders in every church "When Paul and Barnabas had appointed leaders in each new group of believers"
|
||
ACT 14 23 nd87 0 they entrusted them Possible meanings are 1) "Paul and Barnabas entrusted the elders they had appointed" or 2) "Paul and Barnabas entrusted the leaders and other believers"
|
||
ACT 14 23 ls62 0 in whom they had believed Who "they" refers to depends on your choice for the meaning of "them" in the previous note (either elders or leaders and other believers).
|
||
ACT 14 25 t513 figs-metonymy 0 When they had spoken the word in Perga "Word" here is a metonym for "message of God." Alternate translation: "(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 14 25 h8sh 0 went down to Attalia The phrase "went down" is used here because Attalia is lower in elevation than Perga.
|
||
ACT 14 26 f2cg 0 where they had been committed to the grace of God This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: "where believers and leaders in Antioch had committed Paul and Barnabas to the grace of God" or "where the people of Antioch prayed that God would care for and protect Paul and Barnabas"
|
||
ACT 14 27 vcd3 0 General Information: Here the words "they," "them," and "They" refer to Paul and Barnabas. The word "he" refers to God.
|
||
ACT 14 27 i9dv 0 gathered the church together "called the local believers to meet together"
|
||
ACT 14 27 b4id figs-metaphor 0 he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles God's enabling the Gentiles to believe is spoken of as if he had opened a door that had prevented them from entering into faith. Alternate translation: "God had made it possible for the Gentiles to believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 15 intro h917 0 # Acts 15 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16-17.<br><br>The meeting that Luke describes in this chapter is commonly called the "Jerusalem Council." This was a time when many church leaders got together to decide if believers needed to obey the whole law of Moses.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Brothers<br><br>In this chapter Luke begins to use the word "brothers" to refer to fellow Christians instead of fellow Jews.<br><br>##### Obeying the law of Moses<br><br>Some believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised and that this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not want the Gentiles to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do.<br><br>##### "Abstain from things sacrificed to idols, blood, things strangled, and from sexual immorality"<br><br>It is possible that the church leaders decided on these laws so that Jews and Gentiles could not only live together but eat the same foods together.<br>
|
||
ACT 15 01 qck6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are still in Antioch when there is a dispute about the Gentiles and circumcision.
|
||
ACT 15 01 su66 figs-explicit 0 Some men "Some men." You can make explicit that these men were Jews who believed in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 15 01 p3k9 0 came down from Judea The phrase "came down" is used here because Judea is higher in elevation than Antioch.
|
||
ACT 15 01 zi1n figs-explicit 0 taught the brothers Here "brothers" stands for believers in Christ. It is implied that they were in Antioch. Alternate translation: "taught the believers at Antioch" or "were teaching the believers at Antioch" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 15 01 pm8h figs-activepassive 0 Unless you are circumcised according to the custom of Moses, you cannot be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Unless someone circumcises you according to the custom of Moses, God cannot save you" or "God will not save you from your sins unless you receive circumcision according to the law of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 15 02 f9nd figs-abstractnouns 0 a sharp dispute and debate with them The abstract nouns "sharp dispute" and "debate" can be stated as verbs and where the men came from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "had confronted and debated with the men from Judea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 15 02 ek6a 0 go up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 15 02 z983 0 this question "this issue"
|
||
ACT 15 03 h2mw 0 General Information: Here the words "They," "they," and "them" refer to Paul, Barnabas, and certain others ([Acts 15:2](../15/02.md)).
|
||
ACT 15 03 av5y figs-activepassive 0 They therefore, being sent by the church This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Therefore the community of believers sent them from Antioch to Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 15 03 aia5 figs-metonymy 0 being sent by the church Here "church" stands for the people that were a part of the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 15 03 i5kd 0 passed through ... announced The words "passed through" and "announced" indicate they spent some time in different places sharing in detail what God was doing.
|
||
ACT 15 03 rk37 figs-abstractnouns 0 announced the conversion of the Gentiles The abstract noun "conversion" means the Gentiles were rejecting their false gods and believing in God. Alternate translation: "announced to the community of believers in those places that Gentiles were believing in God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 15 03 nje7 figs-metaphor 0 They brought great joy to all the brothers Their message causing the brothers to be joyful is spoken of as if "joy" were an object that they brought to the brothers. Alternate translation: "What they said caused their fellow believers to rejoice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 15 03 bbd4 0 the brothers Here "brothers" refers to fellow believers.
|
||
ACT 15 04 ej1r figs-activepassive 0 they were welcomed by the church and the apostles and the elders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the apostles, the elders, and the rest of the community of believers welcomed them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 15 04 a2x1 0 with them "through them"
|
||
ACT 15 05 efe5 0 General Information: Here the word "them" refers to non-Jewish believers who were not circumcised and did not keep the Old Testament laws of God.
|
||
ACT 15 05 f2b5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are now in Jerusalem to meet with the apostles and elders there.
|
||
ACT 15 05 k6k7 0 But certain men Here Luke contrasts those who believe that salvation is only in Jesus to others who believe salvation is by Jesus yet also believe that circumcision is required for salvation.
|
||
ACT 15 05 b9nt 0 to keep the law of Moses "to obey the law of Moses"
|
||
ACT 15 06 ugu6 0 to consider this matter The church leaders decided to discuss whether or not Gentiles needed to be circumcised and obey the law of Moses in order for God to save them from their sins.
|
||
ACT 15 07 wct8 figs-you 0 General Information: The first word "them" refers to apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)) and the other words "them" and "their" refer to the believing Gentiles. Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the apostles and elders present. The word "he" refers to God. Here "us" is plural and refers to Peter, the apostles and elders, and all Jewish believers in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 15 07 hxu9 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins to speak to the apostles and elders who met to discuss whether Gentiles had to receive circumcision and keep the law ([Acts 15:5-6](./05.md)).
|
||
ACT 15 07 a6q9 0 Brothers Peter is addressing all of the believers who were present.
|
||
ACT 15 07 s3wb figs-synecdoche 0 by my mouth Here "mouth" refers to Peter. Alternate translation: "from me" or "by me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 15 07 yer1 0 the Gentiles should hear "the Gentiles would hear"
|
||
ACT 15 07 b5s8 figs-metonymy 0 the word of the gospel Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "the message about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 15 08 m1xc figs-metonymy 0 who knows the heart Here "heart" refers to the "minds" or "inner beings." Alternate translation: "who knows the people's minds" or "who knows what people think" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 15 08 p6d2 0 witnesses to them "witnesses to the Gentiles"
|
||
ACT 15 08 i1gc 0 giving them the Holy Spirit "causing the Holy Spirit to come upon them"
|
||
ACT 15 09 zs2g 0 made no distinction God did not treat Jewish believers different from Gentile believers.
|
||
ACT 15 09 ase1 figs-metaphor 0 making their hearts clean by faith God's forgiving the Gentile believers' sins is spoken as though he literally cleaned their hearts. Here "heart" stands for the person's inner being. Alternate translation: "forgiving their sins because they believed in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 15 10 ha45 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Peter includes his audience by his use of "our" and "we." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 15 10 wjq7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes speaking to the apostles and elders.
|
||
ACT 15 10 rfr4 0 Now This does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||
ACT 15 10 zaz6 figs-rquestion 0 why do you test God, that you should put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear? Peter uses a question with a word picture to tell the Jewish believers they should not require the non-Jewish believers to perform circumcision to be saved. Alternate translation: "Do not test God by putting a burden on the non-Jewish believers which we Jews were not able to bear!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 15 10 bfd5 0 our fathers This refers to their Jewish ancestors.
|
||
ACT 15 11 q28c figs-activepassive 0 But we believe that we shall be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, just as they were This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But we believe the Lord Jesus shall save us by his grace, just as he saved the non-Jewish believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 15 12 um1p 0 General Information: Here the word "them" refers to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||
ACT 15 12 d1uc 0 All the multitude "Everyone" or "The whole group" ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md))
|
||
ACT 15 12 uks6 0 God had worked "God had done" or "God had caused"
|
||
ACT 15 13 vb25 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Barnabas ([Acts 15:12](../15/12.md)).
|
||
ACT 15 13 l7mp 0 Connecting Statement: James begins to speak to the apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)).
|
||
ACT 15 13 pl6m 0 Brothers, listen "Fellow believers, listen." James was probably speaking only to men.
|
||
ACT 15 14 s9dn 0 in order to take from them a people "so that he might choose from among them a people"
|
||
ACT 15 14 pnr9 figs-metonymy 0 for his name "for God's name." Here "name" refers to God. Alternate translation: "for himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 15 15 h9um 0 General Information: Here "I" refers to God who spoke through the words of his prophet.
|
||
ACT 15 15 ibb2 0 Connecting Statement: James quotes the prophet Amos from the Old Testament.
|
||
ACT 15 15 am6y figs-metonymy 0 The words of the prophets agree Here "words" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "What the prophets said agrees" or "The prophets agree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 15 15 nbi1 0 agree with this "confirm this truth"
|
||
ACT 15 15 j4f5 figs-activepassive 0 as it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as they wrote" or "as the prophet Amos wrote long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 15 16 f5wf figs-metaphor 0 I will build again the tent of David, which has fallen down ... its ruins again This speaks of God's again choosing one of David's descendants to rule over his people as though he were setting up a tent again after it fell down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 15 16 ist8 figs-metonymy 0 tent Here "tent" stands for David's family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 15 17 sm79 figs-metaphor 0 the remnant of men may seek the Lord This speaks about people wanting to obey God and learn more about him as if they were literally looking for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 15 17 hkw1 figs-gendernotations 0 remnant of men Here "men" includes males and females. Alternate translation: "remnant of people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
ACT 15 17 pe4l figs-123person 0 may seek the Lord God is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "may seek me, the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
ACT 15 17 tu21 figs-activepassive 0 including all the Gentiles called by my name This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "including all the Gentiles who belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 15 17 c8gm figs-metonymy 0 my name Here "my name" stands for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 15 18 tr27 figs-activepassive 0 that have been known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that people have known" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 15 19 g3zx figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here "we" includes James, the apostles, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 15 19 f6za 0 Connecting Statement: James finishes speaking to the apostles and elders. (See: [Acts 15:2](../15/02.md) and [Acts 15:13](./13.md))
|
||
ACT 15 19 pyb9 figs-explicit 0 we should not trouble those of the Gentiles You can make explicit in what way James does not want to trouble the Gentiles. Alternate translation: "we should not require the Gentiles to become circumcised and obey the laws of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 15 19 vr6u figs-metaphor 0 who turn to God A person who starts obeying God is spoken of as if the person is physically turning towards God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 15 20 wx8f 0 they must keep away from the pollution of idols ... sexual immorality ... strangled ... blood Sexual immorality, strangling animals, and consuming blood were often part of ceremonies to worship idols and false gods.
|
||
ACT 15 20 n6f2 figs-explicit 0 pollution of idols This possibly refers to eating the meat of an animal that someone has sacrificed to an idol or to anything to do with idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 15 20 j2rl figs-explicit 0 from the meat of strangled animals, and from blood God did not allow Jews to eat meat that still had the blood in it. Also, even earlier in Moses' writings in Genesis, God had forbidden the drinking of blood. Therefore, they could not eat an animal that someone strangled because the blood was not properly drained from the body of the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 15 21 si1h figs-explicit 0 Moses has been proclaimed in every city ... and he is read in the synagogues every Sabbath James is implying that Gentiles know how important these rules are because Jews preach them in every city where there is a synagogue. It also implies the Gentiles can go to the teachers from the synagogues to learn more about these rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 15 21 zd7t figs-metonymy 0 Moses has been proclaimed Here "Moses" represents the law of Moses. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The law of Moses has been proclaimed" or "Jews have taught the law of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 15 21 xg5n figs-hyperbole 0 in every city The word "every" here is a generalization. Alternate translation: "in many cities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 15 21 pbm5 figs-metonymy 0 and he is read Here "he" refers to Moses, whose name here represents his law. Alternate translation: "and the law is read" or "and they read the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 15 22 rhn3 0 General Information: Here the word "them" refers to Judas and Silas. The word "They" refers to the apostles, elders, and other believers of the church in Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 15 22 hp6j figs-explicit 0 the whole church Here "church" refers to the people who are a part of the church in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "the church in Jerusalem" or "the whole community of believers in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 15 22 c711 translate-names 0 Judas called Barsabbas This is the name of a man. "Barsabbas" is a second name that people called him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 15 23 e4g2 0 From the apostles and elders, your brothers, to the Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia: Greetings! This is the introduction of the letter. Your language may have a way of introducing the author of the letter and to whom it is written. Alternate translation: "This letter is from your brothers, the apostles and elders. We are writing to you Gentile believers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings to you" or "To our Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings from the apostles and elders, your brothers"
|
||
ACT 15 23 kp51 0 your brothers ... the Gentile brothers Here the word "brothers" refers to fellow believers. By using these words, the apostles and elders assure the Gentile believers that they accept them as fellow believers.
|
||
ACT 15 23 php8 translate-names 0 Cilicia This is the name of a province on the coast in Asia Minor north of the Island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 15 24 g8m9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here all instances of "we," "our," and "us" refer to the believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 15:22](../15/22.md))
|
||
ACT 15 24 p1tl 0 that certain men "that some men"
|
||
ACT 15 24 kh16 0 with no orders from us "even though we gave no orders for them to go"
|
||
ACT 15 24 bxq8 figs-synecdoche 0 disturbed you with teachings that upset your souls Here "souls" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "have taught things that have troubled you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 15 25 c3dl 0 to choose men The men they sent were Judas called Barsabbas and Silas ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)).
|
||
ACT 15 26 t7vw figs-metonymy 0 for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here "name" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "because they believe in our Lord Jesus Christ" or "because they serve our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 15 27 j1jb figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "We" and "us" refer to the leaders and believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 15:22](../15/22.md))
|
||
ACT 15 27 v2ee 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the letter from the Jerusalem church to the Gentile believers in Antioch.
|
||
ACT 15 27 xw8l figs-explicit 0 who will tell you the same thing themselves in their own words This phrase emphasizes that Judas and Silas will say the same things that the apostles and elders had written. Alternate translation: "who themselves will tell you the same things about which we have written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 15 28 l9z6 figs-metaphor 0 to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things This speaks about laws that people need to obey as if they were objects that people carry on their shoulders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 15 29 nt7s 0 from things sacrificed to idols This means they are not allowed to eat the meat of an animal that someone sacrifices to an idol.
|
||
ACT 15 29 vcc6 figs-explicit 0 blood This refers to drinking blood or eating meat from which the blood has not been drained. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 15 29 rt55 0 things strangled A strangled animal was killed but its blood was not drained.
|
||
ACT 15 29 buy9 0 Farewell This announces the end of the letter. Alternate translation: "Goodbye"
|
||
ACT 15 30 khi8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas leave for Antioch.
|
||
ACT 15 30 c3uk 0 So they, when they were dismissed, came down to Antioch The word "they" refers to Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas. Alternate translation: "So when the four men were dismissed, they came down to Antioch"
|
||
ACT 15 30 usz6 figs-activepassive 0 when they were dismissed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when the apostles and elders dismissed the four men" or "when the believers in Jerusalem sent them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 15 30 t55a 0 came down to Antioch The phrase "came down" is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 15 31 k1mr 0 they rejoiced "the believers in Antioch rejoiced"
|
||
ACT 15 31 e4gf figs-abstractnouns 0 because of the encouragement The abstract noun "encouragement" can be expressed with the verb "encourage." Alternate translation: "because what the apostles and elders wrote encouraged them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 15 32 r65l 0 also prophets Prophets were teachers authorized by God to speak for him. Alternate translation: "because they were prophets" or "who were also prophets"
|
||
ACT 15 32 e2en 0 the brothers "the fellow believers"
|
||
ACT 15 32 j99g figs-metaphor 0 strengthened them Helping someone to depend even more on Jesus is spoken of as if they were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 15 33 y2ls 0 Connecting Statement: Judas and Silas return to Jerusalem while Paul and Barnabas remain in Antioch.
|
||
ACT 15 33 v7pj figs-metaphor 0 After they had spent some time there This speaks about time as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. The word "they" refers to Judas and Silas. Alternate translation: "After they stayed there for a while" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 15 33 v6im figs-activepassive 0 they were sent away in peace from the brothers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the brothers sent Judas and Silas back in peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 15 33 wzw4 0 the brothers This refers to the believers in Antioch.
|
||
ACT 15 33 xv3h 0 to those who had sent them "to the believers in Jerusalem who sent Judas and Silas" ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md))
|
||
ACT 15 35 e7s4 figs-metonymy 0 the word of the Lord Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "the message about the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 15 36 k6c6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas go on separate journeys.
|
||
ACT 15 36 i1n5 0 Let us return now "I suggest we now return"
|
||
ACT 15 36 ib2j 0 visit the brothers "care for the brothers" or "offer to help the believers"
|
||
ACT 15 36 ua1f figs-metonymy 0 the word of the Lord Here "word" stands for the message. Alternate translation: "the message about the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 15 36 y9i9 0 see how they are "learn how they are doing." They want to learn about the current condition of the brothers and how they are holding on to God's truth.
|
||
ACT 15 37 s635 0 to also take with them John who was called Mark "to take John, who was also called Mark"
|
||
ACT 15 38 a5nn figs-litotes 0 Paul thought it was not good to take Mark The words "not good" are used to say the opposite of good. Alternate translation: "Paul thought that taking Mark would be bad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
ACT 15 38 ht3k 0 Pamphylia This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||
ACT 15 38 ln7w 0 did not go further with them in the work "did not continue to work with them then" or "did not continue to serve with them"
|
||
ACT 15 39 bb8w 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Barnabas and Paul.
|
||
ACT 15 39 u97a figs-abstractnouns 0 Then there arose a sharp disagreement The abstract noun "disagreement" can be stated as the verb "disagree." Alternate translation: "They strongly disagreed with each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 15 40 l2uq figs-activepassive 0 after he was entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord To entrust to someone means to place the care and responsibility for someone or something to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after the believers in Antioch entrusted Paul to the grace of the Lord" or "after the believers in Antioch prayed for the Lord to take care of Paul and show kindness to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 15 41 e3ym figs-explicit 0 he went The previous sentence implies that Silas was with Paul. Alternate translation: "they went" or "Paul and Silas went" or "Paul took Silas and went" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 15 41 t81z 0 went through Syria and Cilicia These are provinces or areas in Asia Minor, near the island of Cyprus.
|
||
ACT 15 41 tbv3 figs-metaphor 0 strengthening the churches Encouraging the believers in the churches is spoken of as though Paul and Silas were making the believers physically stronger. The word "churches" refers to the groups of believers in Syria and Cilicia. Alternate translation: "encouraging the believers in the churches" or "helping the community of believers to depend even more in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 16 intro e7z2 0 # Acts 16 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Timothy's circumcision<br><br>Paul circumcised Timothy because they were telling the message of Jesus to Jews and Gentiles. Paul wanted the Jews to know that he respected the law of Moses even though the church leaders in Jerusalem had decided that Christians did not need to be circumcised..<br><br>##### The woman who had a spirit of divination<br><br>Most people want very much to know the future, but the law of Moses said that speaking with the spirits of dead people to learn about the future is a sin. This woman seems to have been able to tell the future very well. She was a slave, and her masters made much money from her work. Paul wanted her to stop sinning, so he told the spirit to leave her. Luke does not say that she began to follow Jesus or tell us anything more about her.<br>
|
||
ACT 16 01 l2b1 0 General Information: The first, third, and fourth instances of the word "him" refer to Timothy. The second "him" refers to Paul.
|
||
ACT 16 01 f49m writing-background 0 This continues the missionary journeys of Paul with Silas. Timothy is introduced into the story and joins Paul and Silas. Verses 1 and 2 give background information about Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 16 01 km5q figs-go 0 Paul also came Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||
ACT 16 01 d4ka 0 Derbe This is the name of a city in Asia Minor. See how you translated it in [Acts 14:6](../14/06.md).
|
||
ACT 16 01 u3vr 0 behold The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the narrative. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||
ACT 16 01 wxl8 figs-ellipsis 0 who believed The words "in Christ" are understood. Alternate translation: "who believed in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
ACT 16 02 t1lu figs-activepassive 0 He was well spoken of by the brothers This can be stated in active from. Alternate translation: "The brothers spoke well of him" or "Timothy had a good reputation among the brothers" or "The brothers said good things about him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 16 02 rez2 0 by the brothers Here "brothers" refers to believers. Alternate translation: "by the believers"
|
||
ACT 16 03 p6z8 0 circumcised him It is possible that Paul himself circumcised Timothy, but it is more likely that he had someone else circumcise Timothy.
|
||
ACT 16 03 za93 0 because of the Jews that were in those places "because of the Jews living in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling"
|
||
ACT 16 03 hk2l figs-explicit 0 for they all knew that his father was a Greek Since Greek men did not have their sons circumcised, the Jews would have known Timothy was not circumcised, and they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 16 04 n46i 0 General Information: The word "they" here refers to Paul, Silas ([Acts 15:40](../15/40.md)), and Timothy ([Acts 16:3](./03.md)).
|
||
ACT 16 04 bu6r 0 for them to obey "for the church members to obey" or "for the believers to obey"
|
||
ACT 16 04 gpi3 figs-activepassive 0 that had been written by the apostles and elders in Jerusalem This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the apostles and elders in Jerusalem had written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 16 04 mqe4 figs-metonymy 0 the churches Here this stands for the believers in the churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 16 05 q8v9 figs-activepassive 0 the churches were strengthened in the faith and increased in number daily This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The believers became stronger in their faith, and there were more and more people becoming believers every day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 16 05 lv4f figs-metaphor 0 the churches were strengthened in the faith This speaks of helping someone to believe more confidently as if it were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 16 06 g97e 0 Phrygia This is a region in Asia. See how you translated this name in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||
ACT 16 06 ue3k figs-activepassive 0 they had been forbidden by the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit had forbidden them" or "the Holy Spirit did not permit them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 16 06 h4u4 figs-metonymy 0 the word Here "word" stands for "message." Alternate translation: "the message about Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 16 07 x1b1 figs-go 0 When they came Here "came" can be translated as "went" or "arrived." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||
ACT 16 07 b1xq translate-names 0 Mysia ... Bithynia These are two more regions in Asia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 16 07 b539 0 the Spirit of Jesus "the Holy Spirit"
|
||
ACT 16 08 s6l1 0 they came down to the city of Troas The phrase "came down" is used here because Troas is lower in elevation than Mysia.
|
||
ACT 16 08 xq6n figs-go 0 they came down Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||
ACT 16 09 t6v2 0 A vision appeared to Paul "Paul saw a vision from God" or "Paul had a vision from God"
|
||
ACT 16 09 hq8e 0 calling him "begging him" or "inviting him"
|
||
ACT 16 09 cm2u 0 Come over into Macedonia The phrase "Come over" is used because Macedonia is across the sea from Troas.
|
||
ACT 16 10 fg5h 0 we set out to go to Macedonia ... God had called us Here the words "we" and "us" refer to Paul and his companions including Luke, the author of Acts.
|
||
ACT 16 11 m2p5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and his companions are now in Philippi on their missionary trip. Verse 13 begins the story of Lydia. This short story happens during Paul's travels.
|
||
ACT 16 11 q2pr translate-names 0 Samothrace ... Neapolis These are coastal cities near Phillipi in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 16 11 yy6z figs-go 0 we came to Neapolis Here "came to" can be translated as "went to" or "arrived at." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||
ACT 16 12 tl9f figs-explicit 0 a Roman colony This is a city outside of Italy where many people who came from Rome lived. The people there had the same rights and freedoms as people who lived in cities in Italy. They could govern themselves and they did not have to pay taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 16 14 x8bp 0 Connecting Statement: This ends the story of Lydia.
|
||
ACT 16 14 n952 writing-participants 0 A certain woman named Lydia Here "A certain woman" introduces a new person in the story. Alternate translation: "There was a woman named Lydia" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
ACT 16 14 qj86 figs-ellipsis 0 a seller of purple Here "cloth" is understood. Alternate translation: "a merchant who sold purple cloth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
ACT 16 14 c6n8 translate-names 0 Thyatira This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 16 14 cyk3 0 worshiped God A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him, but does not obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||
ACT 16 14 rd4r figs-metaphor 0 The Lord opened her heart to pay attention For the Lord to cause someone to pay attention and believe a message is spoken of as if he were opening a person's heart. Alternate translation: "The Lord caused her to listen well and to believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 16 14 s9ju figs-metonymy 0 opened her heart Here "heart" stands for a person's mind. Also, the author speaks about the "heart" or "mind" as if it were a box that a person could open so it is ready for someone to fill it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 16 14 a74y figs-activepassive 0 what was said by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what Paul said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 16 15 g7e9 figs-activepassive 0 When she and her house were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When they baptized Lydia and members of her household" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 16 15 s799 figs-metonymy 0 her house Here "house" represents the people who live in her house. Alternate translation: "the members of her household" or "her family and household servants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 16 16 vyn4 writing-background 0 General Information: Background information is given here to explain that this young fortune teller brought much financial gain to her masters by guessing people's futures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 16 16 anc1 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the first event in another short story during Paul's travels; it is about a young fortune teller.
|
||
ACT 16 16 ufy4 0 It came about that This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||
ACT 16 16 y1gc writing-participants 0 a certain young woman The phrase "a certain" introduces a new person to the story. Alternate translation: "there was a young woman" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
ACT 16 16 ymt9 0 a spirit of divination An evil spirit spoke to her often about the immediate future of people.
|
||
ACT 16 17 tni9 figs-metaphor 0 the way of salvation How a person can be saved is spoken of here as if it were a way or path that a person walks on. Alternate translation: "how God can save you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 16 18 lj79 figs-activepassive 0 But Paul, being greatly annoyed by her, turned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But she greatly annoyed Paul so he turned around" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 16 18 qi1k figs-metonymy 0 in the name of Jesus Christ Here "name" stands for speaking with the authority or as the representative of Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 16 18 u4z8 0 it came out right away "the spirit came out immediately"
|
||
ACT 16 19 m1y7 0 her masters "the owners of the slave girl"
|
||
ACT 16 19 r1a1 figs-explicit 0 When her masters saw that their opportunity to make money was now gone It can be stated clearly why they no longer hoped to make money. Alternate translation: "When her masters saw that she could no longer earn money for them by telling fortunes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 16 19 bws7 0 into the marketplace "into the public square." This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services takes place.
|
||
ACT 16 19 hf82 0 before the authorities "into the presence of the authorities" or "so that the authorities could judge them"
|
||
ACT 16 20 d2rg 0 When they had brought them to the magistrates "When they had brought them to the judges"
|
||
ACT 16 20 wa94 0 magistrates rulers, judges
|
||
ACT 16 20 dkz2 figs-inclusive 0 These men are stirring up our city Here the word "our" refers to the people of the city and includes the magistrates who ruled it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 16 21 gna6 0 to accept or practice "to believe or to obey" or "to accept or to do"
|
||
ACT 16 22 r1gr 0 General Information: Here the words "their" and "them" refer to Paul and Silas. The word "they" here refers to soldiers.
|
||
ACT 16 22 at6i figs-activepassive 0 commanded them to be beaten with rods This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "commanded the soldiers to beat them with rods" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 16 23 dsr3 0 had laid many blows upon them "had hit them many times with rods"
|
||
ACT 16 23 y4mc 0 commanded the jailer to keep them securely "told the jailer to make sure they did not get out"
|
||
ACT 16 23 zkp7 0 jailer a person responsible for all the people held in the jail or prison
|
||
ACT 16 24 a79x 0 he got this command "he heard this command"
|
||
ACT 16 24 rl8c 0 fastened their feet in the stocks "securely locked their feet in the stocks"
|
||
ACT 16 24 jug6 0 stocks a piece of wood with holes for preventing a person's feet from moving
|
||
ACT 16 25 rwu3 0 General Information: The word "them" refers to Paul and Silas.
|
||
ACT 16 25 hme2 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Paul and Silas' time in Philippi in prison and tells what happens to their jailer.
|
||
ACT 16 26 q7z1 figs-activepassive 0 earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "earthquake which shook the foundations of the prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 16 26 m4ye figs-synecdoche 0 the foundations of the prison When the foundations shook, this caused the entire prison to shake. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 16 26 s6mu figs-activepassive 0 all the doors were opened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all the doors opened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 16 26 p393 figs-activepassive 0 everyone's chains were unfastened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "everyone's chains came loose" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 16 27 ljy6 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Paul, Silas, and all of the other prisoners but excludes the jailer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 16 27 hr9q figs-activepassive 0 The jailer was awakened from sleep This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The jailer woke up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 16 27 cwt5 0 was about to kill himself "was ready to kill himself." The jailer preferred to commit suicide rather than suffer the consequences of letting the prisoners escape.
|
||
ACT 16 29 pe66 figs-explicit 0 called for lights The reason why the jailer needed light can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "called for someone to bring light so he could see who was still in the prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 16 29 h5ai figs-metonymy 0 for lights The word "lights" stands for something that makes light. Alternate translation: "for torches" or "for lamps" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 16 29 r6is 0 rushed in "quickly entered the jail"
|
||
ACT 16 29 bb6t translate-symaction 0 fell down before Paul and Silas The jailer humbled himself by bowing down at the feet of Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 16 30 a3h6 0 brought them out "led them outside the jail"
|
||
ACT 16 30 u132 figs-activepassive 0 what must I do to be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what must I do for God to save me from my sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 16 31 br4k figs-activepassive 0 you will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will save you" or "God will save you from your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 16 31 w8ed figs-metonymy 0 your house Here "house" stands for the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "all the members of your household" or "your family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 16 32 kb35 0 General Information: Here the first use of the word "they" as well as the words "their" and "them" refer to Paul and Silas. Compare [Acts 16:25](../16/25.md). The last use of the word "they" refers to the people in the jailers' household. The words "him," "his," and "he" refer to the jailer.
|
||
ACT 16 32 pq5w figs-metonymy 0 They spoke the word of the Lord to him Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "They told him the message about the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 16 33 r3la figs-activepassive 0 he and those in his entire house were baptized immediately This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul and Silas baptized the jailer and all the members of his household" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 16 35 x3x8 0 General Information: This is the last event in the story of Paul and Silas in Philippi ([Acts 16:12](../16/12.md)).
|
||
ACT 16 35 lb4z 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells the last event in the story that started in [Acts 16:16](../16/16.md).
|
||
ACT 16 35 qum8 figs-metonymy 0 sent word to the guards Here "word" stands for "message" or "command." Alternate translation: "sent a message to the guards" or "sent a command to the guards" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 16 35 j5m6 0 sent word Here "sent" means the magistrates told someone to go tell the guards their message.
|
||
ACT 16 35 vev9 0 Let those men go "Release those men" or "Allow those men to leave"
|
||
ACT 16 36 k3i6 0 come out "come outside of the jail"
|
||
ACT 16 37 v4yk figs-exclusive 0 General Information: All of the times the word "they" is used and the first time "them" is used, the words refer to the magistrates. The word "themselves" refers to the magistrates. The second time the word "them" is used, it refers to Paul and Silas. The word "us" refers only to Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 16 37 b4jm figs-explicit 0 said to them Probably Paul is speaking to the jailer, but he intends for the jailer to tell the magistrates what he says. Alternate translation: "said to the jailer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 16 37 b7cc figs-metonymy 0 They have publicly beaten us Here "They" refers to the magistrates who commanded their soldiers to beat them. Alternate translation: "The magistrates ordered their soldiers to beat us in public" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 16 37 wc37 0 without a trial, even though we are Romans citizens—and they threw us into prison "men who are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail though they had not proven in court that we were guilty"
|
||
ACT 16 37 qq1u figs-rquestion 0 Do they now want to send us away secretly? No! Paul uses a question to emphasize that he will not allow the magistrates to send them out the city in secret after they had mistreated Paul and Silas. Alternate translation: "I will certainly not let them send us out of the city in secret!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 16 37 jr2j figs-rpronouns 0 Let them come themselves Here "themselves" is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
ACT 16 38 ym2u figs-explicit 0 when they heard that Paul and Silas were Romans, they were afraid To be a Roman meant to be a legal citizens of the Empire. Citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. The city leaders were afraid that more important Roman authorities might learn how the city leaders had mistreated Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 16 40 q59h 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Silas. The word "them" refers to the believers in Philippi.
|
||
ACT 16 40 y14i writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of Paul and Silas' time in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||
ACT 16 40 t1pf figs-go 0 came to the house Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||
ACT 16 40 ylk9 0 the house of Lydia "the home of Lydia"
|
||
ACT 16 40 ntc9 figs-gendernotations 0 saw the brothers Here "brothers" refers to believers whether male or female. Alternate translation: "saw the believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
ACT 17 intro gj4c 0 # Acts 17 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Misunderstandings about the Messiah<br><br>The Jews expected the Christ or Messiah to be a powerful king because the Old Testament says so many times. But it also says many times that the Messiah would suffer, and that was what Paul was telling the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>##### The religion of Athens<br><br>Paul said that the Athenians were "religious," but they did not worship the true God. They worshiped many different false gods. In the past they had conquered other peoples and begun to worship the gods of the people they had conquered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes for the first time how Paul told the message of Christ to people who knew nothing of the Old Testament.<br>
|
||
ACT 17 01 q9x4 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Silas. Compare [Acts 16:40](../16/40.md). The word "them" refers to the Jews at the synagogue in Thessalonica.
|
||
ACT 17 01 r3qb 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the story of Paul, Silas, and Timothy's missionary trip. They arrive in Thessalonica, apparently without Luke, since he says "they" and not "we."
|
||
ACT 17 01 e4w5 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke, the author, starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||
ACT 17 01 b7np 0 passed through "traveled through"
|
||
ACT 17 01 kll1 translate-names 0 cities of Amphipolis and Apollonia These are coastal cities in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 17 01 yj66 figs-go 0 they came to the city Here "came" can be translated as "went" or "arrived." Alternate translation: "they came to the city" or "they arrived at the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||
ACT 17 02 vbf2 0 as his custom was "as his habit was" or "as his common practice was." Paul usually went to the synagogue on the Sabbath when Jews would be present.
|
||
ACT 17 02 bt5e 0 for three Sabbath days "on each Sabbath day for three weeks"
|
||
ACT 17 02 wp3k figs-explicit 0 reasoned with them from the scriptures Paul explained what the scriptures means in order to prove to the Jews that Jesus is the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 17 02 qf4t 0 reasoned with them "gave them reasons" or "debated with them" or "discussed with them"
|
||
ACT 17 03 e85n 0 General Information: Here the word "He" refers to Paul ([Acts 17:2](../17/02.md)).
|
||
ACT 17 03 ir9q figs-metaphor 0 He was opening the scriptures Possible meanings are 1) to explain the scriptures in a way that people can understand is spoken of as if Paul were opening something so people can see what is inside of it) or 2) Paul was literally opening a book or scroll and reading from it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 17 03 he78 0 it was necessary "it was part of God's plan"
|
||
ACT 17 03 ipb2 0 to rise again "to come back to life"
|
||
ACT 17 03 b9qi 0 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||
ACT 17 04 es2u figs-activepassive 0 the Jews were persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Jews believed" or "the Jews understood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 17 04 nyp2 0 joined Paul "became associated with Paul"
|
||
ACT 17 04 t21z 0 devout Greeks This refers to Greeks who worship God but have not converted to Judaism through circumcision.
|
||
ACT 17 04 ye8v figs-litotes 0 not a few of the leading women This is an understatement to emphasize that many leading women joined them. Alternate translation: "many leading women" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
ACT 17 05 nuh6 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the unbelieving Jews and wicked men from the marketplace.
|
||
ACT 17 05 uj43 figs-metaphor 0 being moved with jealousy The feeling of jealousy is spoken of as if jealousy were actually moving the person. Alternate translation: "feeling very jealous" or "feeling very angry" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 17 05 vev6 figs-explicit 0 with jealousy It can be stated explicitly that these Jews were jealous because some of the Jews and Greeks believed Paul's message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 17 05 btw6 0 took certain wicked men Here "took" does not mean the Jews took these people by force. It means the Jews persuaded these wicked men to help them.
|
||
ACT 17 05 lc6g 0 certain wicked men "some evil men." The word "men" here refers specifically to males.
|
||
ACT 17 05 ie1f 0 from the marketplace "from the public square." This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place.
|
||
ACT 17 05 t3bc figs-metonymy 0 set the city in an uproar Here "the city" stands for the people in the city. Alternate translation: "caused the people of the city to be in an uproar" or "caused the people of the city to riot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 17 05 s3uv 0 Assaulting the house "Violently attacking the house." This probably means the people were throwing rocks at the house and trying to break down the door of the house.
|
||
ACT 17 05 ks2l translate-names 0 Jason This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 17 05 pp7k 0 out to the people Possible meanings or "people" are 1) a governmental or legal group of citizens gathered to make a decision or 2) a mob.
|
||
ACT 17 06 i79p 0 certain other brothers Here "brothers" refers to believers. Alternate translation: "some other believers"
|
||
ACT 17 06 e44z 0 before the officials "in the presence of the officials"
|
||
ACT 17 06 g7xj 0 These men who have The Jewish leaders were speaking and the phrase, "These men," refers to Paul and Silas.
|
||
ACT 17 06 c2av figs-hyperbole 0 turned the world upside down This phrase is another way of saying Paul and Silas where causing trouble everywhere they went. The Jewish leaders were exaggerating the influence Paul and Silas were having with their teaching. Alternate translation: "caused trouble everywhere in the world" or "caused trouble everywhere they have gone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 17 07 hlc9 0 Jason has welcomed This phrase signals that Jason was in agreement with the apostles' troubling message.
|
||
ACT 17 08 th2f 0 were disturbed "were worried"
|
||
ACT 17 09 ya44 0 made Jason and the rest pay money as security Jason and the others had to pay the money to the city officials as a promise of good behavior; that money might be returned if all went well or it might be used to repair the damages brought on by bad behavior.
|
||
ACT 17 09 bj48 0 the rest The words "the rest" refers to other believers that the Jews brought before the officials.
|
||
ACT 17 09 aru6 0 they let them go "the officials let Jason and the other believers go"
|
||
ACT 17 10 na8h 0 General Information: Paul and Silas travel on to the town of Berea.
|
||
ACT 17 10 qy5c figs-gendernotations 0 the brothers The word "brothers" here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: "the believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
ACT 17 11 k2st writing-background 0 Now The word "now" is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about the people in Berea and how they were willing to listen to Paul and examine what he said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 17 11 gu6s 0 these people were more noble These "well-born" people were willing to think more objectively about new ideas than other people. Alternate translation: "more open minded" or "more willing to listen"
|
||
ACT 17 11 hle3 figs-metonymy 0 received the word Here "word" refers to a teaching. Alternate translation: "listened to the teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 17 11 uh8a 0 with all readiness of mind These Bereans were prepared to examine earnestly Paul's teachings about the scripture.
|
||
ACT 17 11 lzm3 0 examining the scriptures daily "carefully reading and evaluating the scriptures every day"
|
||
ACT 17 11 g8an 0 these things were so "the things Paul said were true"
|
||
ACT 17 13 vn8h translate-names 0 General Information: Athens is down the coast from Barea which is in Macedonia. Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 17 13 asb4 figs-metaphor 0 went there and stirred up This speaks about their agitating people as though it were a person stirring a liquid and causing the things at the bottom of the liquid to rise to the surface. Alternate translation: "went there and agitated" or "went there and disturbed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 17 13 wjq3 0 troubled the crowds "and worried the crowds" or "caused dread and fear among the people"
|
||
ACT 17 14 ael8 figs-gendernotations 0 brothers The word "brothers" here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: "believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
ACT 17 14 zw1c 0 to go to the sea "to go to the coast." From here Paul would probably sail to another city.
|
||
ACT 17 15 tjh5 0 who were leading Paul "who were accompanying Paul" or "who were going along with Paul"
|
||
ACT 17 15 gs1p figs-quotations 0 they received from him instructions for Silas and Timothy "he told them to instruct Silas and Timothy." This can also be stated as a direct quotation as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
ACT 17 16 wk63 0 General Information: This is another part of the story of Paul and Silas' travels. Paul is now in Athens where he is waiting for Silas and Timothy to join him.
|
||
ACT 17 16 y9cr 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||
ACT 17 16 we78 figs-synecdoche 0 his spirit was provoked within him as he saw the city full of idols Here "spirit" stands for Paul himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he became upset because he saw that there were idols everywhere in the city" or "seeing the idols everywhere in the city upset him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 17 17 q8px 0 he reasoned "he debated" or "he discussed." This means that there is interaction from the listeners rather than only his preaching. They are talking with him as well.
|
||
ACT 17 17 jkj8 0 others who worshiped God This refers to Gentiles (non-Jews) who give praise to God and follow him but do not obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||
ACT 17 17 ec14 0 in the marketplace "in the public square." This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place.
|
||
ACT 17 18 ru6a 0 General Information: Here the words "him," "He, "and "he" refer to Paul.
|
||
ACT 17 18 l7le translate-names 0 Epicurean and Stoic philosophers These people believed all things were formed by chance and that the gods were too busy being happy to be bothered with governing the universe. They rejected the resurrection and wanted only simple pleasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 17 18 f976 translate-names 0 Stoic philosophers These people believed freedom comes from resigning oneself to fate. They rejected a personal loving God and the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 17 18 tjk6 0 encountered him "happened upon him"
|
||
ACT 17 18 dnj8 0 Some said "Some of the philosophers said"
|
||
ACT 17 18 g4bv figs-metaphor 0 What is this babbler The word "babbler" was used to refer to birds picking up seeds as food. It refers negatively to a person who only knows a little bit of information. The philosophers said Paul had bits of information which were not worth listening to. Alternate translation: "What is this uneducated person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 17 18 k2ps 0 Others said "Other philosophers said"
|
||
ACT 17 18 l41t 0 He seems to be one who calls people to follow "He seems to be a proclaimer" or "He seems to be on a mission to add people to his philosophy"
|
||
ACT 17 18 sx9t 0 strange gods This is not in the sense of "odd," but in the sense of "foreign," that is, gods that Greeks and Romans do not worship or know about.
|
||
ACT 17 19 fs5g figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words "him," "He" and "you" refer to Paul ([Acts 17:18](../17/18.md)). Here the words "They" and "we" refer to the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 17 19 mv8c 0 They took ... brought him This does not mean they arrested Paul. The philosophers invited Paul to speak formally to their leaders.
|
||
ACT 17 19 b56g figs-metonymy 0 to the Areopagus The "Areopagus" was the place where the leaders met. Alternate translation: "to the leaders that met on the Areopagus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 17 19 ze7e 0 the Areopagus, saying Here the leaders on the Areopagus are speaking. This can stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "the Areopagus. The leaders said to Paul"
|
||
ACT 17 19 unc8 translate-names 0 Areopagus This is a prominent rock outcropping or hill in Athens upon which the supreme court of Athens may have met. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 17 20 lay8 figs-metaphor 0 For you bring some strange things to our ears Paul's teachings about Jesus and the resurrection are spoken of as an object that a person can bring to another person. Here "ears" refers to what they hear. Alternate translation: "For you teachings some things that we have never heard before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 17 21 dn1t figs-hyperbole 0 Now all the Athenians and the strangers living there The word "all" is a generalization referring to many. Alternate translation: "Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there" or "Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 17 21 d8yb translate-names 0 all the Athenians "Athenians" are people from Athens, a city near the coast below Macedonia (present day Greece). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 17 21 m8u1 0 the strangers "the foreigners"
|
||
ACT 17 21 sk5b figs-metaphor 0 spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening Here "time" is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could spend. Alternate translation: "used their time doing nothing but either telling or listening" or "were always doing nothing but telling or listening" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 17 21 ij4e figs-hyperbole 0 spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening The phrase "spent their time in nothing" is an exaggeration. Alternate translation: "did not do much but tell or listen" or "spent much of their time telling or listening" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 17 21 wr1r 0 telling or listening about something new "discussing new philosophical ideas" or "talking about what was new to them"
|
||
ACT 17 22 zq3y 0 General Information: Paul begins his speech to the philosophers on the Areopagus.
|
||
ACT 17 22 ja1k 0 very religious in every way Paul is referring to the Athenians' public display of honoring the gods through prayers, building altars, and offering sacrifices.
|
||
ACT 17 23 gn1j 0 For as I passed along "Because as I walked past" or "I walked along"
|
||
ACT 17 23 cem7 0 To an Unknown God Possible meanings are 1) "to a certain unknown god" or 2) "to a god not known." This was a specific writing or inscription on that altar.
|
||
ACT 17 24 m1jm 0 the world In the most general sense, the "world" refers to the heavens and the earth and everything in them.
|
||
ACT 17 24 rqk9 0 since he is Lord "because he is the Lord." Here "he" is referring to the unknown god mentioned in [Acts 17:23](../17/23.md) that Paul is explaining is the Lord God.
|
||
ACT 17 24 f2mz figs-merism 0 of heaven and earth The words "heaven" and "earth" are used together to mean all beings and things in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
ACT 17 24 ju4h figs-synecdoche 0 built with hands Here "hands" stands for people. Alternate translation: "built by the hands of people" or "that people built" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 17 25 e3dg figs-activepassive 0 Neither is he served by men's hands Here "served" has the sense of a doctor treating a patient to make the patient well again. Alternate translation: "Neither do men's hands take care of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 17 25 yq68 figs-synecdoche 0 by men's hands Here "hands" stands for the whole person. Alternate translation: "by humans" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 17 25 sj89 figs-rpronouns 0 since he himself "because he himself." The word "himself" is added for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
ACT 17 26 r3lt figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "him" refer to the one true God, the creator. The words "their" and "them" refer to every nation of people living on the surface of the earth. In using the word "us," Paul includes himself, his audience, and every nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 17 26 p1e4 0 one man This means Adam, the first person God created. This can be stated to include Eve. It was through Adam and Eve that God made all other people. Alternate translation: "one couple"
|
||
ACT 17 26 js4p 0 having determined their appointed seasons and the boundaries of their living areas This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "And he determined when and where they would live"
|
||
ACT 17 27 jae5 figs-metaphor 0 so that they should search for God and perhaps they may feel their way toward him and find him Here "search for God" represents desiring to know him, and "feel their way toward him and find him" represents praying and having a relationship with him. Alternate translation: "so that they should want to know God and perhaps pray to him and become one of his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 17 27 p8hk figs-litotes 0 Yet he is not far from each one of us This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Yet he is very near to everyone of us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
ACT 17 28 tkd3 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "him" and "his" refer to God ([Acts 17:24](../17/24.md)). When Paul says "we" here, he includes himself as well as his hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 17 28 cbd9 0 For in him "Because of him"
|
||
ACT 17 29 k9ws figs-metaphor 0 are God's offspring Because God created everyone, all people are spoken of as if they were God's literal children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 17 29 czi9 figs-metonymy 0 qualities of deity Here "deity" refers to God's nature or attributes. Alternate translation: "that God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 17 29 q4q2 figs-activepassive 0 images created by the art and imagination of man This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which a man then uses his skill to make it into something that he has designed" or "images that people make by using their art and imagination" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 17 30 y2u8 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to God.
|
||
ACT 17 30 zj28 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his speech to the philosophers in the Areopagus, which he began in [Acts 17:22](../17/22.md).
|
||
ACT 17 30 suh6 0 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true"
|
||
ACT 17 30 iva4 0 God overlooked the times of ignorance "God decided not to punish people during the time of ignorance"
|
||
ACT 17 30 h8uy 0 times of ignorance This refers to the time before God fully revealed himself through Jesus Christ and before people truly knew how to obey God.
|
||
ACT 17 30 qim5 figs-gendernotations 0 all men This means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: "all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
ACT 17 31 htp7 0 when he will judge the world in righteousness by the man he has chosen "when the man he has chosen will judge the world in righteousness"
|
||
ACT 17 31 jt3a figs-metonymy 0 he will judge the world Here "world" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "he will judge all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 17 31 i9aw 0 in righteousness "justly" or "fairly"
|
||
ACT 17 31 l61p 0 God has given proof of this man "God has demonstrated his choice of this man"
|
||
ACT 17 31 ulr4 0 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||
ACT 17 32 tc8t figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "We" refers to the men of Athens but not to Paul, so this is exclusive. Though some of them probably did want to hear Paul again, they may only have been being polite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 17 32 c4sm writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story about Paul in Athens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||
ACT 17 32 nb26 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke shifts from Paul's teachings to the reaction of the people of Athens.
|
||
ACT 17 32 jlm5 0 the men of Athens These are the people who were present at the Areopagus listening to Paul.
|
||
ACT 17 32 sn6j 0 some mocked Paul "some ridiculed Paul" or "some laughed at Paul." These did not believe it was possible for someone to die and then return to life.
|
||
ACT 17 34 psh8 translate-names 0 Dionysius the Areopagite Dionysius is a man's name. Areopagite implies that Dionysius was one of the judges at the council of Areopagus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 17 34 hsz3 translate-names 0 Damaris This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 18 intro rky6 0 # Acts 18 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The baptism of John<br><br>Some Jews who lived far away from Jerusalem and Judea had heard of John the Baptist and followed his teachings. They had not yet heard about Jesus. One of these Jews was Apollos. He followed John the Baptist, but he did not know that the Messiah had come. John had baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins, but this baptism was different from Christian baptism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br>
|
||
ACT 18 01 jat1 writing-background 0 General Information: Aquila and Priscilla are introduced to the story and verses 2 and 3 give background information about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 18 01 qa9b 0 Connecting Statement: This is another part of the story of Paul's travels as he goes to Corinth.
|
||
ACT 18 01 fky7 0 After these things "After these events took place in Athens"
|
||
ACT 18 01 h2si 0 Athens Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. See how you translated this in [Acts 17:15](../17/15.md).
|
||
ACT 18 02 d9zx 0 There he met Possible meanings are that 1) Paul happened to find by chance or 2) Paul intentionally found.
|
||
ACT 18 02 hm16 writing-participants 0 a Jew named Aquila Here the phrase "a certain" indicates this is introducing new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
ACT 18 02 y97p translate-names 0 a native of Pontus Pontus was a province on the southern coast of the Black Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 18 02 q4va 0 had recently come This is probably sometime in the past year.
|
||
ACT 18 02 n631 translate-names 0 Italy This is the name of land. Rome is the capital city of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 18 02 n95f 0 Claudius had commanded Claudius was the current Roman emperor. See how you translated this in [Acts 11:28](../11/28.md).
|
||
ACT 18 03 q259 0 he worked at the same trade "he did the same kind of work that they did"
|
||
ACT 18 04 r56h 0 General Information: Silas and Timothy rejoin Paul.
|
||
ACT 18 04 h3az 0 So Paul reasoned "So Paul debated" or "So Paul discussed." He gave reasons. This means that rather than just preaching, Paul talked and interacted with the people.
|
||
ACT 18 04 r2gp 0 He persuaded both Jews and Greeks Possible meanings are 1) "He caused both Jews and Greeks to believe" or 2) "He kept trying to persuade the Jews and the Greeks."
|
||
ACT 18 05 d191 figs-activepassive 0 Paul was compelled by the Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Spirit compelled Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 18 06 ncx8 translate-symaction 0 shook out his garment This is a symbolic action to indicate that Paul will no longer try to teach the Jews there about Jesus. He is leaving them to God's judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 18 06 z12a figs-metonymy 0 May your blood be upon your own heads Here "blood" stands for the guilt of their actions. Here "heads" refers to the whole person. Paul tells the Jews they are solely responsible for the judgment they will face for their stubbornness if they refuse to repent. Alternate translation: "You alone bear the responsibility for your punishment for sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 18 07 cd3u 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Paul. The first word "his" refers to Titius Justus. The second word "his" refers to Crispus.
|
||
ACT 18 07 vs6y translate-names 0 Titius Justus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 18 07 v8xg 0 worshiped God A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him but does not necessarily obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||
ACT 18 08 lj2t translate-names 0 Crispus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 18 08 kkk9 0 leader of the synagogue a layperson who sponsored and administered the synagogue, not necessarily the teacher
|
||
ACT 18 08 uaq5 figs-metonymy 0 all those who lived in his house Here "house" refers to the people who lived together. Alternate translation: "the people who lived with him in his house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 18 08 t3np figs-activepassive 0 were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "received baptism" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 18 09 ws7p figs-parallelism 0 Do not be afraid, but speak and do not be silent The Lord is giving one command in two different ways to emphasize that Paul should certainly continue preaching. Alternate translation: "You must not be afraid and, instead, continue to speak and not become silent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
ACT 18 09 zg8a figs-doublet 0 speak and do not be silent The Lord gives the same command in two different ways to strongly command Paul to speak. Alternate translation: "you must certainly continue to speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
ACT 18 09 a529 figs-explicit 0 do not be silent It can be stated explicitly what the Lord wants Paul to speak. Alternate translation: "do not stop speaking about the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 18 10 a8lq 0 I have many people in this city "there are many people in this city who have put their faith in me" or "many people in this city will put their faith in me"
|
||
ACT 18 11 mqx2 writing-endofstory 0 Paul lived there ... teaching the word of God among them This is a concluding statement for this part of the story. "Word of God" here is a synecdoche for the entire scriptures. Alternate translation: "Paul lived there ... teaching the scriptures among them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 18 12 f41k translate-names 0 General Information: Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. Corinth was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 18 12 b5bf 0 Connecting Statement: The unbelieving Jews bring Paul to the judgment seat before Gallio.
|
||
ACT 18 12 se8m translate-names 0 Gallio This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 18 12 j762 figs-synecdoche 0 the Jews This stands for the Jewish leaders that did not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 18 12 lp79 0 rose up together "came together" or "joined together"
|
||
ACT 18 12 u36c figs-metonymy 0 brought him before the judgment seat The Jews took Paul by force to bring Paul before the court. Here "judgment seat" refers to the place where Gallio sat when he made legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: "took him so that the governor could judge him at the judgment seat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 18 14 d13b 0 Gallio said Gallio was the Roman governor of the Province.
|
||
ACT 18 15 y6mt 0 your own law Here "law" refers to the law of Moses and as well as the Jewish customs of Paul's time.
|
||
ACT 18 15 khr5 0 I do not wish to be a judge of these matters "I refuse to make a judgment about these matters"
|
||
ACT 18 16 yf81 0 General Information: Here the word "they" probably refers to the Gentiles at the court. They reacted against the Jews who had brought Paul before the judgment seat ([Acts 18:12](../18/12.md)).
|
||
ACT 18 16 d6nh figs-metonymy 0 Gallio made them leave the judgment seat "Gallio dismissed them from the judgment seat." Here "judgment seat" refers to the place where Gallio sits to make legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: "Gallio made them leave his presence in the court" or "Gallio made them leave the court" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 18 17 cyk6 figs-hyperbole 0 they all seized This may be an exaggeration to emphasize the strong feelings the people had. Alternate translation: "many people seized" or "many of them grabbed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 18 17 mj77 0 So they all seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him in front of the judgment seat Possible meanings are 1) the Gentiles beat Sosthenes in the court in front of the judgment seat because he was the Jewish leader or 2) it is possible that Sosthenes was a believer in Christ, so the Jews beat him in front of the court.
|
||
ACT 18 17 x9w5 translate-names 0 Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue "Sosthenes" was the Jewish ruler of the synagogue at Corinth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 18 17 z9fv 0 beat him "repeatedly hit him" or "repeatedly punched him."
|
||
ACT 18 18 x25w translate-names 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Paul. Cenchreae was a seaport that was part of the greater Corinth city area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 18 18 ura9 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Paul's missionary journey as Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila leave Corinth. This seems to indicate that Silas and Timothy remain since it says "he" here and not "we." The word "they" refers to Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila.
|
||
ACT 18 18 et8c figs-gendernotations 0 left the brothers The word "brothers" refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: "left the fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
ACT 18 18 v5kl 0 sailed for Syria with Priscilla and Aquila Paul got on a ship that sailed for Syria. Priscilla and Aquila went with him.
|
||
ACT 18 18 kq6f translate-symaction 0 he had his hair cut off because of a vow he had taken This is a symbolic action that indicates the completion of a vow. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he had someone cut off the hair on his head" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 18 19 st93 0 reasoned with "discussed with" or "debated with"
|
||
ACT 18 20 u44s 0 General Information: Here the words "they" and "them" refer to the Jews in Ephesus.
|
||
ACT 18 21 iz1u 0 taking his leave of them "saying good-bye to them"
|
||
ACT 18 22 pr6u 0 General Information: Phrygia is a province in Asia which is now modern day Turkey. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||
ACT 18 22 p364 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues his missionary journey.
|
||
ACT 18 22 gyy4 0 landed at Caesarea "arrived at Caesarea." The word "landed" is used to show that he arrived by ship.
|
||
ACT 18 22 r26z 0 he went up He traveled to the city of Jerusalem. The phrase "went up" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea.
|
||
ACT 18 22 q9j6 figs-metonymy 0 greeted the Jerusalem church Here "church" refers to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "greeted the members of the church of Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 18 22 n3rh 0 then went down The phrase "went down" is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 18 23 pww5 0 Paul departed "Paul went away" or "Paul left"
|
||
ACT 18 23 h65j figs-metaphor 0 After having spent some time there This speaks about "time" as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. Alternate translation: After staying there for a while" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 18 24 a7p9 writing-background 0 General Information: Apollos is introduced to the story. Verses 24 and 25 give background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 18 24 muc2 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells what happens in Ephesus with Priscilla and Aquila.
|
||
ACT 18 24 xqy7 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line.
|
||
ACT 18 24 n2b4 writing-participants 0 a certain Jew named Apollos The phrase "a certain" indicates that Luke is introducing a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
ACT 18 24 di14 translate-names 0 an Alexandrian by birth "a man who was born in the city of Alexandria." This was a city in Egypt on the north coast of Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 18 24 t4zi 0 eloquent in speech "a good speaker"
|
||
ACT 18 24 bh25 0 mighty in the scriptures "he knew the scriptures thoroughly." He understood the Old Testament writings well.
|
||
ACT 18 25 z7a8 figs-activepassive 0 Apollos had been instructed in the teachings of the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Other believers had taught Apollos how the Lord Jesus wanted people to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 18 25 ift8 figs-synecdoche 0 Being fervent in spirit Here "spirit" refers to the entire person of Apollos. Alternate translation: "Being very enthusiastic" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 18 25 lr1h 0 the baptism of John "The baptism that John performed." This is comparing John's baptism which was with water to Jesus' baptism which is with the Holy Spirit.
|
||
ACT 18 26 ga6v figs-metaphor 0 the way of God How God wants people to live is spoken of as if it were a road that a person travels. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 18 26 k1lb 0 more accurately "correctly" or "more fully"
|
||
ACT 18 27 c2sq 0 General Information: Here the he words "he" and "him" refer to Apollos ([Acts 18:24](./24.md)).
|
||
ACT 18 27 ll36 0 to pass over into Achaia "to go to the region of Achaia." The phrase "pass over" is used here because Apollos had to cross the Aegean Sea to get to Achaia from Ephesus.
|
||
ACT 18 27 pql7 0 Achaia Achaia was a Roman Province in the southern section of Greece. See how you translated this in [Acts 18:12](../18/12.md).
|
||
ACT 18 27 v2i6 figs-gendernotations 0 brothers The word "brothers" here refers to men and women believers. You can make explicit that these are believers in Ephesus. Alternate translation: "fellow believers in Ephesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 18 27 q5f2 0 wrote to the disciples "wrote a letter to the Christians in Achaia"
|
||
ACT 18 27 f99p 0 those who believed by grace "those who had believed in salvation by grace" or "those who by God's grace believed in Jesus"
|
||
ACT 18 28 l2zt 0 Apollos powerfully refuted the Jews in public debate "In public debate Apollos powerfully showed that the Jews were wrong"
|
||
ACT 18 28 v4sx 0 showing by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ "as he showed them by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ"
|
||
ACT 19 intro g38y 0 # Acts 19 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Baptism<br><br>John baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins. Jesus' followers baptized people who wanted to follow Jesus.<br><br>##### Temple of Diana<br><br>The temple of Diana was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Diana while they were there. The people who sold statues of Diana were afraid that if people did not believe Diana was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues.<br>
|
||
ACT 19 01 rhv1 0 General Information: The "upper country" was an area of Asia which today is part of modern-day Turkey to the north of Ephesus. Paul must have traveled by land around the top of the Aegean sea in order to come to Ephesus (also in Turkey today) which is directly east of Corinth by sea.
|
||
ACT 19 01 wu6p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul travels to Ephesus.
|
||
ACT 19 01 lp23 0 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||
ACT 19 01 ati9 0 passed through "traveled through"
|
||
ACT 19 02 wqi4 0 receive the Holy Spirit This means to have the Holy Spirit come upon them.
|
||
ACT 19 02 nvn4 0 we did not even hear about the Holy Spirit "we have not even heard about the Holy Spirit"
|
||
ACT 19 03 hml1 0 General Information: Here the words "They," "you," and "they" refer to certain disciples in the city of Ephesus ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)). The word "him" refers to John.
|
||
ACT 19 03 mrm6 figs-activepassive 0 Into what then were you baptized? This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "What kind of baptism did you receive?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 19 03 jzp7 figs-ellipsis 0 Into John's baptism You can translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: "We received the kind of baptism about which John taught" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
ACT 19 04 r46y figs-abstractnouns 0 the baptism of repentance You can translate the abstract noun "repentance" as the verb "repent." Alternate translation: "the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 19 04 pv7t 0 the one who would come Here "the one" refers to Jesus.
|
||
ACT 19 04 q5fh 0 come after him This means to come after John the Baptist in time and not following after him physically.
|
||
ACT 19 05 zx2b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues staying in Ephesus.
|
||
ACT 19 05 k9st 0 When the people Here "people" refers to the disciples in Ephesus who were talking with Paul ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)),
|
||
ACT 19 05 ueh1 figs-activepassive 0 they were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they received baptism" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 19 05 g2dm figs-metonymy 0 in the name of the Lord Jesus Here "name" refers to Jesus' power and authority. Alternate translation: "as believers in the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 19 06 gk8l 0 laid his hands on them "placed his hands on them." He probably placed his hands on their shoulders or heads. Alternate translation: "placed his hands on their heads as he prayed"
|
||
ACT 19 06 j4n8 0 they spoke in other languages and prophesied Unlike in [Acts 2:3-4](../02/03.md), there are no details of who understood their messages.
|
||
ACT 19 07 e7kj writing-background 0 In all they were about twelve men This tells how many men were baptized. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 19 07 u71i translate-numbers 0 twelve men "12 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
ACT 19 08 qv8z 0 Paul went into the synagogue and spoke boldly for three months "Paul regularly attended the synagogue meetings for three months and spoke there boldly"
|
||
ACT 19 08 yky2 0 reasoning and persuading them "convincing people with convincing arguments and with clear teaching"
|
||
ACT 19 08 v8et figs-metonymy 0 about the kingdom of God Here "kingdom" stands for God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "about God's rule as king" or "about how God would show himself as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 19 09 mq1g figs-metaphor 0 some Jews were hardened and disobedient To stubbornly refuse to believe is spoken of as though the people were becoming hard and unable to move. Alternate translation: "some Jews were stubborn and did not believe" or "some Jews stubbornly refused to accept and obey the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 19 09 n6ir figs-metaphor 0 to speak evil of the Way before the crowd What Christ wants people to believe is spoken of as though it were a road that a person travels. The phrase, "the Way," seems to have been a title for Christianity at the time. Alternate translation: "to speak evil about Christianity to the crowd" or "to speak to the crowd evil things about those who follow Christ and who obey his teaching about God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md))
|
||
ACT 19 09 ts8d 0 to speak evil of "to speak bad things about"
|
||
ACT 19 09 xsm6 0 in the lecture hall of Tyrannus "in the large room where Tyrannus had taught people"
|
||
ACT 19 09 den4 translate-names 0 Tyrannus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 19 10 cw5g figs-hyperbole 0 all who lived in Asia heard the word of the Lord Here "all" is a generalization that means very many people throughout Asia heard the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 19 10 kj12 figs-metonymy 0 the word of the Lord Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "the message about the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 19 11 cb6w 0 General Information: Here the words "them" and "they" refer to those who were sick.
|
||
ACT 19 11 fa6h figs-synecdoche 0 God was doing mighty deeds by the hands of Paul Here "hands" stands for Paul's whole person. Alternate translation: "God was causing Paul to do miracles" or "God was doing miracles through Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 19 12 m3kl 0 even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him were taken to the sick and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when they took to sick people even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched Paul"
|
||
ACT 19 12 vc1v 0 even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him Possible meanings are 1) these were cloth items that Paul had touched or 2) these were cloth items that Paul had worn or used.
|
||
ACT 19 12 aks4 0 handkerchiefs cloths worn around the head
|
||
ACT 19 12 xs31 0 aprons clothing worn on the front of the body to protect the clothes of people
|
||
ACT 19 12 kw9z figs-nominaladj 0 the sick This refers to sick people. Alternate translation: "sick people" or "those who were sick" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
ACT 19 12 nl3a 0 their illnesses left them "those who were sick became healthy"
|
||
ACT 19 13 he2x 0 General Information: This is the beginning of another event that happened while Paul was in Ephesus. It is about Jewish exorcists.
|
||
ACT 19 13 fgq4 0 exorcists people who send evil spirits away from people or places
|
||
ACT 19 13 s12u figs-metonymy 0 the name of the Lord Jesus Here "name" refers to Jesus' power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 19 13 d59p 0 By the Jesus whom Paul proclaims "Jesus" was a common name at the time, so these exorcists wanted people to know of whom they spoke.
|
||
ACT 19 13 vqt1 figs-metonymy 0 By the Jesus This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "by the authority of Jesus" or "by the power of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 19 14 cb8p translate-names 0 Sceva This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 19 15 i4a2 0 Jesus I know, and Paul I know "I know Jesus and Paul" or "I know Jesus, and I know Paul"
|
||
ACT 19 15 nsl1 figs-rquestion 0 but who are you? The spirit asked this question to emphasize that the exorcists had no authority over evil spirits. Alternate translation: "but I do not know you!" or "but you have no authority over me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 19 16 ty4x 0 The evil spirit in the man leaped This means that the evil spirit caused the man whom it was controlling to leap on the exorcists.
|
||
ACT 19 16 lu7u 0 exorcists This refers to people who send evil spirits from people or places. See how you translated this in [Acts 19:13](../19/13.md).
|
||
ACT 19 16 b8cb 0 they fled ... naked The exorcists fled with their clothes ripped off them.
|
||
ACT 19 17 j85h figs-activepassive 0 the name of the Lord Jesus was honored This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they honored the name of the Lord Jesus" or "they considered the name of the Lord Jesus to be great" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 19 17 j2hh figs-metonymy 0 the name This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 19 18 tj8t writing-endofstory 0 This ends the story about the Jewish exorcists. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||
ACT 19 19 z9rj 0 brought their books "collected their books." The word "books" refers to scrolls on which magical incantations and formulas were written.
|
||
ACT 19 19 m6nf 0 in the sight of everyone "in front of everyone"
|
||
ACT 19 19 upz3 0 the value of them "the value of the books" or "the value of the scrolls"
|
||
ACT 19 19 u9pi translate-numbers 0 fifty thousand "50,000" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
ACT 19 19 bcv2 translate-bmoney 0 pieces of silver A "piece of silver" was the approximate daily wage for a common laborer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
ACT 19 20 es71 figs-synecdoche 0 So the word of the Lord spread very widely in powerful ways "So because of these powerful deeds, more and more people heard the message about the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 19 21 k1j1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about going Jerusalem but does not leave Ephesus yet.
|
||
ACT 19 21 de4f 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||
ACT 19 21 q18b 0 Paul completed his ministry in Ephesus "Paul completed the work that God had for him to do in Ephesus"
|
||
ACT 19 21 fgq5 0 he decided in the Spirit Possible meanings are 1) Paul decided with the help of the Holy Spirit or 2) Paul decided within his own spirit, which means he made up his mind.
|
||
ACT 19 21 brb7 0 Achaia Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. It was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. See how you translated this in [Acts 18:12](../18/12.md).
|
||
ACT 19 21 rdz4 0 I must also see Rome "I must also travel to Rome"
|
||
ACT 19 22 cy6f translate-names 0 Erastus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 19 22 k35j figs-explicit 0 But he himself stayed in Asia for a while It is made explicit in the next few verses that Paul remains in Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 19 22 uy9x figs-rpronouns 0 he himself This is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
ACT 19 23 y5ae writing-background 0 General Information: Demetrius is introduced to the story. Verse 24 introduces background information about Demetrius. Ephesus had a large temple dedicated to the goddess Artemis, sometimes translated as "Diana." She was a false goddess of fertility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 19 23 l7gz 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about a riot that broke out while Paul was in Ephesus.
|
||
ACT 19 23 kn49 0 there was no small disturbance in Ephesus concerning the Way This is a summary opening statement.
|
||
ACT 19 23 nb3p 0 there was no small disturbance "the people became very upset" See how you translated this in [Acts 12:18](../12/18.md)
|
||
ACT 19 23 rwf2 0 the Way This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated this title in [Acts 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||
ACT 19 24 cg16 writing-participants 0 A certain silversmith named Demetrius The use of the words "a certain" introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
ACT 19 24 nwt7 0 silversmith a craftsman who works with silver metal to make statues and jewelry
|
||
ACT 19 24 v8cb translate-names 0 named Demetrius This is the name of a man. Demetrius was a silversmith in Ephesus who was against Paul and the local church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 19 24 p58m 0 brought in much business "made a lot of money for those who made the idols"
|
||
ACT 19 25 kuz6 0 the workmen of that occupation An occupation is a profession or job. Alternate translation: "others who did that kind of work"
|
||
ACT 19 26 w5z6 0 Connecting Statement: Demetrius continues to speak to the craftsmen.
|
||
ACT 19 26 rm6w 0 You see and hear that "You have come to know and understand that"
|
||
ACT 19 26 rx32 figs-metaphor 0 turned away many people Paul's stopping people from worshiping idols is spoken of as though Paul were literally turning the people in a different direction. Alternate translation: "caused many people to stop worshiping the local gods" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 19 26 z7e7 figs-ellipsis 0 He is saying that there are no gods that are made with hands Here the word "hands" can refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: "He is saying that the idols that people make are not real gods" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 19 27 r1w2 figs-activepassive 0 that our trade will no longer be needed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the people will no longer want to buy idols from us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 19 27 j3bb figs-activepassive 0 the temple of the great goddess Artemis may be considered worthless This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people will think there is no benefit in going to the temple to worship the great goddess Artemis" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 19 27 bqt4 0 she would even lose her greatness Artemis's greatness only comes from what people think of her.
|
||
ACT 19 27 hz7l figs-hyperbole 0 whom all Asia and the world worships This was an exaggeration to show how popular the goddess Artemis was. Here the words "Asia" and "the world" refer to the people in Asia and the known world. Alternate translation: "whom many people in Asia and in other parts of the world worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 19 28 t4lm 0 General Information: Here "they" refers to the craftsmen who made the idols ([Acts 19:24-25](./24.md)).
|
||
ACT 19 28 uc5c figs-metaphor 0 they were filled with anger This speaks of the craftsmen as though they were containers. Here "anger" is spoken of as if it were the contents that fill a container. Alternate translation: "they became very angry" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 19 28 lcx8 0 cried out "shouted aloud" or "shouted loudly"
|
||
ACT 19 29 t7xs figs-metonymy 0 The whole city was filled with confusion Here "city" refers to the people. The city is spoken of as if it were a container. And, "confusion" is spoken of as if it were the contents that filled the container. Alternate translation: "Then people all over the city became upset and started shouting" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 19 29 nt7y 0 the people rushed together This was a mob or near riot situation.
|
||
ACT 19 29 ej3q 0 into the theater The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people.
|
||
ACT 19 29 hjc8 0 Paul's travel companions The men who had been with Paul.
|
||
ACT 19 29 d6r9 translate-names 0 Gaius and Aristarchus These are names of men. Gaius and Aristarchus came from Macedonia but were working with Paul in Ephesus at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 19 30 ii1u 0 General Information: Ephesus was part of the Roman empire and in the province of Asia.
|
||
ACT 19 31 z7ww 0 enter the theater The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people. See how you translated "theater" in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
|
||
ACT 19 33 jr85 translate-names 0 Alexander This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 19 33 j1mi figs-explicit 0 motioned with his hand You can make explicit that Alexander was showing the crowd that he wanted them to be quiet. Alternate translation: "gestured to the crowd to be quiet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 19 33 tlq7 0 to give a defense It is not clear whom or what Alexander wanted to defend. If your language requires this information, it might be best to use a general phrase like "to explain what was going on."
|
||
ACT 19 34 u1hp figs-metaphor 0 with one voice The shouting together of the people at the same time is spoken of as though they were speaking with one voice. Alternate translation: "in unison" or "together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 19 35 fm3m figs-you 0 General Information: The words "You" and "you" refer to all the men present who were from Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
ACT 19 35 pu96 0 Connecting Statement: The clerk of Ephesus speaks to quiet the crowd.
|
||
ACT 19 35 sy9m 0 the town clerk This refers to the town "writer" or "secretary."
|
||
ACT 19 35 sd3s figs-rquestion 0 what man is there who does not know that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper ... heaven? The clerk asked this question to assure the crowd they were right and to comfort them. Alternate translation: "every man knows that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper ... heaven." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 19 35 k8dy figs-litotes 0 who does not know The town clerk uses "not" to emphasize that all of the people knew this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
ACT 19 35 hiw3 0 temple keeper The Ephesian people maintained and guarded the temple of Artemis.
|
||
ACT 19 35 afd1 0 the image which fell down from heaven Within the temple of Artemis was an image of the goddess. It had been fashioned from a meteorite which fell from the sky. People thought that his rock had come directly from Zeus, the ruler of the Greek gods (idols).
|
||
ACT 19 36 r8cf 0 Seeing then that these things are undeniable "Since you know these things"
|
||
ACT 19 36 xj2n 0 do nothing rash "do not do anything before you have had time to think about it"
|
||
ACT 19 36 s67q 0 rash without careful thought
|
||
ACT 19 37 s8a9 0 these men The words "these men" refer to Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul's traveling companions ([Acts 19:29](../19/29.md)).
|
||
ACT 19 38 wgv5 0 Connecting Statement: The town clerk finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||
ACT 19 38 qd4s 0 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true." The town clerk had said in [Acts 19:37](../19/37.md) that Gaius and Aristarchus were not robbers or blasphemers.
|
||
ACT 19 38 zkx5 figs-abstractnouns 0 have an accusation against anyone The word "accusation" can be stated as the verb "accuse." Alternate translation: "want to accuse someone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 19 38 szf7 translate-unknown 0 proconsuls the Roman governor's representatives who made legal decisions in court (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
ACT 19 38 g8tp 0 Let them accuse one another This does not mean Demetrius and those with him will accuse each other. It means this is a place where people in general can speak their accusation. Alternate translation: "There people can accuse one another"
|
||
ACT 19 39 hxh3 0 But if you seek anything about other matters "But if you have other matters to discuss"
|
||
ACT 19 39 wga5 figs-activepassive 0 it shall be settled in the regular assembly This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "let us settle it in the regular assembly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 19 39 et5j 0 the regular assembly This refers to a public gathering of citizens over which the county clerk presided.
|
||
ACT 19 40 sds7 figs-activepassive 0 in danger of being accused concerning this day's riot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "in danger of the Roman authorities accusing us of starting this riot today" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 20 intro u91c 0 # Acts 20 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes Paul's last visits to believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Asia before he went to Jerusalem.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Race<br><br>Paul spoke of living for Jesus as if he were running in a race. By this he meant that he needed to keep working hard even when things were difficult and he wanted to quit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]])<br><br>##### "Compelled by the Spirit"<br><br>Paul thought that the Holy Spirit wanted him to go to Jerusalem even if Paul did not want to go there. The same Holy Spirit told other people that when Paul arrived in Jerusalem, people would try to harm him.<br>
|
||
ACT 20 01 cwq7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul leaves Ephesus and continues his travels.
|
||
ACT 20 01 y5cq 0 After the uproar "After the riot" or "Following the riot"
|
||
ACT 20 01 hr32 0 he said farewell "he said goodbye"
|
||
ACT 20 02 edb8 0 spoken many words of encouragement to them "had greatly encouraged the believers" or "had said many things to encourage the believers"
|
||
ACT 20 03 yxj3 figs-metaphor 0 After he had spent three months there "After he had stayed there three months." This speaks about time as if it were something a person could spend. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 20 03 cit9 figs-activepassive 0 a plot was formed against him by the Jews This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Jews formed a plot against him" or "the Jews formed a secret plan to harm him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 20 03 ah5w figs-synecdoche 0 by the Jews This means only some of the Jews. Alternate translation: "by some of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 20 03 m7na 0 as he was about to sail for Syria "as he was ready to sail for Syria"
|
||
ACT 20 04 y35x figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "him" refers to Paul ([Acts 20:1](../20/01.md)). All instances of "us" and "we" in the verses that follow refer to the writer and Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 20 04 c9et 0 Accompanying him "Traveling with him"
|
||
ACT 20 04 dw6j translate-names 0 Sopater ... Pyrrhus ... Secundus ... Tychicus ... Trophimus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 20 04 w4n1 translate-names 0 Berea ... Derbe These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 20 04 w8j6 0 Aristarchus ... Gaius These are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
|
||
ACT 20 05 itz1 translate-names 0 Troas This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 20 05 kv8t 0 these men had gone before us "these men had traveled ahead of us"
|
||
ACT 20 06 l5dr 0 the days of unleavened bread This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. See how you translated this in [Acts 12:3](../12/03.md).
|
||
ACT 20 07 dnt4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 20:4-6](./04.md))
|
||
ACT 20 07 mbr8 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about Paul's preaching in Troas and about what happened to Eutychus.
|
||
ACT 20 07 zff8 figs-synecdoche 0 to break bread Bread was part of their meals. Possible meanings are 1) this refers simply to eating a meal together. Alternate translation: "eat a meal" or 2) this refers to the meal they would eat together in order to remember Christ's death and resurrection. Alternate translation: "to eat the Lord's Supper" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 20 07 j888 0 he kept speaking "he continued to speak"
|
||
ACT 20 08 ak8z 0 upper room This may have been the third floor house.
|
||
ACT 20 09 hw7b 0 General Information: Here the word "himself" refers to Paul. The first word "he" refers to Paul; the second word "he" refers to the young man, Eutychus. The word "him" refers to Eutychus.
|
||
ACT 20 09 v5q7 0 In the window This was an opening in the wall with a ledge that was wide enough on which a person could sit.
|
||
ACT 20 09 ju64 translate-names 0 Eutychus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 20 09 tsp4 figs-metaphor 0 who fell into a deep sleep This speaks about sleep as if it were a deep hole into which a person could fall. Alternate translation: "who slept soundly" or "who became more and more tired until finally he was sleeping soundly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 20 09 jp89 figs-activepassive 0 third story and was picked up dead When they went down to check his condition, they saw he was dead. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "third story; and when they went to pick him up, they found that he was dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 20 09 kh3h 0 third story This means two floors above the ground floor. If your culture does not count the ground floor, you may state this as the "second story."
|
||
ACT 20 11 av7m 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Paul.
|
||
ACT 20 11 lih8 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Paul's preaching at Troas and about Eutychus.
|
||
ACT 20 11 w5w8 figs-synecdoche 0 broke bread Bread was a common food during meals. Here "break bread" probably means they shared a meal with more kinds of food than just bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 20 11 t88c 0 he left "he went away"
|
||
ACT 20 12 jkj5 0 the boy This refers to Eutychus ([Acts 20:9](../20/09.md)). Possible meanings are 1) he was a young man over 14 years old or 2) he was a boy between 9 and 14 years old or 3) the word "boy" implies that he was a servant or a slave.
|
||
ACT 20 13 dja7 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words "he," "himself," and "him" refer to Paul. Here the word "we" refers to the writer and those traveling with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 20 13 awt9 0 Connecting Statement: The writer Luke, Paul, and his other companions continue their travels; however, Paul goes separately for part of the trip.
|
||
ACT 20 13 w4ew figs-rpronouns 0 We ourselves went The word "ourselves" adds emphasis and separates Luke and his traveling companions from Paul, who did not travel by boat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
ACT 20 13 q4yz translate-names 0 sailed away to Assos Assos is a town located directly below present day Behram in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 20 13 nq2q figs-rpronouns 0 he himself desired Himself is used to emphasize that this is what Paul wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
ACT 20 13 p8y7 0 to go by land "to travel on land"
|
||
ACT 20 14 ju8f translate-names 0 went to Mitylene Mitylene is a town located in present day Mitilini in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 20 15 ll2h figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Paul, the writer, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 20 15 e6va 0 opposite the island "near the island" or "across from the island"
|
||
ACT 20 15 ulk6 translate-names 0 the island of Chios Chios is an island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the Aegean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 20 15 jyr7 0 we touched at the island of Samos "we arrived at the island of Samos"
|
||
ACT 20 15 b6c6 translate-names 0 island of Samos Samos is an island south of Chios in the Aegean Sea off the coast of modern day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 20 15 s7g2 translate-names 0 the city of Miletus Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 20 16 p272 translate-names 0 For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus Paul sailed south past the port city of Ephesus, further south in order to land at Miletus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 20 16 p61e figs-metaphor 0 so that he would not spend any time This speaks about "time" as if it were a commodity that a person could spend or use up. Alternate translation: "so that he would not have to remain for a time" or "so that he would not have a delay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 20 17 nw52 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Paul. The word "our" refers to Paul and the elders to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 20 17 v9al 0 Connecting Statement: Paul calls the elders of the church of Ephesus and begins to speak to them.
|
||
ACT 20 17 l9aj translate-names 0 Miletus Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. See how you translated this in [Acts 20:15](../20/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 20 18 b6li figs-rpronouns 0 You yourselves Here "yourselves" is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
ACT 20 18 vw6n figs-synecdoche 0 I set foot in Asia Here "foot" stands for the entire person. Alternate translation: "I entered Asia" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 20 18 t7zs figs-metaphor 0 how I always spent my time with you This speaks about time as if it were something that a person could spend. Alternate translation: "how I always conducted myself when I was with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 20 19 m8x9 figs-metaphor 0 lowliness of mind This speaks about something humble as if it were low to the ground. The word "mind" stands for a person's inner attitude. Alternate translation: "humility" or "humbleness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 20 19 wh5m figs-metonymy 0 with tears Here "tears" stands for feeling sad and crying. Alternate translation: "I crying as I served the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 20 19 e6k7 0 in sufferings that happened to me "Sufferings" is an abstract noun. The meaning can be expressed as a verb. Alternate Translation: "while I suffered" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||
ACT 20 19 y5iw figs-synecdoche 0 of the Jews This does not mean every Jew. This lets us know who plotted. Alternate translation: "of some of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 20 20 nu7h 0 You know how I did not keep back from declaring to you "You know how I was never silent, but I always declared to you"
|
||
ACT 20 20 kut9 figs-ellipsis 0 from house to house Paul taught people in various private homes. The words "I taught" are understood. Alternate translation: "I also taught when I was in your homes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
ACT 20 21 w7mv figs-abstractnouns 0 about repentance toward God and of faith in our Lord Jesus The abstract nouns "repentance" and "faith" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "that they need to repent before God and believe in our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 20 22 ty3b 0 General Information: Here the word "I" refers to Paul.
|
||
ACT 20 22 vam4 figs-activepassive 0 compelled by the Spirit They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because the Spirit compels me to go there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 20 22 a9j1 0 not knowing what will happen to me there "and I do not know what will happen to me there"
|
||
ACT 20 23 q3ie figs-metonymy 0 chains and sufferings await me Here "chains" refers to Paul's being arrested and put in prison. Alternate translation: "people will put me in prison and cause me to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 20 24 w8d2 figs-metaphor 0 if only I may finish the race and complete the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus This speaks about Paul's "race" and "ministry" as if they are objects that Jesus gives and Paul receives. Here "race" and "ministry" mean basically the same thing. Paul repeats this for emphasis. Alternate translation: "so that I may complete the work that the Lord Jesus has commanded me to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
ACT 20 24 m5gc figs-metaphor 0 finish the race Paul speaks about completing the work that Jesus has commanded him to do as if he were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 20 24 hg3l 0 to testify to the gospel of the grace of God "to tell people the good news about God's grace." This is the ministry that Paul received from Jesus.
|
||
ACT 20 25 f1sb 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to talk to the Ephesian elders ([Acts 20:17](../20/17.md)).
|
||
ACT 20 25 kj9c 0 Now look, I know "Now, pay careful attention, because I know"
|
||
ACT 20 25 z4ng 0 I know that you all "I know that all of you"
|
||
ACT 20 25 aur9 figs-metonymy 0 among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom Here "kingdom" stands for God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "to whom I preached the message about God's reign as king" or "to whom I preached about how God will show himself as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 20 25 cq45 figs-synecdoche 0 will see my face no more The word "face" here represents Paul's physical body. Alternate translation: "will not see me anymore on this earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 20 26 e546 figs-metonymy 0 I am innocent of the blood of any man Here "blood" stands for a person's death, which, in this case, is not physical death but spiritual death when God declares a person guilty of sin. Paul had told them God's truth. Alternate translation: "I am not responsible for anyone whom God judges guilty of sin because they did not trust in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 20 26 v5el figs-gendernotations 0 any man Here this means any person whether male or female. Alternate translation: "any person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
ACT 20 27 qa9y figs-litotes 0 For I did not hold back from declaring to you "For I did not keep silent and not tell you." This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "For I certainly declared to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
ACT 20 28 ddg1 0 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true," referring to all that Paul has said so far in his speech about his leaving them.
|
||
ACT 20 28 u52d figs-metaphor 0 the flock of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers. Be careful to shepherd the church of God Believers are likened to a "flock" of sheep here. Church leaders are entrusted by God with the care of the community of believers just as a shepherd would care for his flock of sheep and protect them from wolves. Alternate translation: "the group of believers the Holy spirit has entrusted to you. Be sure to take care of the church of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 20 28 cx69 figs-metaphor 0 the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood The shedding of the "blood" of Christ here is likened to a payment to God for our sins. Alternate translation: "the people Christ saved from their sins by shedding his blood on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 20 28 hjh6 figs-metonymy 0 his own blood Here "blood" stands for Christ's death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 20 29 ka6u figs-metaphor 0 vicious wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock This is a picture of people who teach false doctrine and who harm the community of believers as though they were wolves that eat the sheep of the flock. Alternate translation: "many enemies will come among you and try to harm the community of believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 20 30 ftf4 figs-metaphor 0 in order to draw away the disciples after them A false teacher convincing believers to start believing his false teaching is spoken of as if he were leading sheep away from the flock to follow him. Alternate translation: "in order to convince people who are disciples of Christ to become his disciples instead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 20 31 q2nl 0 be on guard. Remember "be on guard and remember" or "be on guard as you remember"
|
||
ACT 20 31 ll64 figs-metaphor 0 be on guard "be awake and alert" or "watch out." Christian leaders being alert about anyone that may harm the community of believers is spoken of as if they were guards in an army watching out for the enemy army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 20 31 pvt6 0 Remember that "Continue to remember that" or "Do not forget that"
|
||
ACT 20 31 rt1h figs-hyperbole 0 for three years I did not stop instructing ... night and day Paul did not teach them continuously for three years, but over the space of three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 20 31 hs1m 0 I did not stop instructing "I did not stop warning"
|
||
ACT 20 31 rvh6 figs-metonymy 0 with tears Here "tears" refers to Paul's crying because of the strong emotion of concern he felt while he was warning the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 20 32 ylm3 figs-metonymy 0 I entrust you to God and to the word of his grace Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 20 32 vnb2 0 entrust to give someone else the responsibility of taking care of someone or something
|
||
ACT 20 32 s7rf figs-metaphor 0 which is able to build you up A person's faith becoming stronger is spoken of as if the person were a wall and someone were building him higher and stronger. Alternate translation: "which is able to make become stronger and stronger in your faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 20 32 zvz8 figs-personification 0 to give you the inheritance This speaks about the "word of his grace" as if it were God himself that would give the inheritance to believers. Alternate translation: "God will give you the inheritance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
ACT 20 32 x5jy figs-metaphor 0 the inheritance The blessings that God gives believers is spoken of as if they were money or property that a child inherits from his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 20 33 y6ii 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to the elders of the church of Ephesus; he began to speak them in [Acts 20:18](../20/18.md).
|
||
ACT 20 33 yw8a 0 I coveted no man's silver "I did not desire someone's silver" or "I did not want for myself anyone's silver"
|
||
ACT 20 33 ipq5 0 man's silver, gold, or clothing Clothing was considered a treasure; the more you had, the richer you were.
|
||
ACT 20 34 f5a3 figs-rpronouns 0 You yourselves The word "yourselves" is used here to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
ACT 20 34 ja5v figs-synecdoche 0 these hands served my own needs The word "hands" here represents the entire person. Alternate translation: "I worked to earn money and pay for my own expenses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 20 35 wn8j 0 you should help the weak by working "you should work so as to have money to help people who cannot earn it for themselves"
|
||
ACT 20 35 p3n8 figs-nominaladj 0 the weak You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: "weak persons" or "those who are weak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
ACT 20 35 dpu1 0 weak "sick"
|
||
ACT 20 35 ps2i figs-metonymy 0 the words of the Lord Jesus Here "words" refers to what Jesus has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 20 35 e396 0 It is more blessed to give than to receive This means a person receives the favor of God and experiences more joy when he gives to other people rather than always receiving from other people.
|
||
ACT 20 36 q6bs 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends his time with the elders of the church of Ephesus by praying with them.
|
||
ACT 20 36 u3uc translate-symaction 0 he knelt down and prayed It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. It was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 20 37 pb4r 0 embraced Paul "hugged him closely" or "put their arms around him"
|
||
ACT 20 37 sze4 0 kissed him Kissing someone on the cheek is an expression of brotherly or friendly love in the Middle East.
|
||
ACT 20 38 bs3s figs-synecdoche 0 they would never see his face again The word "face" here represents Paul's physical body. Alternate translation: "will not see me anymore on this earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 21 intro gh1j 0 # Acts 21 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Acts 21:1-19 describes Paul's journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews.<br><br>The last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULT does.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "They are all determined to keep the law"<br><br>The Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that.<br><br>##### Nazarite vow<br>The vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads ([Acts 21:23](../../act/21/23.md)).<br><br>##### Gentiles in the temple<br><br>The Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>##### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens.<br>
|
||
ACT 21 01 s3h3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 21 01 i6f8 0 Connecting Statement: The writer Luke, Paul, and his companions continue their travels.
|
||
ACT 21 01 zz5h 0 we took a straight course to the city of Cos "we went straight to the city of Cos" or "we went directly to the city of Cos"
|
||
ACT 21 01 e5y6 translate-names 0 city of Cos Cos is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 21 01 p6ss translate-names 0 city of Rhodes Rhodes is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region south of Cos and northeast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 21 01 x7kg translate-names 0 city of Patara Patara is a city on the southwest coast of modern day Turkey south of the Aegean Sea in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 21 02 nz9k figs-metonymy 0 When we found a ship crossing over to Phoenicia Here "a ship crossing over" stands for the crew that would sail the ship. Alternate translation: "When we found a ship with a crew sailing over to Phoenicia" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 21 02 vbd3 0 a ship crossing over Here "crossing" does not mean it was presently crossing but that it would be crossing to Phoenicia soon. Alternate translation: "a ship that would be going across the water" or "a ship that would be going"
|
||
ACT 21 03 er3r figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 21 03 vkr2 0 leaving it on the left side of the boat "passed the island on the left" the left is the "port" side of a boat.
|
||
ACT 21 03 hwx8 figs-metonymy 0 where the ship was to unload its cargo Here "ship" stands for the crew that was sailing the ship. Alternate translation: "the crew would unload the cargo from the ship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 21 04 y35m 0 Through the Spirit they kept urging Paul "These believers told Paul what the Holy Spirit had revealed to them." They "urged him over and over."
|
||
ACT 21 05 fe1u 0 General Information: Here the word "They" refers to the believers from Tyre.
|
||
ACT 21 05 a5wj figs-metaphor 0 When our days there were over This speaks about days as if they were something that a person could spend. Alternate translation: "When the seven days were over" or "When it was time to leave" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 21 05 q8xl translate-symaction 0 knelt down on the beach, prayed It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. This was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 21 06 ja1x 0 said farewell to each other "said goodbye to one another"
|
||
ACT 21 07 hy6e figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Luke, Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 21 07 kt6u 0 Connecting Statement: This begins Paul's time in Caesarea.
|
||
ACT 21 07 z4nt translate-names 0 we arrived at Ptolemais Ptolemaic was a city south of Tyre, Lebanon. Ptolemaic is modern day Acre, Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 21 07 ff1s 0 the brothers "fellow believers"
|
||
ACT 21 08 ay52 0 one of the seven The "seven" refers to the men chosen to distribute food and aid to the widows in [Acts 6:5](../06/05.md).
|
||
ACT 21 08 vi48 0 evangelist a person who tells people good news
|
||
ACT 21 09 rcf4 0 this man "Philip" from verse 8.
|
||
ACT 21 09 cv8b writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about Philip and his daughters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 21 09 r1i1 0 four virgin daughters who prophesied "four virgin daughters who regularly received and passed along messages from God"
|
||
ACT 21 10 fe6s figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "we" and "us" refers to Luke, Paul, and those with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 21 10 hx8k 0 Connecting Statement: This tells about a prophecy made about Paul in Caesarea by the prophet Agabus.
|
||
ACT 21 10 n3i8 writing-participants 0 a certain prophet named Agabus This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
ACT 21 10 f9cb translate-names 0 named Agabus Agabus was a man from Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 21 11 i8t2 0 took Paul's belt "removed Paul's belt from Paul's waist"
|
||
ACT 21 11 nq2y figs-quotesinquotes 0 Thus says the Holy Spirit, 'So shall the Jews in Jerusalem tie up ... of the Gentiles.' This is a quotation within a quotation. The inner quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "'The Holy Spirit says that this will be how the Jews in Jerusalem will tie up ... of the Gentiles.' (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
ACT 21 11 i8u7 figs-synecdoche 0 the Jews This does not mean all the Jews, but that these were the people who would do that. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" or "some of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 21 11 zvw8 0 hand him over "deliver him"
|
||
ACT 21 11 s92d figs-metonymy 0 into the hands of the Gentiles The word "hands" here represents control. Alternate translation: "into the legal custody of the Gentiles" or "to the Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 21 11 b59g figs-synecdoche 0 the Gentiles This stands for the authorities among the Gentiles. Alternate translation: "the Gentile authorities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 21 12 fvh4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Luke and the other believers but does not include the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 21 13 uwt2 figs-rquestion 0 What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart Paul asks this question to show the believers they should stop trying to persuade him. Alternate translation: "Stop what you are doing. Your weeping is breaking my heart" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 21 13 bj76 figs-metaphor 0 breaking my heart To make someone sad or to discourage someone is spoken of as if it were a heart being broken. Here "heart" stands for a person's emotions. Alternate translation: "discouraging me" or "making me very sad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 21 13 p5e5 figs-activepassive 0 not only to be tied up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "not only for them to tie me up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 21 13 q35x figs-metonymy 0 for the name of the Lord Jesus Here "name" refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: "for the sake of the Lord Jesus" or "because I believe in the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 21 14 hwc5 figs-activepassive 0 Paul would not be persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul would not allow us to to persuade him" or "We were unable to persuade Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 21 14 zl98 figs-ellipsis 0 persuaded You may need to make explicit what they could not persuade Paul not to do. Alternate translation: "persuaded not to go up to Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
ACT 21 14 as1i figs-activepassive 0 May the will of the Lord be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May everything happen as the Lord has planned it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 21 15 p5fl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, and not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 21 15 p5fl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word "They" refers to some of the disciples from Caesarea.
|
||
ACT 21 15 kd5l 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul's time in Caesarea.
|
||
ACT 21 16 k9kr 0 They brought with them a man "Among them was a man"
|
||
ACT 21 16 zd9i translate-names 0 Mnason, a man from Cyprus Mnason is a man from the island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 21 16 c7r2 0 an early disciple This means Mnason was one of the first to believe in Jesus.
|
||
ACT 21 17 zpa7 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "his" refers to Paul. The word "them" refers to the elders.
|
||
ACT 21 17 wz34 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and his companions arrive in Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 21 17 d3gj figs-gendernotations 0 the brothers welcomed us Here "brothers" refers to the believers in Jerusalem whether male or female. Alternate translation: "the fellow believers welcomed us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
ACT 21 19 bx9e 0 he reported one by one "he gave a detailed account of all"
|
||
ACT 21 20 zks9 0 Connecting Statement: The elders in Jerusalem begin their response to Paul.
|
||
ACT 21 20 a1hk 0 they heard ... they praised ... they said to him Here the word "they" refers to James and the elders. The word "him" refers to Paul.
|
||
ACT 21 20 xki4 0 brother Here "brother" means "fellow believer."
|
||
ACT 21 20 c5pu 0 They are The word "they" refers to Jewish believers who wanted all believing Jews to keep the Jewish laws and customs.
|
||
ACT 21 21 pyg8 figs-explicit 0 They have been told about you ... not to follow the old customs Apparently here there are some Jews that are distorting what Paul is teaching. He does not discourage the Jews from obeying the law of Moses. His message is that circumcision and the other customs are not necessary for Jesus to save them. You can make explicit that the leaders of the Jewish believers in Jerusalem knew that Paul was teaching God's true message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 21 21 e5s4 figs-activepassive 0 They have been told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People have told the Jewish believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 21 21 sdl3 figs-metonymy 0 to abandon Moses Here "Moses" stands for the law of Moses. Alternate translation: "to stop obeying the laws that Moses gave us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 21 21 knt4 figs-metaphor 0 not to follow the old customs To obey the old customs is spoken of as if the customs were leading them and the people follow behind. Alternate translation: "not to obey the old customs" or "not to practice the old customs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 21 21 u56t 0 the old customs "the customs that Jews normally do"
|
||
ACT 21 22 b28b figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to James and the elders ([Acts 21:18](../21/18.md)). The word "They" refers to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses ([Acts 21:20-21](./20.md)). The words "them," "their," and the first "they" refer to the four men who made a vow. The second words "they" and "They" refer to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 21 23 b22r 0 four men who made a vow "four men who made a promise to God." This was the kind of vow where a person would not drink alcohol or cut his hair until the end of a set period of time.
|
||
ACT 21 24 km4w figs-explicit 0 Take these men and purify yourself with them They had to make themselves ritually pure so they could worship in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 21 24 c3ap figs-explicit 0 pay their expenses for them "pay for what they will need." The expenses would go toward buying a male and female lamb, a ram, and grain and drink offerings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 21 24 abq6 translate-symaction 0 they may shave their heads This was a sign that the person had completed what they promised God they would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 21 24 nu9v figs-activepassive 0 the things they have been told about you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that people are saying about you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 21 24 sv6i figs-metaphor 0 follow the law This speaks of obeying the law as if the law were a leader and the people follow behind it. Alternate translation: "obey the law" or "live a life that conforms to the law of Moses and other Jewish customs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 21 25 c4kl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to James and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 21 25 cqm9 0 Connecting Statement: James and the elders in Jerusalem finish their request to Paul ([Acts 21:18](../21/18.md)).
|
||
ACT 21 25 a35u figs-explicit 0 they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols, from blood, from what is strangled All of these are rules about what they can eat. They are forbidden to eat meat of animals sacrificed to an idol, meat with blood still in it, and meat from a strangled animal because it would still have blood in the meat. See how you translated similar phrases in [Acts 15:20](../15/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 21 25 bpb5 figs-activepassive 0 they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they stay away from the meat of an animal that someone sacrificed to an idol" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 21 25 wjd2 figs-explicit 0 from what is strangled This can be stated in active form. You can also state explicitly the assumed information about strangled animals. Alternate translation: "from animals that a person has strangled" or "from animals that a person killed for food but did not drain its blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 21 26 cr14 0 took the men These are the 4 men who made a vow.
|
||
ACT 21 26 s8z9 0 purifying himself with them Before entering the temple area the Jews were required to be ceremonially or ritually clean. This cleansing had to do with Jews having contact with Gentiles.
|
||
ACT 21 26 xu9r figs-synecdoche 0 went into the temple They did not go into the temple itself where only the high priest was allowed to enter. They entered the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: "went into the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 21 26 pvy3 0 the days of purification This is a separate purification process from the purification process which they were required to fulfill in order to enter the temple area.
|
||
ACT 21 26 gc23 figs-activepassive 0 until the offering was offered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "until they presented the animals for an offering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 21 27 l3bg 0 General Information: Verse 29 gives background information about the Jews from Asia.
|
||
ACT 21 27 p4gi 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the story of Paul's arrest.
|
||
ACT 21 27 j9zm 0 the seven days These are the seven days for purification.
|
||
ACT 21 27 k4l1 figs-synecdoche 0 in the temple Paul was not in the temple itself. He was in the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: "in the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 21 27 u942 figs-metaphor 0 stirred up the whole crowd Inciting people to become very angry at Paul is spoken of as if they stirred up the crowd's emotions. Alternate translation: "caused a large number of people to be very angry at Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 21 27 mks6 figs-idiom 0 laid hands on him Here "laid hands on" means to "seize" or to "grab." See how you translated "laid hands on" in [Acts 5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: "grabbed Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 21 28 sfg3 0 the people, the law, and this place "the people of Israel, the law of Moses, and the temple"
|
||
ACT 21 28 jc9q figs-explicit 0 Besides, he has also brought Greeks into the temple Only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 21 29 t2z7 writing-background 0 For they had previously ... into the temple This is background information. Luke is explaining why the Jews from Asia thought Paul brought a Greek into the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 21 29 h1uu 0 Trophimus This was a Greek man that they accused Paul of having brought into the inner temple area that was only for Jews. See how you translated his name in [Acts 20:4](../20/04.md).
|
||
ACT 21 30 upl8 figs-hyperbole 0 All the city was excited The word "All" here is an exaggeration for emphasis. The word "city" represents the people in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "Many people in the city became angry at Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 21 30 x2sx 0 laid hold of Paul "seized Paul" or "grabbed Paul"
|
||
ACT 21 30 xd6r figs-explicit 0 the doors were immediately shut They shut the doors so that there would not be rioting in the temple area. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Some of the Jews immediately shut the temple doors" or "The temple guards immediately shut the doors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 21 31 d6vt figs-metonymy 0 news came up to the chief captain of the guard Here "news" refers to the messenger who went to speak the news. Alternate translation: "someone gave news to the chief captain of the guard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 21 31 hu5r 0 news came up to the chief captain The phrase "came up to" is used because the chief captain was in a fortress connected to the temple that was higher in elevation than the temple courtyard.
|
||
ACT 21 31 p85a 0 the chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||
ACT 21 31 u65r figs-hyperbole 0 all Jerusalem was in an uproar The word "Jerusalem" here represents the people of Jerusalem. The word "all" is an exaggeration to show a large crowd was upset. Alternate translation: "a lot of people in Jerusalem were in an uproar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 21 32 j81t 0 General Information: The first word "he" and the word "He" refer to the chief captain of the guard mentioned in [Acts 21:31](../21/31.md).
|
||
ACT 21 32 dgz5 0 ran down From the fortress, there are stairs going down into the court.
|
||
ACT 21 32 e4rj 0 the chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||
ACT 21 33 w28u 0 laid hold of Paul "took hold of Paul" or "arrested Paul"
|
||
ACT 21 33 zi4l figs-activepassive 0 commanded him to be bound This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "commanded his soldiers to bind him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 21 33 xd9w 0 with two chains This means they bound Paul to two Roman soldiers, one on each side of him.
|
||
ACT 21 33 y6zw figs-quotations 0 he asked who he was and what he had done. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "He asked, 'Who is this man? What has he done?'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
ACT 21 33 fi22 0 he asked who he was The chief captain is speaking to the crowd, not to Paul.
|
||
ACT 21 34 pci2 figs-ellipsis 0 and others another The words "were shouting" are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "and others were shouting another" or "and others in the crowd were shouting something else" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
ACT 21 34 k35e 0 the captain This was a military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers.
|
||
ACT 21 34 qcc6 figs-activepassive 0 he ordered that Paul be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he ordered his soldiers to bring Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 21 34 w2qj 0 into the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court.
|
||
ACT 21 35 h9n7 figs-activepassive 0 When he came to the steps, he was carried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When Paul came to the steps of the fortress, the soldiers carried him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 21 36 kax6 figs-euphemism 0 Away with him The crowd is using somewhat milder and less exact language to ask for Paul's death. Alternate translation: "Put him to death" or "Kill him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
ACT 21 37 j9xk figs-activepassive 0 As Paul was about to be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "As the soldiers were ready to bring Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 21 37 qp63 0 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||
ACT 21 37 inl1 0 the chief captain a Roman military officer of about 600 soldiers
|
||
ACT 21 37 p5cd figs-rquestion 0 The captain said, "Do you speak Greek? The chief captain uses this questions to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Alternate translation: "So you speak Greek." or "I didn't know you spoke Greek." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 21 38 xx2w figs-rquestion 0 Are you not then the Egyptian ... wilderness? The chief captain uses this question and the question "Do you speak Greek?" (verse 37) to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Possible meanings are 1) as in ULT, the chief captain believes that even though Paul speaks Greek, Paul is the Egyptian. "Even though you speak Greek, I still think you are the Egyptian ... wilderness." 2) Because Paul speaks Greek, the chief captain thinks that perhaps Paul is not the Egyptian. "So you speak Greek. Perhaps I was wrong to think you were that Egyptian ... wilderness." It is best to retain the questions if the reader can infer one of the two meanings from them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 21 38 nxs6 figs-explicit 0 Are you not then the Egyptian Shortly before Paul's visit, an unnamed man from Egypt had launched a revolt against Rome in Jerusalem. Later he escaped into the wilderness and the commander wonders if Paul might be the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 21 38 lwi4 figs-abstractnouns 0 started a rebellion This word "rebellion" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "caused people to rebel against the Roman government" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 21 38 tqh6 translate-numbers 0 the four thousand men "the 4,000 terrorists" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
ACT 21 38 p2ym 0 Assassins This refers to a group of Jewish rebels who killed Romans and anyone who supported Romans.
|
||
ACT 21 39 t6ax 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to defend what he did.
|
||
ACT 21 39 ys84 0 I ask you "I beg you" or "I plead with you"
|
||
ACT 21 39 a139 0 allow me "please allow me" or please permit me"
|
||
ACT 21 40 qp2q figs-abstractnouns 0 the captain had given him permission The word "permission" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "the captain permitted Paul to speak" or "the captain allowed Paul to speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 21 40 a4y2 0 Paul stood on the steps The word "steps" here refers to the steps on the stairway to the fortress.
|
||
ACT 21 40 rk1y figs-explicit 0 motioned with the hand to the people It can be stated explicitly why Paul motioned with the hand. Alternate translation: "motioned with his hand for the people to be quiet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 21 40 xj6i 0 When there was a deep silence "When the people were completely silent"
|
||
ACT 22 intro gq5g 0 # Acts 22 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the second account of Paul's conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul's conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 26](../26/01.md))<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "In the Hebrew language"<br><br>Most Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.<br><br>##### "The Way"<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers "followers of the Way." This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or "way." If this is true, the believers were "following the way of the Lord" by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>##### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The "chief captain" could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.<br>
|
||
ACT 22 01 kq95 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 2 gives background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 22 01 a8ir 0 Connecting Statement: Paul speaks to the Jewish crowd in Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 22 01 xe46 0 Brothers and fathers This is a polite way of addressing men who are Paul's age as well as the older men in the audience.
|
||
ACT 22 01 pe8t 0 I will now make to you "I will now explain to you" or "I will now present to you"
|
||
ACT 22 02 b4sk 0 the Hebrew language The Hebrew language was the language of the Jews.
|
||
ACT 22 03 g311 figs-activepassive 0 but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but I was a student of rabbi Gamaliel here in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 22 03 d4dx figs-metonymy 0 at the feet of Gamaliel Here "feet" stands for the place where a student would sit while learning from a teacher. Alternate translation: "by Gamaliel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 22 03 b1dq 0 Gamaliel Gamaliel was one of the most prominent teachers of the Jewish law. See how you translated this name in [Acts 5:34](../05/34.md).
|
||
ACT 22 03 iz4g figs-activepassive 0 I was instructed according to the strict ways of the law of our fathers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "He instructed me how to carefully obey every law of our forefathers" or "The instruction I received followed the exact details of the law of our forefathers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 22 03 lqk7 0 law of our fathers "law of our ancestors." This refers to the law that God gave to the people of Israel through Moses.
|
||
ACT 22 03 a8d6 0 I am zealous for God "I am completely dedicated to obeying God" or "I am passionate about my service to God"
|
||
ACT 22 03 dbl4 0 just as all of you are today "in the same way all of you are today." Paul compares himself with the crowd.
|
||
ACT 22 04 jy3z figs-metonymy 0 I persecuted this Way Here "this Way" represents the people who belonged to the group called "the Way." Alternate translation: "I persecuted the people who belonged to this Way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 22 04 bk4c 0 this Way This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated "the Way" in [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md).
|
||
ACT 22 04 dr8c figs-abstractnouns 0 to the death The word "death" can be translated with the verb "kill" or "die." Alternate translation: "and I looked for ways to kill them" or "and I even caused them to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 22 04 zd2r 0 binding up and delivering them to prison both men and women "tying up both men and women and taking them to prison"
|
||
ACT 22 05 v2km 0 can bear witness "can testify" or "can tell you"
|
||
ACT 22 05 i45u 0 I received letters from them "The high priests and elders gave me letters"
|
||
ACT 22 05 in72 0 for the brothers in Damascus Here "brothers" refers to "fellow Jews."
|
||
ACT 22 05 y82b 0 to bring them back in bonds to Jerusalem "They ordered me to bind with chains those of the Way and bring them back to Jerusalem"
|
||
ACT 22 05 ht9f figs-activepassive 0 in order for them to be punished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "in order that they may receive punishment" or "in order that the Jewish authorities could punish them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 22 06 pe9s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul describes his encounter with Jesus.
|
||
ACT 22 06 w4l7 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||
ACT 22 07 d6nd figs-synecdoche 0 heard a voice say to me Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "I heard someone say to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 22 09 h95h figs-synecdoche 0 they did not understand the voice of him who spoke to me Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "they did not understand what the one who spoke to me was saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 22 10 a91a figs-activepassive 0 there you will be told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "there someone will tell you" or "there you will find out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 22 11 n1kb 0 I could not see because of that light's brightness "I was left blind because of that light's brightness"
|
||
ACT 22 11 n2n1 figs-synecdoche 0 being led by the hands of those who were with me, I came into Damascus Here "hands" stands for those leading Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those with me guided me into Damascus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 22 12 a17q 0 General Information: The words "He" and "him" refer to Ananias.
|
||
ACT 22 12 h5bh translate-names 0 Ananias Though this is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md), you may translate it the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 22 12 z1g3 0 devout man according to the law Ananias was very serious about following God's law.
|
||
ACT 22 12 e7uw figs-activepassive 0 well spoken of by all the Jews who lived there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Jews who lived there spoke well of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 22 13 un4g 0 Brother Saul Here "Brother" is a polite way to address someone. Alternate translation: "My friend Saul"
|
||
ACT 22 13 x3kc figs-abstractnouns 0 receive your sight The word"sight" can be translated with the verb "see." Alternate translation: "see again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 22 13 se47 figs-idiom 0 In that very hour This was a customary way of saying something happened immediately. Alternate translation: "At that instant" or "Instantly" or "Immediately" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 22 14 v2i7 0 General Information: The word "he" refers to Ananias ([Acts 22:12](../22/12.md)).
|
||
ACT 22 14 k3ck 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes telling what had happened to him in Damascus. He quotes what Ananias said to him. This is still part of his speech to the crowd in Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 22 14 k417 0 his will "what God is planning and will cause to happen"
|
||
ACT 22 14 dg8q figs-synecdoche 0 to hear the voice coming from his own mouth Both "voice" and "mouth" refer to the one speaking. Alternate translation: "to hear him speak directly to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 22 15 i5q8 figs-gendernotations 0 to all men Here "men" means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: "to all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
ACT 22 16 bhg9 0 Now Here "now" does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||
ACT 22 16 mmx9 figs-rquestion 0 why are you waiting? This question was asked to exhort Paul to be baptized. Alternate translation: "Do not wait!" or "Do not delay!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 22 16 lt2i figs-activepassive 0 be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "let me baptize you" or "receive baptism" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 22 16 zr5p figs-metaphor 0 wash away your sins As washing one's body removes dirt, calling on the name of Jesus for forgiveness cleanses one's inner being from sin. Alternate translation: "ask forgiveness for your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 22 16 g5dq 0 calling on his name Here "name" refers to the Lord. Alternate translation: "calling on the Lord" or "trusting in the Lord"
|
||
ACT 22 17 znq6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell the crowd about his vision of Jesus.
|
||
ACT 22 17 its2 0 it happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||
ACT 22 17 yr9l figs-activepassive 0 I was given a vision This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I had a vision" or "God gave me a vision" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 22 18 jy2c 0 I saw him say to me "I saw Jesus as he said to me"
|
||
ACT 22 18 qul6 0 they will not accept your testimony about me "those who live in Jerusalem will not believe what you tell them about me"
|
||
ACT 22 19 q5cl 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the non-believing Jews in Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 22 19 p7gz 0 Connecting Statement: This ends what Paul was able to say to the crowd of Jewish people by the fortress.
|
||
ACT 22 19 im4n figs-rpronouns 0 they themselves know The word "themselves" is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
ACT 22 19 da1e 0 in every synagogue Paul went to synagogues to find Jews who believed in Jesus.
|
||
ACT 22 20 y7t1 figs-metonymy 0 the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled Here "blood" stands for Stephen's life. To spill blood means to kill. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they killed Stephen who testified about you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 22 22 fj9x 0 General Information: Here the words "him" and the first two words "he" refer to Paul. The word "He" and the last "he" refer to the chief captain.
|
||
ACT 22 22 ta8z 0 Away with such a fellow from the earth The phrase "from the earth" adds emphasis to "Away with such a fellow." Alternate translation: "Kill him"
|
||
ACT 22 23 ylr7 0 As they were "While they were." The phrase "As they were" is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time.
|
||
ACT 22 23 b6a7 translate-symaction 0 throwing off their cloaks, and throwing dust into the air These actions show that the Jews there are outraged because they feel Paul has spoken against God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
ACT 22 24 x7zv 0 chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||
ACT 22 24 h6gp figs-activepassive 0 commanded Paul to be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "ordered his soldiers to bring Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 22 24 sth6 0 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||
ACT 22 24 pz47 figs-activepassive 0 He ordered that he should be questioned with scourging The commander wants Paul tortured by whipping him to ensure he tells the truth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "He ordered his soldiers to whip Paul to force him to tell the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 22 24 e7fp figs-rpronouns 0 that he himself The word "himself" is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
ACT 22 25 ar63 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the soldiers.
|
||
ACT 22 25 st4k 0 the thongs These were strips of leather or animal hide.
|
||
ACT 22 25 yjw3 figs-rquestion 0 Is it lawful for you to scourge a man who is a Roman and who has not been put on trial? Paul uses this question to make the centurion check the validity of having his soldiers whip Paul. Alternate translation: "It is not lawful for you to whip a man who is a Roman and who was not given his legal right to a trial!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 22 26 pca7 figs-rquestion 0 What are you about to do? This question is used to urge the commander to reconsider his plan to whip Paul. Alternate translation: "You should not do this!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 22 27 pe31 0 General Information: Here the word "him" refers to Paul.
|
||
ACT 22 27 e69y figs-go 0 The chief captain came Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||
ACT 22 28 dr2w 0 It was only with a large amount of money "It was only after I paid a lot of money to the Roman authorities." The captain makes this statement because he knows how hard it is to become a Roman citizen, and he suspects Paul is not telling truth.
|
||
ACT 22 28 r79c figs-abstractnouns 0 I acquired citizenship "I got citizenship." The word "citizenship" is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: "I became a citizen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 22 28 rly1 0 I was born a Roman citizen If the father is a Roman citizen, then his children become Roman citizens automatically when they are born.
|
||
ACT 22 29 ii8p 0 the men who were going to question "the men who planned to question" or "the men who were preparing to question"
|
||
ACT 22 30 g33i 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to the chief captain.
|
||
ACT 22 30 np3d 0 chief captain a military officer of about 600 soldiers
|
||
ACT 22 30 kx58 figs-metonymy 0 So he untied his bonds Possibly the "chief officer" stands for the chief officers' soldiers. Alternate translation: "So the chief captain ordered his soldiers to untie Paul's bonds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 22 30 c5ia 0 he brought Paul down From the fortress, there is a stairway going down to the temple courts.
|
||
ACT 23 intro gbw5 0 # Acts 23 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 23:5.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Resurrection of the dead<br><br>The Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>##### "Called a curse"<br><br>Some Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do.<br><br>##### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The "chief captain" could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Whitewash<br><br>This is a common metaphor in Scripture for appearing to be good or clean or righteous when one is evil or unclean or unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||
ACT 23 01 z2sq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul stands before the chief priests and the council members ([Acts 22:30](../22/30.md)).
|
||
ACT 23 01 jru4 0 Brothers Here this means "Fellow Jews."
|
||
ACT 23 01 nn2q 0 I have lived before God in all good conscience until this day "I know that even to this day I have done what God has wanted me to do"
|
||
ACT 23 02 yz4n translate-names 0 Ananias This is the name of a man. Though this is the same name, this not the same Ananias as in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md) nor the same Ananias as in [Acts 9:10](../09/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 23 03 igq4 figs-metaphor 0 whitewashed wall This refers to a wall that was painted white to make it look clean. Paul told Ananias that just as a wall can be painted to look clean so Ananias appeared to look morally clean, but he was really full of evil intent. Alternate translation: "whitepainted wall" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 23 03 un7g figs-rquestion 0 Are you sitting to judge ... against the law? Paul uses a question to point out Ananias' hypocrisy. Alternate translation: "You sit there to judge ... against the law." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 23 03 m6nb figs-activepassive 0 order me to be struck This can be stated in active form. You can use the same word for "strike" as you did in the phrase "God will strike you." Alternate translation: "command people to strike me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 23 04 lkh8 figs-rquestion 0 Is this how you insult God's high priest? The men use this question to scold Paul for what he has said in [Acts 23:3](../23/03.md). Alternate translation: "Do not insult God's high priest!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 23 05 e8lg figs-explicit 0 For it is written Paul is about to quote what Moses wrote in the law. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For Moses wrote in the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 23 06 pbe1 0 Brothers Here "Brothers" means "Fellow Jews"
|
||
ACT 23 06 as3f 0 a son of Pharisees Here "son" means he is the literal son of a Pharisee and also the descendant of Pharisees. Alternate translation: "and my father and forefathers were Pharisees"
|
||
ACT 23 06 iz18 figs-abstractnouns 0 the resurrection of the dead that I The word "resurrection" can be stated as "come back to life." The word "dead" can be stated as "those who have died." Alternate translation: "those who have died will come back to life, I" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
ACT 23 06 ys5k figs-activepassive 0 I am being judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are judging me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 23 07 abs3 0 the crowd was divided "the people in the crowd strongly disagreed with one another"
|
||
ACT 23 08 gl1s writing-background 0 For the Sadducees ... but the Pharisees This is background information about the Sadducees and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 23 09 eaf1 0 So a large uproar occurred "So they began shouting loudly at one another." The word "so" marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is Paul's stating his belief in the resurrection.
|
||
ACT 23 09 ayr8 figs-hypo 0 What if a spirit or an angel has spoken to him? The Pharisees are rebuking the Sadducees by affirming that spirits and angels do exist and can speak to people. Alternate translation: "Maybe a spirit or an angel has spoken with him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
ACT 23 10 dr1d figs-abstractnouns 0 When there arose a great argument The words "a great argument" can be re-stated as "argue violently." Alternate translation: "When they began to argue violently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 23 10 s65i 0 chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||
ACT 23 10 f568 figs-activepassive 0 Paul would be torn to pieces by them This can be stated in active form. The phrase "be torn to pieces" might be an exaggeration of how the people might harm Paul. Alternate translation: "they might tear Paul to pieces" or "they would cause Paul great physical harm" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 23 10 man3 0 take him by force "use physical force to take him away"
|
||
ACT 23 10 ap3c 0 into the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||
ACT 23 11 i9w5 0 The following night This means the night after the day Paul went before the council. Alternate translation: "That night"
|
||
ACT 23 11 r4q4 figs-ellipsis 0 bear witness in Rome The words "about me" are understood. Alternate translation: "bear witness about me in Rome" or "testify about me in Rome" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
ACT 23 12 fm3y 0 Connecting Statement: While Paul was in the prison at the fortress, the disbelieving religious Jews vow to kill him.
|
||
ACT 23 12 klb4 0 formed a conspiracy "organized a group with a shared purpose" here, to kill Paul.
|
||
ACT 23 12 g3sj figs-abstractnouns 0 called a curse down upon themselves with an oath The noun "curse" can be translated as a verb. It can also be made explicit what would cause them to be cursed. Alternate translation: "asked God to curse them if they did not do what they promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 23 13 f1u2 translate-numbers 0 forty men "40 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
ACT 23 13 u5s5 0 who formed this conspiracy "who made this plan" or "who planned to kill Paul"
|
||
ACT 23 14 zb6w figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "They" refers to the forty Jews in [Acts 23:13](../23/13.md). Here "you" is plural and refers to the chief priests and elders. Both "us" and "we" refer to the forty Jews who planned to kill Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 23 14 ur73 figs-metaphor 0 We have put ourselves under a great curse, to eat nothing until we have killed Paul To make a vow and to ask God to curse them if they do not fulfill their vow is spoken of as if the curse were an object that they carry on their shoulders. Alternate translation: "We have sworn to eat nothing until we have killed Paul. We asked God to curse us if we do not do what we promised to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 23 15 w418 0 Now, therefore "Because what we have just said is true" or "Because we have put ourselves under this curse"
|
||
ACT 23 15 q9e6 0 Now This does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||
ACT 23 15 q9mb 0 bring him down to you "bring Paul from the fortress to meet with you"
|
||
ACT 23 15 m133 0 as if you would decide his case more precisely "as though you want to learn more about what Paul has done"
|
||
ACT 23 16 d7cy 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Paul's nephew. The word "him" refers to the chief captain.
|
||
ACT 23 16 w6fe 0 Paul's sister's son "the son of Paul's sister" or "Paul's nephew"
|
||
ACT 23 16 pj5h 0 they were lying in wait "they were ready to ambush Paul" or "they were waiting to kill Paul"
|
||
ACT 23 16 a5hx 0 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||
ACT 23 18 lzf3 0 Paul the prisoner called me to him "Paul the prisoner asked me to come talk with him"
|
||
ACT 23 18 ju2b 0 this young man Since the chief captain calls him a young man, this suggests Paul's nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old.
|
||
ACT 23 19 yp12 0 chief captain took him by the hand Since the chief captain took the young man by the hand and calls him a young man (verse 18), this suggests Paul's nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old.
|
||
ACT 23 20 uv6r figs-synecdoche 0 The Jews have agreed This does not mean all Jews, but all of the group that was there. Alternate translation: "Some of the Jews have agreed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 23 20 wp5d 0 to bring down Paul "to bring Paul down from the fortress"
|
||
ACT 23 20 fev5 0 they were going to ask more precisely about his case "they want to learn more about what Paul has done"
|
||
ACT 23 21 vdr5 translate-numbers 0 forty men "40 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
ACT 23 21 i2k9 0 lying in wait for him "ready to ambush Paul" or "ready to kill Paul"
|
||
ACT 23 21 r695 0 They have called a curse down on themselves, neither to eat nor to drink until they have killed him "They have sworn to eat or drink nothing until they have killed Paul. And they asked God to curse them if they do not do what they promised to do"
|
||
ACT 23 22 av3g 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers the chief captain.
|
||
ACT 23 22 av3g 0 General Information: Felix, who resided at Caesarea, was the roman governor of the area.
|
||
ACT 23 23 wk7k 0 he called to him "he called to himself"
|
||
ACT 23 23 q741 translate-numbers 0 two of the centurions "2 of the centurions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
ACT 23 23 b7z3 translate-numbers 0 seventy horsemen "70 horsemen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
ACT 23 23 mgi9 translate-numbers 0 two hundred spearmen "200 soldiers that are armed with spears" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
ACT 23 23 kg8s 0 third hour of the night This was about 9:00 p.m. at night.
|
||
ACT 23 25 vg8x 0 General Information: The chief captain writes a letter to Governor Felix about the arrest of Paul.
|
||
ACT 23 25 vg8x translate-names 0 General Information: Claudius Lysias is the name of the chief captain. Governor Felix was the Roman governor over the whole region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 23 26 zf93 figs-123person 0 Claudius Lysias to the most excellent Governor Felix, greetings This is a formal introduction to the letter. The chief captain begins by referring to himself. You can translate it in the first person. The words "am writing" are understood. Alternate translation: "I, Claudius Lysias, am writing to you, the most excellent Governor Felix. Greetings to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
ACT 23 26 u2ih 0 to the most excellent Governor Felix "to Governor Felix who deserves greatest honors"
|
||
ACT 23 27 zr7l figs-synecdoche 0 This man was arrested by the Jews Here "Jews" means "some of the Jews." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Some of the Jews arrested this man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 23 27 ha13 figs-activepassive 0 was about to be killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they were ready to kill Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 23 27 v78t 0 I came upon them with soldiers "I with my soldiers arrived at the place where Paul and these Jews were"
|
||
ACT 23 28 lb1a 0 General Information: Here the word "I" refers to Claudius Lysias, the chief captain.
|
||
ACT 23 28 lb1a 0 General Information: The word "they" refers to the group of Jews who accused Paul.
|
||
ACT 23 28 lb1a figs-you 0 General Information: The word "you" is singular and refers to Governor Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
ACT 23 28 pmq7 0 Connecting Statement: The chief captain ends his letter to Governor Felix.
|
||
ACT 23 29 zt4f figs-activepassive 0 that he was being accused about questions concerning This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that they were accusing him of questions about" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 23 29 wsh2 figs-abstractnouns 0 but that there was no accusation against him that deserved death or imprisonment The abstract nouns "accusation," "death," and "imprisonment" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "but nobody accused him of anything that should cause Roman authorities to kill him or to send him to prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 23 30 i2ji figs-activepassive 0 Then it was made known to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Later I learned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 23 31 ifs1 translate-names 0 General Information: Here the first word "him" refers to Paul; the second use of the word "him" refers to Governor Felix. Antipatris was a city built by Herod in honor of his father, Antipater. It stood at a site located today in central Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 23 31 s9rf 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul's time under arrest in Jerusalem and begins his time of arrest in Caesarea with Governor Felix.
|
||
ACT 23 31 ny4k 0 So the soldiers obeyed their orders The word "so" marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is the chief captain's commanding the soldiers to escort Paul.
|
||
ACT 23 31 ptv4 0 They took Paul and brought him by night Here "brought" can be translated as "took." Alternate translation: "They got Paul and took him at night"
|
||
ACT 23 34 u44w 0 General Information: Here the first and second words "he" refer to Governor Felix, the third word "he" and the word "him" refer to Paul, and the last word "he" refers to Governor Felix. The words "you" and your" refer to Paul.
|
||
ACT 23 34 dtx1 figs-quotations 0 he asked what province Paul was from. When This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "he asked Paul, 'What province are you from?' When" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
ACT 23 35 dwv2 figs-quotations 0 he said This sentence, which begins with the words "When he learned" in verse 43, can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "Paul said, 'I am from Cilicia.' Then the governor said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
ACT 23 35 uji1 0 I will hear you fully "I will listen to all you have to say"
|
||
ACT 23 35 mga2 0 he commanded him to be kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he commanded soldiers to keep him" or "commanded soldiers to restrain him"
|
||
ACT 24 intro j74u 0 # Acts 24 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Respect<br><br>Both the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Governmental leaders<br><br>The words "governor," "commander," and "centurion" may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])<br>
|
||
ACT 24 01 qw1r figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" refers to Felix, the governor. Here "we" refers to the citizens under Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 24 01 bc8k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul is on trial in Caesarea. Tertullus presents Governor Felix with the charges against Paul.
|
||
ACT 24 01 e8rp 0 After five days "five days after the Roman soldiers took Paul to Caesarea"
|
||
ACT 24 01 n9gu translate-names 0 Ananias This is the name of a man. This is not the same Ananias as in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md) nor the same Ananias as in [Acts 9:10](../09/10.md). See how you translated this in [Acts 23:1](../23/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 24 01 f3vx 0 an orator "a lawyer." Tertullus was an expert in Roman law who was there to accuse Paul in court.
|
||
ACT 24 01 xm6c translate-names 0 Tertullus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 24 01 q7wj 0 went there "went to Caesarea where Paul was"
|
||
ACT 24 01 nq9x 0 before the governor "in the presence of the governor who was judge in the court"
|
||
ACT 24 01 zm5e 0 brought charges against Paul "began to argue the case before the governor that Paul had broken the law."
|
||
ACT 24 02 e6zg figs-exclusive 0 we have great peace Here "we" refers to the citizens under Felix. Alternate translation: "we, the people that you govern, have great peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 24 02 sv8c 0 and your foresight brings good reform to our nation "and your planning has greatly improved our nation"
|
||
ACT 24 03 r5jl 0 so with all thankfulness we welcome everything that you do The word "thankfulness" is an abstract noun. It can be stated as an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: "so we are very thankful and we welcome everything that you do" or "so we thank you very much and welcome everything that you do" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnoun)
|
||
ACT 24 03 q3fj 0 most excellent Felix "Governor Felix who deserves greatest honor" Felix was the roman governor over the whole region. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 23:25](../23/25.md).
|
||
ACT 24 04 tyq8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word "we" refers to Ananias, certain elders, and Tertullus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 24 04 jww2 0 So that I detain you no more Possible meanings are 1) "so that I will not take up too much of your time" or 2) "so that I will not tire you"
|
||
ACT 24 04 xfm5 0 briefly listen to me with kindness "kindly listen to my short speech"
|
||
ACT 24 05 i1qs figs-metaphor 0 this man to be a pest This speaks of Paul as if he were a plague that spreads from one person to another. Alternate translation: "this man to be a trouble maker" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 24 05 k1v1 figs-hyperbole 0 all the Jews throughout the world The word "all" here is probably an exaggeration used to strengthen their accusation against Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 24 05 zg4a figs-explicit 0 He is a leader of the Nazarene sect The phrase "Nazarene sect" is another name for the Christians. Alternate translation: "He also leads the entire group whom people call the followers of the Nazarene" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 24 05 n6zb 0 sect This is a smaller group of people within a larger group group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism.
|
||
ACT 24 07 ujn8 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" is singular and refers to Governor Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
ACT 24 07 xkr4 0 Connecting Statement: Tertullus finishes presenting the charges against Paul before Governor Felix.
|
||
ACT 24 08 e26a 0 to learn about these charges we are bringing against him "to learn whether or not these charges that we bring against him are true" or "to learn whether or not he is guilty of the things we accuse him of"
|
||
ACT 24 09 rq5f figs-synecdoche 0 The Jews This refers to the Jewish leaders who were there at Paul's trial. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 24 10 my1c 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the Jews who were accusing Paul.
|
||
ACT 24 10 ict8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul responds to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.
|
||
ACT 24 10 s92a 0 the governor motioned "the governor gestured"
|
||
ACT 24 10 uu7a figs-metonymy 0 a judge to this nation Here "nation" refers to the people of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: "a judge for the people of the Jewish nation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 24 10 sr5t 0 explain myself "explain my situation"
|
||
ACT 24 11 dr4u translate-numbers 0 twelve days since "12 days since" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
ACT 24 12 wbf6 figs-metaphor 0 I did not stir up a crowd "Stir up" here is a metaphor for agitating people into unrest, just as stirring a liquid agitates it. Alternate translation: "I did not provoke the crowd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 24 13 m3yk 0 the accusations "the blames for wrongdoings" or "the charges for crimes"
|
||
ACT 24 14 c5xa 0 I confess this to you "I acknowledge this to you"
|
||
ACT 24 14 k79p 0 that according to the Way The phrase "the Way" was a title used for Christianity during Paul's time.
|
||
ACT 24 14 rqu3 0 they call a sect This is a smaller group of people within a larger group group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism. See how you translated "sect" in [Acts 24:5](../24/05.md).
|
||
ACT 24 14 cg73 0 in that same way I serve the God of our fathers Paul uses the phrase "in that same way" to mean that he, as a believer in Jesus, serves God the same way as their Jewish ancestors did. He is not leading a "sect" or teaching something new that is opposed to their ancient religion.
|
||
ACT 24 15 nv5a 0 as these men "as these men have." Here "these men" refers to the Jews who are accusing Paul in court.
|
||
ACT 24 15 qza8 figs-abstractnouns 0 that there will be a resurrection of both the righteous and the wicked The abstract noun "resurrection" can be stated with the verb "resurrect." Alternate translation: "that God will resurrect all who have died, both the righteous and the unrighteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 24 15 x1yd figs-nominaladj 0 the righteous and the wicked These nominal adjectives refer to righteous people and wicked people. AT "righteous people and wicked people" or "those who have done what is right and those who have done what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
ACT 24 16 sfw4 0 I always strive "I always work hard" or "I do my best"
|
||
ACT 24 16 kcg8 figs-metonymy 0 to have a clear conscience before God Here "conscience" refers to a person's inner morality that chooses between right and wrong. Alternate translation: "to be blameless" or "to always do what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 24 16 va3b 0 before God "in the presence of God"
|
||
ACT 24 17 p92m 0 Now This word marks a shift in Paul's argument. Here he explains the situation in Jerusalem when some of the Jews arrested him.
|
||
ACT 24 17 py9v 0 after many years "after many years away from Jerusalem"
|
||
ACT 24 17 ryk6 figs-go 0 I came to bring help to my nation and gifts of money Here "I came" can be translated as "I went." Alternate translation: "I went to help my people by bringing them money as a gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||
ACT 24 18 pk2m 0 in a purification ceremony in the temple "in the temple after I had finished a ceremony to purify myself"
|
||
ACT 24 18 x6iy figs-explicit 0 not with a crowd or an uproar This can be stated as a separate new sentence. Alternate translation: "I had not gathered a crowd nor was I trying to start a riot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 24 19 s528 0 These men "The Jews from Asia"
|
||
ACT 24 19 ntg3 0 if they have anything "if they have anything to say"
|
||
ACT 24 20 npt5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes responding to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.
|
||
ACT 24 20 ag5d 0 these same men This refers to the members of the council who were present in Jerusalem at Paul's trial.
|
||
ACT 24 20 hnt9 0 should say what wrong they found in me "should say the wrong thing I did that they were able to prove"
|
||
ACT 24 21 ds1s figs-abstractnouns 0 It is concerning the resurrection of the dead The abstract noun "resurrection" can be stated as "God brings back to life." Alternate translation: "It is because I believe that God will bring back to life those who have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
ACT 24 21 d2lm figs-activepassive 0 I am on trial before you today This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are judging me today" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 24 22 w1tn translate-names 0 General Information: Felix is the Roman governor of the area who resides at Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:24](../23/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 24 22 a87f 0 the Way This is a title for Christianity. See how you translated this in [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md).
|
||
ACT 24 22 y3pg 0 When Lysias the commander comes down "when Lysias the commander comes down" or "at the time Lysias the commander comes down"
|
||
ACT 24 22 k1f7 0 Lysias This is the name of the chief captain. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:26](../23/26.md).
|
||
ACT 24 22 z5f9 0 comes down from Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than Caesarea so it was normal for them to speak of coming down from Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 24 22 ldi8 0 I will decide your case "I will make a decision concerning these accusations against you" or "I will judge whether you are guilty"
|
||
ACT 24 23 sxy2 0 have some freedom "grant Paul some freedom not otherwise granted to prisoners"
|
||
ACT 24 24 wus4 0 After some days "After several days"
|
||
ACT 24 24 qy9y translate-names 0 Drusilla his wife Drusilla is a woman's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 24 24 xmq5 figs-explicit 0 a Jewess This means a female Jew. Alternate translation: "who was a Jew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 24 25 b8v1 0 Felix became frightened Felix may have felt conviction of his sins.
|
||
ACT 24 25 p8yi 0 for now "for the present time"
|
||
ACT 24 26 h4v7 0 Paul to give money to him Felix was hoping Paul would offer him a bribe to set him free.
|
||
ACT 24 26 n45p 0 so he often sent for him and spoke with him "so Felix often sent for Paul and spoke with Paul"
|
||
ACT 24 27 ur2y translate-names 0 Porcius Festus This was the new roman Governor who replaced Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 24 27 p59c figs-synecdoche 0 wanted to gain favor with the Jews Here "the Jews" refers to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "wanted the Jewish leaders to like him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 24 27 gln6 0 he left Paul to continue under guard "he left Paul in prison"
|
||
ACT 25 intro b6uk 0 # Acts 25 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Favor<br><br>This word is used in two different ways in this chapter. When the Jewish leaders asked Festus for a favor, they were asking him to do something special for them on that day. They wanted him to do for them something that he would not usually do. When Festus "wanted to gain the favor of the Jews," he wanted them to like him and be willing to obey him in the months and years to come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])<br><br>##### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. Roman officials could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way they would treat a non-citizen.<br><br>
|
||
ACT 25 01 c84u 0 General Information: Festus becomes the governor of Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 24:27](../24/27.md).
|
||
ACT 25 01 tj76 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to be a prisoner in Caesarea.
|
||
ACT 25 01 w8h3 0 Now This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story.
|
||
ACT 25 01 i7t9 0 Festus entered the province Possible meanings are 1) Festus arrived in the area to begin his rule or 2) Festus simply arrived in the area.
|
||
ACT 25 01 zz4l 0 he went from Caesarea up to Jerusalem The phrase "went up" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea.
|
||
ACT 25 02 qnc8 figs-metaphor 0 The chief priest and the prominent Jews brought accusations against Paul This speaks about accusations as if they were an object that a person could bring to someone else. Alternate translation: "The chief priest and the important Jews accused Paul to Festus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 25 02 uj5p 0 they urged him Here the word "him" refers to Festus.
|
||
ACT 25 03 w8um 0 asked him for a favor Here the word "him" refers to Festus.
|
||
ACT 25 03 qz46 0 that Festus might summon Paul to Jerusalem This means that Festus would order his soldiers to bring Paul to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "that he might order his soldiers to bring Paul to Jerusalem"
|
||
ACT 25 03 pg8x 0 so that they could kill him along the way They were going to ambush Paul.
|
||
ACT 25 04 p3tt figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to Festus and the Romans traveling with him, but not to his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 25 04 v5f9 figs-quotations 0 Festus answered that Paul was being held at Caesarea, and that he himself was going there soon. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "But Festus said, 'Paul is being held prisoner in Caesarea, and I myself will soon return there.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
ACT 25 05 a54h writing-quotations 0 "Therefore, those who can," he said, "should go there with us The phrase "he said" can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: "Then he said, 'Therefore, those who are able to go to Caesarea should go there with us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||
ACT 25 05 iz98 0 If there is something wrong with the man "If Paul has done something wrong"
|
||
ACT 25 05 nei6 0 you should accuse him "you should accuse him of violating laws" or "you should bring charges against him"
|
||
ACT 25 06 fi27 0 General Information: Here the first three times the word "he" is used as well as the word "him," the words refer to Festus. The fourth word "he" refers to Paul. The word "they" refers to the Jews who came from Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 25 06 s69c 0 down to Caesarea Jerusalem is higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of coming down from Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 25 06 qv24 figs-metonymy 0 sat in the judgment seat Here "judgment seat" refers to Festus' ruling as judge over Paul's trial. Alternate translation: "sat upon the seat where he acted as judge" or "he sat down as judge" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 25 06 j7c5 figs-activepassive 0 Paul to be brought to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "his soldiers bring Paul to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 25 07 v4v8 0 When he arrived "When he came and stood before Festus"
|
||
ACT 25 07 e7g2 figs-metaphor 0 they brought many serious charges Charging a person with a crime is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could bring to court. Alternate translation: "they spoke against Paul many serious things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 25 08 hc3w figs-synecdoche 0 against the temple Paul says he did not break any rules about who could enter the Jerusalem temple. Alternate translation: "against the entry rules of the temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 25 09 m49r 0 Connecting Statement: Paul asks to be taken before Caesar for judgment.
|
||
ACT 25 09 b49x figs-synecdoche 0 wanted to gain the favor of the Jews Here "the Jews" means the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "wanted to please the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 25 09 qe8h 0 to go up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
|
||
ACT 25 09 wi2d figs-activepassive 0 and to be judged by me about these things there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "where I will judge you with regard to these charges" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 25 10 u1ef figs-metonymy 0 I stand before the judgment seat of Caesar where I must be judged The "judgment seat" refers to Caesar's authority to judge Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I ask to go before Caesar, so he can judge me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 25 11 el9d figs-hypo 0 Though if I have done wrong ... no one may hand me over to them Paul is stating a hypothetical situation. If he were guilty, he would accept the punishment, but he knows that he is not guilty. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
ACT 25 11 ta55 0 if I have done what is worthy of death "if I have done some wrong that deserves the death penalty"
|
||
ACT 25 11 hxr1 0 if their accusations are nothing "if the charges against me are not true"
|
||
ACT 25 11 hr23 0 no one may hand me over to them Possible meanings are 1) Festus does not have the legal authority to hand Paul over to these false accusers or 2) Paul was saying that if he has done nothing wrong, the governor should not give into the request of the Jews.
|
||
ACT 25 11 b1bf 0 I appeal to Caesar "I ask that I go before Caesar so he can judge me"
|
||
ACT 25 12 t96z 0 with the council This is not the Sanhedrin that is referred to as "council" throughout Acts. This is a political council in the Roman government. Alternate translation: "with his own government advisors"
|
||
ACT 25 13 izu8 writing-participants 0 General Information: King Agrippa and Bernice are new people in the story. Though he ruled over only a few territories, King Agrippa is the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice is Agrippa's sister.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 25 13 ge5h 0 Connecting Statement: Festus explains Paul's case to King Agrippa.
|
||
ACT 25 13 c3gc 0 Now This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story.
|
||
ACT 25 13 ukd3 0 to pay an official visit to Festus "to visit Festus concerning official matters"
|
||
ACT 25 14 x8jf figs-activepassive 0 A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When Felix left office, he left a man in prison here" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 25 14 z7yw 0 Felix Felix was the Roman governor of the area who resided in Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:24](../23/24.md).
|
||
ACT 25 15 b6hx figs-metaphor 0 brought charges against this man To charge someone in court is spoken of as if it were an object that a person brings to court. Alternate translation: "spoke to me against this man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 25 15 hyp5 figs-abstractnouns 0 they asked for a sentence of condemnation against him The abstract nouns "sentence" and "condemnation" can be expressed as verbs. The phrase "a sentence of condemnation" implies that they were requesting that Paul be executed. Alternate translation: "they asked me to sentence him to death" or "they asked me to condemn him to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 25 16 e4tk figs-metaphor 0 to hand over anyone Here "hand over" represents sending someone to people who will punish or kill him. Alternate translation: "let someone punish anyone" or "to condemn anyone to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 25 16 xjb4 figs-idiom 0 before the accused had faced his accusers Here "faced his accusers" is an idiom that means to meet with the people who accuse him. Alternate translation: "before the person whom others have accused of a crime had met directly with those who accused him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 25 17 z6g2 0 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true." Fetus had just said that an accused man should be able to face his accusers and make his defense.
|
||
ACT 25 17 rm5z 0 when they came together here "when the Jewish leaders came to meet with me here"
|
||
ACT 25 17 efe2 figs-metonymy 0 I sat in the judgment seat Here "judgment seat" refers to Festus ruling over Paul's trial as judge. Alternate translation: "I sat upon the seat to act as judge" or "I sat down as judge" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 25 17 hm6g figs-activepassive 0 I ordered the man to be brought in This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I ordered the soldiers to bring Paul before me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 25 19 d1qm 0 their own religion Here "religion" means the belief system people have toward life and the supernatural.
|
||
ACT 25 20 y9bv figs-idiom 0 to stand trial there about these charges To "stand trial" is an idiom meaning to speak to a judge so the judge can decide if a person is right or wrong. Alternate translation: "to go to trial about these charges" or "for a judge to decide if these charges against him are true or not" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 25 21 yli3 0 Connecting Statement: Festus finishes explaining Paul's case to King Agrippa.
|
||
ACT 25 21 ie7x figs-activepassive 0 But when Paul appealed to be kept in custody while awaiting the decision of the emperor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when Paul insisted that he stay under Roman guard until the time when the emperor could decide his case" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 25 21 ceq2 figs-activepassive 0 I ordered him to be held in custody This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I ordered the soldiers to keep him in custody" or "I told the soldiers to guard him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 25 22 t322 writing-quotations 0 "Tomorrow," Festus said, "you will hear him." The phrase "Festus said" can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: "Festus said, 'I will arrange for you to listen to Paul tomorrow.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||
ACT 25 23 y1yj 0 General Information: Though he ruled over only a few territories, Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice was his sister. See how you translated these names in [Acts 25:13](../25/13.md).
|
||
ACT 25 23 qlm5 0 Connecting Statement: Festus again gives information about Paul's case to King Agrippa.
|
||
ACT 25 23 yw76 0 with much ceremony "with a great ceremony to honor them"
|
||
ACT 25 23 ldb7 0 the hall This was a large room where people gathered for ceremonies, trials, and other events.
|
||
ACT 25 23 at4t figs-activepassive 0 Paul was brought to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the soldiers brought Paul to appear before them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 25 24 n8qj figs-hyperbole 0 all the multitude of Jews The word "all" is an exaggeration used to emphasize that a great number of Jews wanted Paul to die. Alternate translation: "a great number of the Jews" or "many of the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 25 24 ae3v 0 they shouted to me "they spoke very strongly to me"
|
||
ACT 25 24 yv2q figs-litotes 0 he should no longer live This statement is made in the negative to emphasize the positive equivalent. Alternate translation: "he should die immediately" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
ACT 25 25 fe2n figs-you 0 General Information: Here the first "you" is plural; the second "you" is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
ACT 25 25 f6hy 0 because he appealed to the emperor "because he said that he wanted the emperor to judge him"
|
||
ACT 25 25 g856 0 the emperor The emperor was the ruler of the Roman empire. He ruled over many countries and provinces.
|
||
ACT 25 26 jcq2 0 I have brought him to you, especially to you, King Agrippa "I have brought Paul to all of you, but especially to you, King Agrippa."
|
||
ACT 25 26 rhy2 0 so that I might have something more to write "so that I will have something else to write" or "so that I will know what I should write"
|
||
ACT 25 27 txs6 figs-doublenegatives 0 it seems unreasonable for me to send a prisoner and to not also state The negative words "unreasonable" and "to not" can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "it seems reasonable to me that if I send a prisoner then I should also state" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
ACT 25 27 xm65 0 the charges against him Possible meanings are 1) the accusations that the Jewish leaders have brought against him or 2) the charges under Roman law that apply to Paul's case.
|
||
ACT 26 intro e2q6 0 # Acts 26 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the third account of Paul's conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul's conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 22](../22/01.md))<br><br>Paul told the King Agrippa why he had done what he had done and that the governor should not punish him for that.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
|
||
ACT 26 01 b34d 0 Connecting Statement: Festus has brought Paul before King Agrippa. In verse 2, Paul gives his defense to King Agrippa.
|
||
ACT 26 01 gz9f 0 Agrippa Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine, though he ruled over only a few territories. See how you translated this name in [Acts 25:13](../25/13.md).
|
||
ACT 26 01 wme6 0 stretched out his hand "held out his hand" or "gestured with his hand"
|
||
ACT 26 01 vni8 figs-abstractnouns 0 made his defense The abstract noun "defense" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "began to defend himself against those who were accusing him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 26 02 ha47 0 I regard myself as happy Paul was happy because he considered his appearance before Agrippa to be an opportunity to speak about the gospel.
|
||
ACT 26 02 xhz1 0 to make my case This phrase means to describe one's situation, so that those in court can discuss and make a decision about it. Alternate translation: "to defend myself"
|
||
ACT 26 02 mdq2 figs-abstractnouns 0 against all the accusations of the Jews The abstract noun "accusations" can be stated as the verb "accuse." Alternate translation: "against all the Jews who are accusing me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 26 02 cbr3 figs-synecdoche 0 the Jews This does not mean all the Jews. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 26 03 kns2 figs-explicit 0 questions You can make explicit what kinds of questions this means. Alternate translation: "questions about religious matters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 26 04 t8bg figs-hyperbole 0 all the Jews This is a generalization. Possible meanings are 1) this refers to Jews in general who knew about Paul. Alternate translation: "the Jews" or 2) this refers to Pharisees who knew Paul. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
ACT 26 04 x96h 0 in my own nation Possible meanings are 1) among his own people, not necessarily in the geographical land of Israel or 2) in the land of Israel.
|
||
ACT 26 05 y9a1 0 the strictest party of our religion "a group within Judaism who live by very strict rules"
|
||
ACT 26 06 xkp9 figs-you 0 General Information: Here "you" is plural and refers to the people who were listening to Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
ACT 26 06 s9kr 0 Now This word marks a shift from Paul discussing his past to talking about himself in the present.
|
||
ACT 26 06 i9y5 figs-activepassive 0 I stand here to be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I am here, where they are putting me on trial" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 26 06 r42g figs-metaphor 0 of my certain hope in the promise made by God to our fathers This speaks about a promise as if it were something a person could look for and see. Alternate translation: "I am waiting expectantly for God to do what he promised our forefathers he would do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 26 07 hnf1 figs-metonymy 0 For this is the promise that our twelve tribes sought to receive The phrase "our twelve tribes" stands for the people in those tribes. Alternate translation: "This is also what our fellow Jews in the twelve tribes were waiting for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 26 07 apf2 figs-metaphor 0 the promise ... sought to receive This speaks about a promise as if it were an object that can be received. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 26 07 kzg4 figs-merism 0 worshiped God night and day The extremes "night" and "day" mean they "worshiped God continually." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
ACT 26 07 c4lm figs-synecdoche 0 that the Jews This does not mean all the Jews. Alternate translation: "that the leaders of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 26 08 de83 figs-rquestion 0 Why should any of you think it is unbelievable that God raises the dead? Paul uses a question to challenge the Jews present. They believe God can raise the dead but do not think God brought Jesus back to life. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "None of you think it is unbelievable that God raises the dead." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 26 08 ukk6 0 raises the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "makes dead people come alive again"
|
||
ACT 26 09 hm33 0 Now indeed Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now beginning to describe how he formerly persecuted Jesus' people.
|
||
ACT 26 09 r4df figs-metonymy 0 against the name of Jesus The word "name" here stands for the teaching about the person. Alternate translation: "to stop people from teaching about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 26 10 nys7 figs-activepassive 0 when they were killed, I cast my vote against them The phrase "were killed" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I voted in agreement with the other Jewish leaders to condemn believers to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 26 11 rri6 0 I punished them many times Possible meanings are 1) Paul punished some believers many times or 2) Paul punished many different believers.
|
||
ACT 26 12 p55i 0 Connecting Statement: While talking to King Agrippa, Paul tells about when the Lord spoke with him.
|
||
ACT 26 12 us8d 0 While I was doing this Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now telling about when he saw Jesus and became his disciple.
|
||
ACT 26 12 h3ic 0 While This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. In this case, Paul went to Damascus during the time when he persecuted Christians.
|
||
ACT 26 12 ajp6 0 with authority and orders Paul had written letters from the Jewish leaders, granting him authority to persecute the Jewish believers.
|
||
ACT 26 14 sip5 figs-metonymy 0 I heard a voice speaking to me that said Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "I heard someone speaking to me who said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 26 14 du3t 0 Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? This is a rhetorical question. The speaker is alerting Saul to what Saul is doing to him, and implying that Saul should not do that. Alternate translation: "Saul, Saul, you are persecuting me." or "Saul, Saul, stop persecuting me." (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
|
||
ACT 26 14 zsi2 figs-metaphor 0 It is hard for you to kick a goad For Paul to resist Jesus and to persecute believers is spoken of as if he were an ox kicking at the sharp stick that a person uses to prod (or "goad") the animal. It means that Paul is only harming himself. Alternate translation: "You will only harm yourself like an ox kicking a goad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 26 15 h2ws 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues giving his defense to King Agrippa. In these verses he continues quoting his conversation with the Lord.
|
||
ACT 26 18 fk1k figs-metaphor 0 to open their eyes Helping people to understand the truth is spoken of as if a person were literally helping someone to open his eyes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 26 18 gw8f figs-metaphor 0 to turn them from darkness to light Helping someone to stop doing what is evil and to start trusting and obeying God is spoken of as if the person is literally leading someone out of a dark place into a place of light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 26 18 q3h8 figs-metaphor 0 to turn them ... from the power of Satan to God Helping someone to stop obeying Satan and to start obeying God is spoken of as if a person were literally turning a person and taking them from the place where Satan rules and leading him to the place where God rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 26 18 m65i figs-abstractnouns 0 they may receive from God the forgiveness of sins The abstract noun "forgiveness" can be stated as the verb "forgive." Alternate translation: "God may forgive their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 26 18 wq4q figs-abstractnouns 0 the inheritance that I give The abstract noun "inheritance" may be stated as the verb "inherit." Alternate translation: "they may inherit that which I give" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 26 18 m9ve figs-metaphor 0 the inheritance The blessings that Jesus gives to those who believe in him are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that children receive from their father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 26 18 c5ij figs-metaphor 0 sanctified by faith in me Jesus choosing some people to belong to him is spoken of as if he literally set them apart from other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 26 18 bgc5 0 by faith in me "because they believe in me." Here Paul finishes quoting the Lord.
|
||
ACT 26 19 ljx2 0 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true." Paul had just explained what the Lord had commanded him in his vision.
|
||
ACT 26 19 zv2u figs-doublenegatives 0 I did not disobey This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "I obeyed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
ACT 26 19 sn4h figs-metonymy 0 the heavenly vision This refers to what the person in the vision told Paul. Alternate translation: "what the person from heaven told me in the vision" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 26 20 fei4 figs-metaphor 0 turn to God To start trusting God is spoken of as if a person turns to start walking toward God. Alternate translation: "trust in God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 26 20 h1v2 figs-abstractnouns 0 doing deeds worthy of repentance The abstract noun "repentance" can be stated as the verb "repented." Alternate translation: "and start doing good deeds to show they truly have repented" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 26 21 tl6t figs-synecdoche 0 the Jews This does not mean all of the Jews. Alternate translation: "some Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 26 22 n5hn 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes giving his defense to King Agrippa.
|
||
ACT 26 22 t8f4 0 to the common people and to the great ones about nothing Here "common people" and "great ones" are used together to mean "all people." Alternate translation: "to all people, whether common or great, about nothing" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism)
|
||
ACT 26 22 f6py 0 about nothing more than what This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "about the exact thing that"
|
||
ACT 26 22 i9ki 0 what the prophets Paul is referring to the collective writings of the Old Testament prophets.
|
||
ACT 26 23 pe9h figs-explicit 0 that Christ must suffer You can make explicit that Christ must also die. Alternate translation: "that Christ must suffer and die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 26 23 p9t8 0 to rise to come back to life
|
||
ACT 26 23 sc5f 0 from the dead The phrase "the dead" refers to the spirits of people who have died. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||
ACT 26 23 z2ms figs-metaphor 0 he would proclaim light "he would proclaim the message about the light." To tell people about how God saves people is spoken of as if a person were speaking about the light. Alternate translation: "he would proclaim the message about how God saves people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 26 24 h5b9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and King Agrippa continue to talk together.
|
||
ACT 26 24 dvn2 0 you are insane "you are speaking nonsense" or "you are crazy"
|
||
ACT 26 24 tk27 0 your great learning makes you insane "you have learned so much that you are now crazy"
|
||
ACT 26 25 dur9 figs-doublenegatives 0 I am not insane ... but This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "I am sane ... and" or "I am able to think well ... and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
ACT 26 25 a6pb 0 most excellent Festus "Festus, who deserves highest honors"
|
||
ACT 26 26 ed7y figs-123person 0 For the king ... to him ... from him Paul is still speaking to King Agrippa, but he is referring to him in the third person. Alternate translation: "For you ... to you ... from you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
ACT 26 26 cs7b 0 I speak freely Paul was not afraid to speak to the king about Christ. Alternate translation: "I speak boldly"
|
||
ACT 26 26 svn9 figs-activepassive 0 I am persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I am sure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 26 26 tta8 figs-activepassive 0 that none of this is hidden from him This can be stated in active and positive form. Alternate translation: "that he is aware of this" or "that you are aware of this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
ACT 26 26 v1uu figs-activepassive 0 has not been done in a corner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "has not happened in a corner" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 26 26 i5wg figs-metaphor 0 in a corner This means doing something in secret as if a person went and did something in the corner of a room where no one can see him. Alternate translation: "in a dark place" or "in secret" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 26 27 a4a2 figs-rquestion 0 Do you believe the prophets, King Agrippa? Paul asks this question to remind Agrippa that Agrippa already believes what the prophets said about Jesus. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "You already believe what the Jewish prophets said, King Agrippa." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 26 28 y8qq figs-rquestion 0 In a short time would you persuade me and make me a Christian? Agrippa asks this question to show Paul that he cannot convince Agrippa so easily without more proof. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "Surely you do not think you can convince me so easily to believe in Jesus!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
ACT 26 29 k7kq figs-metonymy 0 but without these prison chains Here "prison chains" stands for being a prisoner. Alternate translation: "but, of course, I do no want you to be a prisoner like I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 26 30 k7jh 0 General Information: Bernice was the sister of King Agrippa ([Acts 25:13](../25/13.md)).
|
||
ACT 26 30 gaq5 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul's time before King Agrippa.
|
||
ACT 26 30 u8vl 0 Then the king stood up, and the governor "Then King Agrippa stood up, and Governor Festus"
|
||
ACT 26 31 q1tw 0 the hall This is a large room for ceremonies, trials, and other events.
|
||
ACT 26 31 blz8 figs-abstractnouns 0 This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds The abstract noun "death" can be stated as the verb "die." Here "bonds" stands for being in prison. Alternate translation: "This man does not deserve to die or to be in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 26 32 n293 figs-activepassive 0 This man could have been freed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This man could have gone free" or "I could have freed this man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 27 intro r82x 0 # Acts 27 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Sailing<br><br>People who lived near the sea traveled by boat powered by the wind. During some months of the year, the wind would blow in the wrong direction or so hard that sailing was impossible.<br><br>##### Trust<br><br>Paul trusted God to bring him safely to land. He told the sailers and soldiers to trust that God would also keep them alive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>##### Paul breaks bread<br><br>Luke uses almost the same words here to describe Paul taking bread, thanking God, breaking it, and eating it that he used to describe the last supper Jesus ate with his disciples. However, your translation should not make your reader think that Paul was leading a religious celebration here.<br>
|
||
ACT 27 01 efe4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Adramyttium was a city possibly located on the west coast of modern-day Turkey. The word "we" includes the author of Acts, Paul, and the others traveling with Paul, but not the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 27 01 dyf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul, as a prisoner, begins his journey to Rome.
|
||
ACT 27 01 b2yz figs-activepassive 0 When it was decided This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When the king and the governor decided" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 27 01 yv84 0 sail for Italy Italy is the name of the province Rome was in. See how you translated "Italy" in [Acts 18:2](../18/02.md).
|
||
ACT 27 01 s6ny 0 they put Paul and some other prisoners under the charge of a centurion named Julius of the Imperial Regiment "they put a centurion named Julius, of the Imperial Regiment, in charge of Paul and some other prisoners"
|
||
ACT 27 01 k52u 0 they put Paul and some other prisoners Possible meanings are that 1) "they" refers to the governor and the king or 2) "they" refers to other Roman officials.
|
||
ACT 27 01 un2s translate-names 0 a centurion named Julius Julius is a man's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 27 01 d22f translate-names 0 the Imperial Regiment This was the name of the battalion or army from which the centurion came. Some versions translate this as "the Augustan Regiment." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 27 02 dnr9 figs-metonymy 0 We boarded a ship ... which was about to sail Here "ship ... which was about to sail" stands for the crew that will sail the ship. Alternate translation: "We boarded a ship ... which a crew was about to sail" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 27 02 fqy2 0 a ship from Adramyttium Possible meanings are 1) a ship that had come from Adramyttium or 2) a ship that was registered or licensed in Adramyttium.
|
||
ACT 27 02 f8pf 0 about to sail "soon going to sail" or "would depart soon"
|
||
ACT 27 02 m3ps 0 went to sea "began our journey on the sea"
|
||
ACT 27 02 h3uy 0 Aristarchus Aristarchus came from Macedonia but had been working with Paul in Ephesus. See how you translated his name in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
|
||
ACT 27 03 r71e figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 27 03 u6lt 0 Julius treated Paul kindly "Julius treated Paul with a friendly concern." See how you translated "Julius" in [Acts 27:1](../27/01.md).
|
||
ACT 27 03 rp73 figs-abstractnouns 0 go to his friends to receive their care The abstract noun "care" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "go to his friends so they could care for him" or "go to his friends so they could help him with whatever he needed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
ACT 27 04 d4hg 0 we went to sea and sailed "we started sailing and went"
|
||
ACT 27 04 mjt8 0 sailed under the lee of Cyprus, close to the island "the lee of Cyprus" is the side of that island that blocks the strong wind, so sailing vessels are not forced off their course.
|
||
ACT 27 05 g1t7 0 Pamphylia This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||
ACT 27 05 y6m6 figs-explicit 0 we landed at Myra, a city of Lycia You can make explicit that they got off of the ship in Myra. Alternate translation: "came to Myra, a city of Lycia, where we got off the ship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 27 05 ni2x translate-names 0 landed at Myra Myra is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 27 05 uaf4 translate-names 0 a city of Lycia Lycia was a Roman province, located on the southwestern coast of modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 27 06 j4cf figs-explicit 0 found a ship from Alexandria that was going to sail to Italy It is implied that a crew would sail the ship to Italy. Alternate translation: "found a ship that a crew had sailed from Alexandria and was about to sail to Italy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 27 06 fdq2 translate-names 0 Alexandria This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 27 07 zzw1 figs-explicit 0 When we had sailed slowly ... finally arrived with difficulty You can make explicit that the reason they were sailing slowly and with difficulty was because the wind was blowing against them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 27 07 pye5 translate-names 0 near Cnidus This is an ancient settlement located in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 27 07 hhf1 0 the wind no longer allowed us to go that way "we could no longer go that way because of the strong wind"
|
||
ACT 27 07 b746 0 so we sailed along the sheltered side of Crete "so we sailed along the side of Crete where there was less wind"
|
||
ACT 27 07 mq4n translate-names 0 opposite Salmone This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 27 08 p4ri figs-explicit 0 We sailed along the coast with difficulty You can make explicit that even though the winds were not as strong as before, they were still strong enough to make sailing difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 27 08 a64y translate-names 0 Fair Havens This was a port near Lasea, located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 27 08 n7re translate-names 0 near the city of Lasea This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 27 09 ea4l 0 We had now taken much time Because of the direction the wind was blowing, the journey from Caesarea to Fair Havens had taken more time than planned.
|
||
ACT 27 09 vlu4 figs-exclusive 0 We had now taken The writer includes himself, Paul, and those who were traveling with them, but not the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 27 09 u6x5 0 the time of the Jewish fast also had passed, and it had now become dangerous to sail This fast took place on the Day of Atonement, which was usually either in the last part of September or the first part of October according to Western calendars. After this time, there was a higher risk of seasonal storms.
|
||
ACT 27 10 p29v 0 I see that the voyage we are about to take will be with injury and much loss "if we travel now, we will suffer much injury and loss"
|
||
ACT 27 10 wq8l figs-inclusive 0 we are about to take ... our lives Paul includes himself and his hearers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||
ACT 27 10 nx9c 0 loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives Here "loss" means destruction when referring to things and death when referring to people.
|
||
ACT 27 10 q9xt 0 not only of the cargo and the ship Cargo is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. Alternate translation: "not only the ship and the goods on the ship"
|
||
ACT 27 11 b1kz figs-activepassive 0 that were spoken by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that Paul said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 27 12 l2n4 figs-activepassive 0 harbor was not easy to spend the winter in You can make explicit why it was not easy to stay in the harbor. Alternate translation: "harbor did not sufficiently protect docked ships during winter storms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 27 12 jmi3 0 harbor a place near land that is usually safe for ships
|
||
ACT 27 12 k2ti translate-names 0 city of Phoenix Phoenix is a city port on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 27 12 z1lf figs-metaphor 0 to spend the winter there This speaks about the season of winter as if it were a commodity that someone can spend. Alternate translation: "to stay there for the cold season" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 27 12 x6vl 0 facing both southwest and northwest Here "faces northwest and southwest" means the opening of the harbor was toward those directions. Alternate translation: "it opened to the northwest and southwest"
|
||
ACT 27 12 gyd2 0 southwest and northwest These directions are based on the rising and setting sun. Northeast is a little to the left of the rising sun. Southeast is a little to the right of the rising sun. Some versions say "northeast and southeast."
|
||
ACT 27 13 xx67 0 weighed anchor Here "weighed" means to pull out of the water. An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea keeping the ship from drifting about.
|
||
ACT 27 14 hv8h 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and those traveling on the boat encounter a fierce storm.
|
||
ACT 27 14 m2xe 0 after a short time "after a little while"
|
||
ACT 27 14 fs4z 0 a wind of hurricane force "a very strong, dangerous wind"
|
||
ACT 27 14 g1ek translate-transliterate 0 called the northeaster "called 'a strong wind from the northeast.'" The word for "the northeaster" in the original language is "Euroclydon." You can transliterate this word for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||
ACT 27 14 tz2k 0 began to beat down from the island "came in from the island of Crete, and it blew strongly against our ship"
|
||
ACT 27 15 fxp1 0 When the ship was caught by the storm and could no longer head into the wind "When the wind blew so strongly against the front of the ship that we could not sail against it"
|
||
ACT 27 15 w1hl figs-activepassive 0 we had to give way to the storm and were driven along by the wind This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "we stopped trying to sail forward, and we let the wind push us whichever way it blew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 27 16 c4cg 0 We sailed along the lee of a small island "We sailed on the side of the island where the wind was not so strong"
|
||
ACT 27 16 aq56 translate-names 0 a small island called Cauda This island was located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 27 16 h9z2 0 lifeboat This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship, and sometimes it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship.
|
||
ACT 27 17 v9ag 0 they had hoisted the lifeboat up "they had lifted up the lifeboat" or "they had pulled the lifeboat aboard the ship"
|
||
ACT 27 17 tx1f 0 they used its ropes to bind the hull of the ship The "hull" is the body of the ship. They tied ropes around it so that the ship would not come apart during the storm.
|
||
ACT 27 17 dvv4 translate-names 0 sandbars of Syrtis Sandbars are very shallow areas in the sea where ships can get stuck in the sand. Syrtis is located on the coast of Libya, northern Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 27 17 l8kl 0 they lowered the sea anchor They put the ship's anchor in the water in order to slow down where the wind would blow them.
|
||
ACT 27 17 v6dn 0 anchor An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:13](../27/13.md).
|
||
ACT 27 17 g7rw figs-activepassive 0 were driven along This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "had to go in whatever direction the wind blew us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 27 18 fx4m figs-activepassive 0 We took such a violent battering by the storm This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The wind blew us roughly back and forth that all of us were badly battered and bruised by the storm" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 27 18 nd5h 0 they began throwing the cargo overboard "they" is the sailors. This is done to lighten the weight of the ship in an effort to prevent the ship from sinking.
|
||
ACT 27 18 ny6k 0 cargo Cargo is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:10](../27/10.md). Alternate translation: "goods on the ship"
|
||
ACT 27 19 vm2k 0 the sailors threw overboard the ship's equipment with their own hands Here "equipment" refers to the sailors' equipment needed to sail the ship: tackle, hoists, beams of wood, block and tackle, ropes, lines, sails, and the like. This indicates how desperate the situation was.
|
||
ACT 27 20 if7a 0 When the sun and stars did not shine on us for many days They could not see the sun and stars because of the dark storm clouds. Sailors needed to see the sun and stars in order to know where they were and what direction they were headed.
|
||
ACT 27 20 p2wd 0 the great storm still beat upon us "the terrible storm still blew us roughly back and forth"
|
||
ACT 27 20 mnj5 figs-activepassive 0 any more hope that we should be saved was abandoned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "everyone stopped hoping we would survive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 27 21 mmb2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul speaks to the sailors on the ship.
|
||
ACT 27 21 d1le figs-explicit 0 When they had gone long without food Here "they" refers to the sailors. It is implied that Luke, Paul, and those with them had not eaten either. Alternate translation: "When we had gone a long time without food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 27 21 zns2 0 among the sailors "among the men"
|
||
ACT 27 21 bc1x 0 so as to get this injury and loss "and as a result suffer this harm and loss"
|
||
ACT 27 22 d95r figs-explicit 0 there will be no loss of life among you Paul is speaking to the sailors. It is implied that Paul also means that he and those with him will not die either. Alternate translation: "none of us will die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 27 22 djh4 0 but only the loss of the ship Here "loss" is used in the sense of destroy. Alternate translation: "but the storm will destroy only the ship"
|
||
ACT 27 24 z1j8 figs-metonymy 0 You must stand before Caesar The phrase "stand before Caesar" refers to Paul's going to court and letting Caesar judge him. Alternate translation: "You must stand before Caesar so he can judge you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 27 24 s3wv 0 has given to you all those who are sailing with you "has decided to allow all those who are sailing with you to live"
|
||
ACT 27 25 r9t8 figs-activepassive 0 just as it was told to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "just as the angel told me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 27 26 vmp6 0 we must run aground upon some island "we must steer our boat so that it wrecks on some island"
|
||
ACT 27 27 im34 0 Connecting Statement: The fierce storm continues.
|
||
ACT 27 27 rrm5 translate-ordinal 0 When the fourteenth night had come The ordinal number "fourteenth" can be translated as "fourteen" or "14." Alternate translation: "After 14 days since the storm started, that night" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
ACT 27 27 la7u figs-activepassive 0 as we were driven this way and that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as the wind blew us back and forth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 27 27 afs6 translate-names 0 the Adriatic Sea This is the sea between Italy and Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 27 28 ruj1 0 They took soundings "They measured the depth of the sea water." They measured the depth of water by dropping a line with a weight tied to the end of it into the water.
|
||
ACT 27 28 tq53 translate-numbers 0 found twenty fathoms "found 20 fathoms." A "fathom" is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: "found 40 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
ACT 27 28 ig3m translate-numbers 0 found fifteen fathoms "found 15 fathoms." A "fathom" is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: "found 30 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
ACT 27 29 b1qc 0 anchors An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea, keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:13](../27/13.md).
|
||
ACT 27 29 q4am 0 from the stern "from the back of the ship"
|
||
ACT 27 30 br71 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the centurion and the Roman soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
ACT 27 30 b4wv 0 the lifeboat This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship and sometime it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:16](../27/16.md).
|
||
ACT 27 30 rr89 0 from the bow "from the front of the ship"
|
||
ACT 27 31 ez5c figs-doublenegatives 0 Unless these men stay in the ship, you cannot be saved The negative words "Unless" and "cannot" can be stated in positive form. The passive phrase "be saved" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "These men must stay in the ship in order for you to survive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 27 33 q3y8 0 When daylight was coming on "When it was almost sunrise"
|
||
ACT 27 33 j5yg translate-ordinal 0 This day is the fourteenth day that The ordinal number "fourteenth" can be stated as "fourteen." Alternate translation: "For 14 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
ACT 27 34 j3qx figs-idiom 0 not one of you will lose a single hair from his head This was a customary way of saying no harm would come upon them. Alternate translation: "every one of you will survive this disaster unharmed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
ACT 27 35 yh7y 0 broke the bread "tore the bread" or "tore off a piece from the loaf of bread"
|
||
ACT 27 36 zt9q figs-activepassive 0 Then they were all encouraged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This encouraged all of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 27 37 ynq3 translate-numbers 0 We were 276 people in the ship "We were two hundred and seventy-six people in the ship." This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 27 39 vdk2 0 bay a large area of water partly surrounded by land
|
||
ACT 27 39 r1bx 0 did not recognize the land "saw land but could not recognize it as any place they knew"
|
||
ACT 27 40 k66v 0 cut loose the anchors and left them "cut the ropes and left the anchors behind"
|
||
ACT 27 40 ntr9 0 rudders large oars or pieces of wood at the back of the ship used for steering
|
||
ACT 27 40 cn2w 0 the foresail "the sail at the front of the ship." The sail was a large piece of cloth that catches the wind to move the ship.
|
||
ACT 27 40 pa1k 0 they headed to the beach "they steered the ship toward the beach"
|
||
ACT 27 41 y22n 0 they came to a place where two currents met A current is water flowing in one continuous direction. Sometimes more than one water current can flow across another. This may cause the sand under the water to pile up making the water more shallow.
|
||
ACT 27 41 cpu5 0 The bow of the ship "The front of the ship"
|
||
ACT 27 41 v35z 0 the stern "the back of the ship"
|
||
ACT 27 42 qul7 0 The soldiers' plan was "The soldiers were planning"
|
||
ACT 27 43 s2sz 0 so he stopped their plan "so he stopped them from doing what they planned to do"
|
||
ACT 27 43 br8u 0 jump overboard "jump off the ship into the water"
|
||
ACT 27 44 hw7p 0 some on planks "some on wooden boards"
|
||
ACT 28 intro w8yn 0 # Acts 28 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>No one knows for sure why Luke ends his history without telling what happened to Paul after he had been in Rome for two years.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Letters" and "brothers"<br><br>The Jewish leaders were surprised that Paul wanted to speak with them, because they had received no letters from the high priest in Jerusalem telling them that Paul was coming.<br><br>When the Jewish leaders spoke of "brothers," they were referring to fellow Jews, not to Christians.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "He was a god"<br><br>The native people believed that Paul was a god, but they did not believe that he was the one true God. We do not know why Paul did not tell the native people that he was not a god.<br>
|
||
ACT 28 01 p1bd figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Paul, the writer, and those who traveled with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 28 01 twx8 0 Connecting Statement: After the shipwreck, people on the island of Malta helped Paul and everyone on the ship. They stay there for 3 months.
|
||
ACT 28 01 j1yf figs-activepassive 0 When we were brought safely through This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When we arrived safely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 28 01 tt1i figs-exclusive 0 we learned Paul and Luke learned the name of the island. Alternate translation: "we learned from the people" or "we found out from the residents" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 28 01 f8y4 translate-names 0 the island was called Malta Malta is an island located south of the modern-day island of Sicily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 28 02 e7w6 0 The native people "The local people"
|
||
ACT 28 02 v8yh figs-metaphor 0 offered to us not just ordinary kindness Being kind to someone is spoken of as if it were an object that someone offers. Alternate translation: "were not only very kind to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 28 02 r7jy figs-litotes 0 not just ordinary kindness This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite of what is said. Alternate translation: "a great deal of kindness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
ACT 28 02 z9cp 0 they lit a fire "they put together twigs and branches and burned them"
|
||
ACT 28 02 itw2 0 welcomed us all Possible meanings are 1) "welcomed all of the people from the ship" or 2) "welcomed Paul and all his companions."
|
||
ACT 28 03 g4ad 0 a viper came out "a poisonous snake came out of the bundle of sticks"
|
||
ACT 28 03 xmx4 0 fastened onto his hand "bit Paul's hand and did not let go"
|
||
ACT 28 04 ye7h 0 This man certainly is a murderer "For sure, this man is a murderer" or "This man is truly a murderer"
|
||
ACT 28 04 ma1b figs-explicit 0 yet justice The word "justice" refers to the name of a god that they worshiped. Alternate translation: "the god called Justice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 28 05 q5i3 0 shook the animal into the fire "shook his hand so that the snake fell from his hand into the fire"
|
||
ACT 28 05 asr8 0 suffered no harm "Paul was not hurt at all"
|
||
ACT 28 06 m11i 0 become inflamed with a fever Possible meanings are 1) his body would swell because of the snake venom or 2) he would become very hot with fever.
|
||
ACT 28 06 i6i6 figs-doublenegatives 0 nothing was unusual with him This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "everything about him was as it should be" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
ACT 28 06 u81u figs-metaphor 0 they changed their minds To think differently about a situation is spoken of as if a person is changing his mind. Alternate translation: "they thought again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 28 06 cfe9 figs-quotations 0 said that he was a god. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "said, 'This man must be a god.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
ACT 28 06 d1rj 0 said that he was a god Perhaps there was a belief that someone who lived after a poisonous snake bite was divine or a god.
|
||
ACT 28 07 f4sa figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "us" and we" refer to Paul, Luke, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 28 07 r95r 0 Now in a nearby place "Now" is used to introduce a new person or event in the account.
|
||
ACT 28 07 wx6t 0 chief man of the island Possible meanings are 1) the main leader of the people or 2) someone who was the most important person on the island, perhaps because of his wealth.
|
||
ACT 28 07 wh2d translate-names 0 a man named Publius This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 28 08 g12t writing-background 0 It happened that the father of Publius ... fever and dysentery This is background information about Publius' father that is important to understanding the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
ACT 28 08 m154 figs-activepassive 0 had been made ill This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "was ill" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 28 08 fr46 0 ill with a fever and dysentery Dysentery is an infectious intestinal disease.
|
||
ACT 28 08 pwk5 0 placed his hands on him "touched him with his hands"
|
||
ACT 28 09 yk6u figs-activepassive 0 were healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he healed them too" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 28 10 ydg4 0 honored us with many honors Probably they honored Paul and those with him by giving them gifts.
|
||
ACT 28 11 jc5t figs-explicit 0 General Information: The Twin Brothers refers to Castor and Pollux, the twin sons of Zeus, a Greek god. They were thought to be protectors of ships. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
ACT 28 11 be1c 0 Connecting Statement: Paul's journey to Rome continues.
|
||
ACT 28 11 qi6e 0 that had spent the winter at the island "that the crew left at the island for the cold season"
|
||
ACT 28 11 cm2t 0 a ship of Alexandria Possible meanings are this refers to 1) a ship that came from Alexandria, or 2) a ship that was registered or licensed in Alexandria.
|
||
ACT 28 11 em5p 0 the twin gods On the bow of the ship, there was a carving of the two idols called "the twin gods." Their names were Castor and Pollux.
|
||
ACT 28 12 w5c6 translate-names 0 city of Syracuse Syracuse is a city on the southeast coast of the modern-day island of Sicily, just southwest of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 28 13 se8v translate-names 0 General Information: The Market of Appius and The Three Taverns was a popular market and inn on the main highway called the Appian Way, about 50 kilometers south of the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 28 13 z2u4 translate-names 0 city of Rhegium This is the port city located at the southwestern tip of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 28 13 p633 0 a south wind sprang up "the wind began to blow from the south"
|
||
ACT 28 13 tz4h translate-names 0 city of Puteoli Puteoli is located in modern-day Naples on the west coast of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
ACT 28 14 m1is 0 There we found "There we met"
|
||
ACT 28 14 n3tw figs-gendernotations 0 brothers These were followers of Jesus, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
ACT 28 14 a2c5 figs-activepassive 0 were invited This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they invited us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 28 14 bc3j 0 In this way we came to Rome Once Paul reached Puteoli, the rest of the journey to Rome was on land. Alternate translation: "And after we stayed seven days with them, we went to Rome"
|
||
ACT 28 15 k754 0 after they heard about us "after they heard we were coming"
|
||
ACT 28 15 m9tz figs-metaphor 0 he thanked God and took courage Taking courage is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could take. Alternate translation: "this encouraged him, and he thanked God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 28 16 fib2 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 28 16 hf2t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul arrives in Rome as a prisoner but with the freedom to stay in his own place. He calls the local Jews together to explain what has happened to him.
|
||
ACT 28 16 te8v figs-activepassive 0 When we entered Rome, Paul was allowed to This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "After we had arrived in Rome, the Roman authorities gave Paul permission to" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 28 17 vf7r 0 Then it came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||
ACT 28 17 d77z 0 the leaders among the Jews These are the Jewish civil or religious leaders present in Rome.
|
||
ACT 28 17 e1dd 0 Brothers Here this means "Fellow Jews."
|
||
ACT 28 17 g55i 0 against the people "against our people" or "against the Jews"
|
||
ACT 28 17 hgk4 figs-activepassive 0 I was delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "some of the Jews arrested me in Jerusalem and placed me in the custody of the Roman authorities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 28 17 x3r2 figs-metonymy 0 into the hands of the Romans Here "hands" stands for power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 28 18 fed7 0 there was no reason in me for a death penalty "I had done nothing to cause them to execute me"
|
||
ACT 28 19 lr96 figs-synecdoche 0 the Jews This does not mean all of the Jews. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
ACT 28 19 zk8f 0 spoke against their desire "complained about what the Roman authorities wanted to do"
|
||
ACT 28 19 n6vf figs-activepassive 0 I was forced to appeal to Caesar This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I had to ask for Caesar to judge me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 28 19 e7gr figs-activepassive 0 although it is not as if I were bringing any accusation against my nation The abstract noun "accusation" can be stated as the verb "accuse." Here "nation" stands for the people. Alternate translation: "but it was not because I wanted to accuse the people of my nation before Caesar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 28 20 b1fd 0 the certain hope of Israel Possible meanings are 1) the people of Israel confidently expect the Messiah to come or 2) the people of Israel confidently expect God to bring those who have died back to life.
|
||
ACT 28 20 n3s7 figs-metonymy 0 Israel Here "Israel" stands for the people. Alternate translation: "the people of Israel" or "the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 28 20 pgr8 figs-metonymy 0 that I am bound with this chain Here "bound with this chain" stands for being a prisoner. Alternate translation: "that I am a prisoner" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 28 21 x5d5 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "We," "we," and "us" refer to the Jewish leaders in Rome. (See: [Acts 28:17](../28/17.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
ACT 28 21 biz7 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders respond to Paul.
|
||
ACT 28 21 y4bx 0 nor did any of the brothers Here "brothers" stands for fellow Jews. Alternate translation: "nor did any of our fellow Jews"
|
||
ACT 28 22 kw1d 0 you think about this sect A sect is a smaller group within a larger group. Here it refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: "you think about this group to which you belong"
|
||
ACT 28 22 gy8t figs-activepassive 0 because it is known by us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because we know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 28 22 j12v figs-activepassive 0 it is spoken against everywhere This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "many Jews all over the Roman Empire are saying bad things about it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 28 23 u7pc 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the Jewish leaders in Rome. The words "him," "his," and "He" and refer to Paul ([Acts 28:17](../28/17.md)).
|
||
ACT 28 23 q4iv 0 had set a day for him "had chosen a time for him to speak to them"
|
||
ACT 28 23 dg5f figs-metonymy 0 testified about the kingdom of God Here "kingdom of God" stands for God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "told them about God's rule as king" or "told them how God would show himself as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 28 23 peu1 figs-metonymy 0 from the prophets Here "the prophets" refers to what they wrote. Alternate translation: "from what the prophets wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 28 24 pmd6 figs-activepassive 0 Some were convinced about the things which were said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul was able to convince some of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 28 25 t5dq 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the Jewish leaders in Rome ([Acts 28:17](../28/17.md)). The word "your" refers to the people to whom Paul had been speaking. In verse 26, Paul begins to quote the prophet Isaiah.
|
||
ACT 28 25 i5xz 0 Connecting Statement: As the Jewish leaders were ready to leave, Paul quotes the Old Testament scriptures that were appropriate for this time.
|
||
ACT 28 25 n7pm figs-metonymy 0 after Paul had spoken this one word Here "word" stands for a message or statement. Alternate translation: "after Paul had said one more thing" or "after Paul had made this statement" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 28 25 b11n figs-quotesinquotes 0 The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your fathers. This sentence contains quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
ACT 28 26 qj7q figs-quotesinquotes 0 He said, 'Go to this people and say, "By hearing you will hear, but not understand; and seeing you will see, but will not perceive This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words "The Holy Spirit spoke" in verse 25 and that contains quotations within quotations. You can translate one of the inner quotations as an indirect quotation, or you can translate two of the inner quotations as indirect quotations. "The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your forefathers when the Spirit told Isaiah to go tell them that they will hear but will not understand and they will see but they will not perceive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
ACT 28 26 pax8 0 By hearing you will hear ... and seeing you will see The words "hear" and "see" are repeated for emphasis. "You will listen carefully ... and you will look intently"
|
||
ACT 28 26 s1ti figs-parallelism 0 but not understand ... but will not perceive Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the Jewish people will not understand God's plan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
ACT 28 27 fz42 0 General Information: Translate Paul's quotation of Isaiah as a direct quotation or indirect quotation according to how you translated it in [Acts 28:25-26](./25.md).
|
||
ACT 28 27 qu6t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes quoting Isaiah the prophet.
|
||
ACT 28 27 ts5a figs-metaphor 0 For the heart of this people has become dull People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if their heart is dull. Here "heart" is a metonym for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 28 27 f5m4 figs-metaphor 0 with their ears they hardly hear, and they have shut their eyes People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if they are unable to hear and are shutting their eyes so that they will see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 28 27 lr99 figs-metonymy 0 understand with their heart Here "heart" stands for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
ACT 28 27 q8c2 figs-metaphor 0 turn again To start obeying God is spoken of as though the person were physically turning toward God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
ACT 28 27 vb9f 0 I would heal them This does not mean God will only heal them physically. He will also heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins.
|
||
ACT 28 28 c575 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to the Jewish leaders in Rome.
|
||
ACT 28 28 b2za figs-metaphor 0 this salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles God's message about how he saves people is spoken of as if it were an object that is sent. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is sending his messengers to the Gentiles to tell them about how he will save them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
ACT 28 28 d18n 0 they will listen "some of them will listen." This response of the Gentiles is in contrast to the way the Jews of that time responded.
|
||
ACT 28 30 c56e writing-endofstory 0 Luke ends the story of Paul in the book of Acts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||
ACT 28 31 wv1l figs-metonymy 0 He was proclaiming the kingdom of God Here "kingdom of God" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "He was preaching about God's rule as king" or "He was preaching about how God will show himself as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|